1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
6 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
7 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
9 This file is part of GCC.
11 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
12 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
13 Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
16 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
17 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
18 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
21 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
22 along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
23 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
37 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
39 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
40 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
41 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
42 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
43 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
45 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
46 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
48 CIE = Common Information Entry
49 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
51 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
53 FDE = Frame Description Entry
54 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
55 how to restore registers
57 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
58 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
62 #include "coretypes.h"
69 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
71 #include "insn-config.h"
79 #include "dwarf2out.h"
80 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
85 #include "diagnostic.h"
88 #include "langhooks.h"
93 #include "tree-pass.h"
95 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
96 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *, int, bool);
98 static rtx last_var_location_insn
;
101 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
102 int vms_file_stats_name (const char *, long long *, long *, char *, int *);
104 /* Define this macro to be a nonzero value if the directory specifications
105 which are output in the debug info should end with a separator. */
106 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 1
107 /* Define this macro to evaluate to a nonzero value if GCC should refrain
108 from generating indirect strings in DWARF2 debug information, for instance
109 if your target is stuck with an old version of GDB that is unable to
110 process them properly or uses VMS Debug. */
111 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 1
113 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 0
114 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 0
117 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
118 # ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
119 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO \
120 (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG)
122 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO 0
126 /* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has
127 collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in
128 .debug_frame and .eh_frame. */
129 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT
130 #define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO)
133 /* Save the result of dwarf2out_do_frame across PCH. */
134 static GTY(()) bool saved_do_cfi_asm
= 0;
136 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
140 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
142 /* We want to emit correct CFA location expressions or lists, so we
143 have to return true if we're going to output debug info, even if
144 we're not going to output frame or unwind info. */
145 return (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
146 || write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
147 || DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
|| saved_do_cfi_asm
148 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
149 || (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
150 && (flag_unwind_tables
151 || (flag_exceptions
&& ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)))
156 /* Decide whether to emit frame unwind via assembler directives. */
159 dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm (void)
163 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
166 if (!flag_dwarf2_cfi_asm
|| !dwarf2out_do_frame ())
168 if (saved_do_cfi_asm
)
170 if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_PERSONALITY_DIRECTIVE
)
173 /* Make sure the personality encoding is one the assembler can support.
174 In particular, aligned addresses can't be handled. */
175 enc
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,/*global=*/1);
176 if ((enc
& 0x70) != 0 && (enc
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel
)
178 enc
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,/*global=*/0);
179 if ((enc
& 0x70) != 0 && (enc
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel
)
182 if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE
)
184 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
187 if (USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
|| (!flag_unwind_tables
&& !flag_exceptions
))
192 saved_do_cfi_asm
= true;
196 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
198 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
201 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
202 must be kept around forever. */
203 static GTY(()) VEC(rtx
,gc
) *used_rtx_array
;
205 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
206 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a
207 VEC(tree,gc) because we want to tell the garbage collector about
209 static GTY(()) VEC(tree
,gc
) *incomplete_types
;
211 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
212 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
213 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
214 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
215 define type declaration DIE's. */
216 static GTY(()) VEC(tree
,gc
) *decl_scope_table
;
218 /* Pointers to various DWARF2 sections. */
219 static GTY(()) section
*debug_info_section
;
220 static GTY(()) section
*debug_abbrev_section
;
221 static GTY(()) section
*debug_aranges_section
;
222 static GTY(()) section
*debug_macinfo_section
;
223 static GTY(()) section
*debug_line_section
;
224 static GTY(()) section
*debug_loc_section
;
225 static GTY(()) section
*debug_pubnames_section
;
226 static GTY(()) section
*debug_pubtypes_section
;
227 static GTY(()) section
*debug_dcall_section
;
228 static GTY(()) section
*debug_vcall_section
;
229 static GTY(()) section
*debug_str_section
;
230 static GTY(()) section
*debug_ranges_section
;
231 static GTY(()) section
*debug_frame_section
;
233 /* Personality decl of current unit. Used only when assembler does not support
235 static GTY(()) rtx current_unit_personality
;
237 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
238 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
239 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
242 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
*dw_cfi_ref
;
243 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
*dw_fde_ref
;
244 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
*dw_cfi_oprnd_ref
;
246 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
247 Information instructions. The register number, offset
248 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
249 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
251 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
{
253 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
,
259 typedef union GTY(()) dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
{
260 unsigned int GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num
;
261 HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset
;
262 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr
;
263 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
* GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc
;
267 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_cfi_struct
{
268 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next
;
269 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc
;
270 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
272 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
277 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
278 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
279 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
280 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
281 of this structure. */
282 typedef struct GTY(()) cfa_loc
{
283 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
284 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset
;
286 BOOL_BITFIELD indirect
: 1; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
287 BOOL_BITFIELD in_use
: 1; /* 1 if a saved cfa is stored here. */
290 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
291 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
292 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
293 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
294 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
296 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_fde_struct
{
298 const char *dw_fde_begin
;
299 const char *dw_fde_current_label
;
300 const char *dw_fde_end
;
301 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_label
;
302 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
;
303 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
;
304 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
;
305 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi
;
306 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_switch_cfi
; /* Last CFI before switching sections. */
307 unsigned funcdef_number
;
308 HOST_WIDE_INT stack_realignment
;
309 /* Dynamic realign argument pointer register. */
310 unsigned int drap_reg
;
311 /* Virtual dynamic realign argument pointer register. */
312 unsigned int vdrap_reg
;
313 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls
: 1;
314 unsigned nothrow
: 1;
315 unsigned uses_eh_lsda
: 1;
316 /* Whether we did stack realign in this call frame. */
317 unsigned stack_realign
: 1;
318 /* Whether dynamic realign argument pointer register has been saved. */
319 unsigned drap_reg_saved
: 1;
320 /* True iff dw_fde_begin label is in text_section or cold_text_section. */
321 unsigned in_std_section
: 1;
322 /* True iff dw_fde_unlikely_section_label is in text_section or
323 cold_text_section. */
324 unsigned cold_in_std_section
: 1;
325 /* True iff switched sections. */
326 unsigned dw_fde_switched_sections
: 1;
327 /* True iff switching from cold to hot section. */
328 unsigned dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot
: 1;
332 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
333 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
335 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
336 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
337 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
338 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
340 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
341 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
344 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
345 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
346 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
349 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
350 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
353 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF 4 type signature. */
355 #ifndef DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
356 #define DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE 8
359 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
360 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
361 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
364 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
365 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
367 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
368 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
371 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
372 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
373 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
375 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
376 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
377 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
378 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
380 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
384 /* CIE identifier. */
385 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64
386 #define DWARF_CIE_ID \
387 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? DW_CIE_ID : DW64_CIE_ID)
389 #define DWARF_CIE_ID DW_CIE_ID
392 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
393 information for each routine. */
394 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table
;
396 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
397 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated
;
399 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
400 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use
;
402 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
404 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
406 /* Get the current fde_table entry we should use. */
408 static inline dw_fde_ref
411 return fde_table_in_use
? &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1] : NULL
;
414 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
415 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head
;
417 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
418 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
419 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
420 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
421 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
422 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde
;
425 struct GTY(()) indirect_string_node
{
427 unsigned int refcount
;
428 enum dwarf_form form
;
432 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node
))) htab_t debug_str_hash
;
434 /* True if the compilation unit has location entries that reference
436 static GTY(()) bool debug_str_hash_forced
= false;
438 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter
;
439 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
;
441 /* True if the compilation unit places functions in more than one section. */
442 static GTY(()) bool have_multiple_function_sections
= false;
444 /* Whether the default text and cold text sections have been used at all. */
446 static GTY(()) bool text_section_used
= false;
447 static GTY(()) bool cold_text_section_used
= false;
449 /* The default cold text section. */
450 static GTY(()) section
*cold_text_section
;
452 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
454 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
456 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
457 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
458 static dw_cfi_ref
new_cfi (void);
459 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
*, dw_cfi_ref
);
460 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref
);
461 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref
, dw_cfa_location
*, dw_cfa_location
*);
462 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location
*);
463 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
464 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
465 static void initial_return_save (rtx
);
467 static HOST_WIDE_INT
stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx
, HOST_WIDE_INT
,
469 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
, dw_fde_ref
, int);
470 static void output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref
);
471 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
472 static void dwarf2out_note_section_used (void);
473 static void flush_queued_reg_saves (void);
474 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx
);
475 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx
, const char *);
477 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
478 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref
);
479 static void output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref
);
480 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location
*,
481 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*);
482 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*build_cfa_loc
483 (dw_cfa_location
*, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
484 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*build_cfa_aligned_loc
485 (HOST_WIDE_INT
, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
486 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location
*);
488 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
489 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
490 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
493 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
494 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
495 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
497 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
498 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
501 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
502 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
505 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
506 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
509 #ifndef FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
510 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
512 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
513 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
514 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
515 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
516 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
517 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
518 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
519 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
520 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
521 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
523 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
524 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
526 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
528 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
530 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
534 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
535 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
536 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
537 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
540 /* Hook used by __throw. */
543 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
545 unsigned int dwarf_regnum
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
546 return GEN_INT (DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (dwarf_regnum
, 1));
549 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
550 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
553 stripattributes (const char *s
)
555 char *stripped
= XNEWVEC (char, strlen (s
) + 2);
560 while (*s
&& *s
!= ',')
567 /* MEM is a memory reference for the register size table, each element of
568 which has mode MODE. Initialize column C as a return address column. */
571 init_return_column_size (enum machine_mode mode
, rtx mem
, unsigned int c
)
573 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= c
* GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
574 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode
);
575 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
), GEN_INT (size
));
578 /* Divide OFF by DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, asserting no remainder. */
580 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
581 div_data_align (HOST_WIDE_INT off
)
583 HOST_WIDE_INT r
= off
/ DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
584 gcc_assert (r
* DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
== off
);
588 /* Return true if we need a signed version of a given opcode
589 (e.g. DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf vs DW_CFA_offset_extended). */
592 need_data_align_sf_opcode (HOST_WIDE_INT off
)
594 return DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
< 0 ? off
> 0 : off
< 0;
597 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
600 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address
)
603 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (char_type_node
);
604 rtx addr
= expand_normal (address
);
605 rtx mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode
, addr
);
606 bool wrote_return_column
= false;
608 for (i
= 0; i
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
++)
610 int rnum
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
), 1);
612 if (rnum
< DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
)
614 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= rnum
* GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
615 enum machine_mode save_mode
= reg_raw_mode
[i
];
618 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i
, save_mode
))
619 save_mode
= choose_hard_reg_mode (i
, 1, true);
620 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
)
622 if (save_mode
== VOIDmode
)
624 wrote_return_column
= true;
626 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode
);
630 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
),
631 gen_int_mode (size
, mode
));
635 if (!wrote_return_column
)
636 init_return_column_size (mode
, mem
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
);
638 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
639 init_return_column_size (mode
, mem
, DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
);
642 targetm
.init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra (address
);
645 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
648 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc
)
652 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
653 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
655 return "DW_CFA_offset";
657 return "DW_CFA_restore";
661 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
662 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
663 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
664 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
665 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
666 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
667 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
668 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
669 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
670 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
671 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
672 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
673 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
674 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
675 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
676 case DW_CFA_register
:
677 return "DW_CFA_register";
678 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
679 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
680 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
681 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
683 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
684 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
685 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
686 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
687 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
690 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
691 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
692 case DW_CFA_expression
:
693 return "DW_CFA_expression";
694 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
695 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
696 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
697 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
698 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
699 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
701 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
702 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
703 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
706 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
707 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
708 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
709 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
710 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
711 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
714 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
718 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
720 static inline dw_cfi_ref
723 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= GGC_NEW (dw_cfi_node
);
725 cfi
->dw_cfi_next
= NULL
;
726 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
727 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
732 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
735 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
*list_head
, dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
738 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
740 /* When DRAP is used, CFA is defined with an expression. Redefine
741 CFA may lead to a different CFA value. */
742 /* ??? Of course, this heuristic fails when we're annotating epilogues,
743 because of course we'll always want to redefine the CFA back to the
744 stack pointer on the way out. Where should we move this check? */
745 if (0 && fde
&& fde
->drap_reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
)
746 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
748 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
749 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
750 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
752 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
759 /* Find the end of the chain. */
760 for (p
= list_head
; (*p
) != NULL
; p
= &(*p
)->dw_cfi_next
)
766 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. FORCE is true
767 if a label needs to be output even when using .cfi_* directives. */
770 dwarf2out_cfi_label (bool force
)
772 static char label
[20];
774 if (!force
&& dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
776 /* In this case, we will be emitting the asm directive instead of
777 the label, so just return a placeholder to keep the rest of the
779 strcpy (label
, "<do not output>");
783 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
++);
784 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
790 /* True if remember_state should be emitted before following CFI directive. */
791 static bool emit_cfa_remember
;
793 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
794 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
797 add_fde_cfi (const char *label
, dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
799 dw_cfi_ref
*list_head
;
801 if (emit_cfa_remember
)
803 dw_cfi_ref cfi_remember
;
805 /* Emit the state save. */
806 emit_cfa_remember
= false;
807 cfi_remember
= new_cfi ();
808 cfi_remember
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_remember_state
;
809 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi_remember
);
812 list_head
= &cie_cfi_head
;
814 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
818 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
820 gcc_assert (fde
!= NULL
);
822 /* We still have to add the cfi to the list so that lookup_cfa
823 works later on. When -g2 and above we even need to force
824 emitting of CFI labels and add to list a DW_CFA_set_loc for
825 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list purposes. If we're generating
826 DWARF3 output we use DW_OP_call_frame_cfa and so don't use
827 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list. */
828 if (dwarf_version
== 2
829 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
830 && (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
831 || write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
))
833 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
835 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
836 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
837 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
839 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
840 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
841 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
842 if (*label
== 0 || strcmp (label
, "<do not output>") == 0)
843 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (true);
845 if (fde
->dw_fde_current_label
== NULL
846 || strcmp (label
, fde
->dw_fde_current_label
) != 0)
850 label
= xstrdup (label
);
852 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
854 /* It doesn't metter whether DW_CFA_set_loc
855 or DW_CFA_advance_loc4 is added here, those aren't
856 emitted into assembly, only looked up by
857 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list. */
858 xcfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_set_loc
;
859 xcfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
= label
;
860 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, xcfi
);
861 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= label
;
869 output_cfi_directive (cfi
);
871 list_head
= &fde
->dw_fde_cfi
;
873 /* ??? If this is a CFI for the CIE, we don't emit. This
874 assumes that the standard CIE contents that the assembler
875 uses matches the standard CIE contents that the compiler
876 uses. This is probably a bad assumption. I'm not quite
877 sure how to address this for now. */
881 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
883 gcc_assert (fde
!= NULL
);
886 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
888 if (fde
->dw_fde_current_label
== NULL
889 || strcmp (label
, fde
->dw_fde_current_label
) != 0)
893 label
= xstrdup (label
);
895 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
897 /* If we have a current label, advance from there, otherwise
898 set the location directly using set_loc. */
899 xcfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= fde
->dw_fde_current_label
900 ? DW_CFA_advance_loc4
902 xcfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
= label
;
903 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, xcfi
);
905 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= label
;
908 list_head
= &fde
->dw_fde_cfi
;
911 add_cfi (list_head
, cfi
);
914 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
917 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, dw_cfa_location
*loc
, dw_cfa_location
*remember
)
919 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
921 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
922 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
923 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
;
925 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
926 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
929 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
930 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
931 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
;
933 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
934 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
);
937 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
938 gcc_assert (!remember
->in_use
);
940 remember
->in_use
= 1;
942 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
943 gcc_assert (remember
->in_use
);
945 remember
->in_use
= 0;
953 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
956 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location
*loc
)
960 dw_cfa_location remember
;
962 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
963 loc
->reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
966 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
967 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
, &remember
);
969 fde
= current_fde ();
971 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
972 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
, &remember
);
975 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
976 static dw_cfa_location cfa
;
978 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
980 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store
;
982 /* The current save location around an epilogue. */
983 static dw_cfa_location cfa_remember
;
985 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
986 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size
;
988 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
989 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size
;
991 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
992 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
993 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
996 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1000 loc
.base_offset
= 0;
1002 loc
.offset
= offset
;
1003 def_cfa_1 (label
, &loc
);
1006 /* Determine if two dw_cfa_location structures define the same data. */
1009 cfa_equal_p (const dw_cfa_location
*loc1
, const dw_cfa_location
*loc2
)
1011 return (loc1
->reg
== loc2
->reg
1012 && loc1
->offset
== loc2
->offset
1013 && loc1
->indirect
== loc2
->indirect
1014 && (loc1
->indirect
== 0
1015 || loc1
->base_offset
== loc2
->base_offset
));
1018 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
1019 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
1022 def_cfa_1 (const char *label
, dw_cfa_location
*loc_p
)
1025 dw_cfa_location old_cfa
, loc
;
1030 if (cfa_store
.reg
== loc
.reg
&& loc
.indirect
== 0)
1031 cfa_store
.offset
= loc
.offset
;
1033 loc
.reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc
.reg
);
1034 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa
);
1036 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
1037 if (cfa_equal_p (&loc
, &old_cfa
))
1042 if (loc
.reg
== old_cfa
.reg
&& !loc
.indirect
&& !old_cfa
.indirect
)
1044 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction, indicating
1045 the CFA register did not change but the offset did. The data
1046 factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf happens in output_cfi, or
1047 in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa_offset directive. */
1049 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
;
1051 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
1052 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
1055 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
1056 else if (loc
.offset
== old_cfa
.offset
1057 && old_cfa
.reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
1059 && !old_cfa
.indirect
)
1061 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
1062 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
1063 offset has not changed. */
1064 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
;
1065 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
1069 else if (loc
.indirect
== 0)
1071 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
1072 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
1073 the specified offset. The data factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
1074 happens in output_cfi, or in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa
1077 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
;
1079 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa
;
1080 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
1081 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
1085 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
1086 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
1087 register-offset pair is available. */
1088 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc_list
;
1090 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
;
1091 loc_list
= build_cfa_loc (&loc
, 0);
1092 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
= loc_list
;
1095 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
1098 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
1099 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
1100 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
1101 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
1104 reg_save (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, unsigned int sreg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1106 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
1107 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
1109 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= reg
;
1111 /* When stack is aligned, store REG using DW_CFA_expression with
1114 && fde
->stack_realign
1115 && sreg
== INVALID_REGNUM
)
1117 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_expression
;
1118 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= reg
;
1119 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_loc
1120 = build_cfa_aligned_loc (offset
, fde
->stack_realignment
);
1122 else if (sreg
== INVALID_REGNUM
)
1124 if (need_data_align_sf_opcode (offset
))
1125 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
1126 else if (reg
& ~0x3f)
1127 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended
;
1129 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset
;
1130 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= offset
;
1132 else if (sreg
== reg
)
1133 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_same_value
;
1136 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_register
;
1137 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= sreg
;
1140 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
1143 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
1144 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
1145 from the previous frame's window save area.
1147 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
1148 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
1151 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label
)
1153 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
1155 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
;
1156 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
1159 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
1160 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1163 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1165 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg
), INVALID_REGNUM
, offset
);
1168 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
1169 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1172 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1174 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, INVALID_REGNUM
, offset
);
1177 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
1178 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
1181 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label
, unsigned int sreg
)
1183 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (sreg
), 0);
1186 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
1187 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
1188 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
1191 initial_return_save (rtx rtl
)
1193 unsigned int reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
1194 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
1196 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
1199 /* RA is in a register. */
1200 reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl
));
1204 /* RA is on the stack. */
1205 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
1206 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
1209 gcc_assert (REGNO (rtl
) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1214 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1215 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
1219 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1220 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
1230 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
1231 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
1232 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
1233 gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
1234 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
1241 if (reg
!= DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
)
1242 reg_save (NULL
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, reg
, offset
- cfa
.offset
);
1246 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
1249 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1250 stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx pattern
, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size
,
1251 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_offset
)
1253 const_rtx src
= SET_SRC (pattern
);
1254 const_rtx dest
= SET_DEST (pattern
);
1255 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
1258 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
1260 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
1262 /* Assume (set (reg sp) (reg whatever)) sets args_size
1264 if (code
== REG
&& src
!= stack_pointer_rtx
)
1266 offset
= -cur_args_size
;
1267 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1270 return offset
- cur_offset
;
1273 if (! (code
== PLUS
|| code
== MINUS
)
1274 || XEXP (src
, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
1275 || !CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)))
1278 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
1279 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1285 if (MEM_P (src
) && !MEM_P (dest
))
1289 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1290 src
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
1291 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
1297 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1299 rtx val
= XEXP (XEXP (src
, 1), 1);
1300 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1301 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == PLUS
1302 && CONST_INT_P (val
));
1303 offset
= -INTVAL (val
);
1310 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1312 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1319 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1321 offset
= -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1336 /* Precomputed args_size for CODE_LABELs and BARRIERs preceeding them,
1337 indexed by INSN_UID. */
1339 static HOST_WIDE_INT
*barrier_args_size
;
1341 /* Helper function for compute_barrier_args_size. Handle one insn. */
1343 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1344 compute_barrier_args_size_1 (rtx insn
, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size
,
1345 VEC (rtx
, heap
) **next
)
1347 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
1350 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
))
1352 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn
))
1354 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SET
)
1355 offset
= stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn
), cur_args_size
, 0);
1356 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == PARALLEL
1357 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SEQUENCE
)
1359 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1361 for (i
= XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn
), 0) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
1362 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
)) == SET
)
1363 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
),
1364 cur_args_size
, offset
);
1369 rtx expr
= find_reg_note (insn
, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
, NULL_RTX
);
1373 expr
= XEXP (expr
, 0);
1374 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
1375 || GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
1376 for (i
= 1; i
< XVECLEN (expr
, 0); i
++)
1378 rtx elem
= XVECEXP (expr
, 0, i
);
1380 if (GET_CODE (elem
) == SET
&& !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem
))
1381 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (elem
, cur_args_size
, offset
);
1386 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1390 cur_args_size
+= offset
;
1391 if (cur_args_size
< 0)
1396 rtx dest
= JUMP_LABEL (insn
);
1400 if (barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (dest
)] < 0)
1402 barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (dest
)] = cur_args_size
;
1403 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, heap
, *next
, dest
);
1408 return cur_args_size
;
1411 /* Walk the whole function and compute args_size on BARRIERs. */
1414 compute_barrier_args_size (void)
1416 int max_uid
= get_max_uid (), i
;
1418 VEC (rtx
, heap
) *worklist
, *next
, *tmp
;
1420 barrier_args_size
= XNEWVEC (HOST_WIDE_INT
, max_uid
);
1421 for (i
= 0; i
< max_uid
; i
++)
1422 barrier_args_size
[i
] = -1;
1424 worklist
= VEC_alloc (rtx
, heap
, 20);
1425 next
= VEC_alloc (rtx
, heap
, 20);
1426 insn
= get_insns ();
1427 barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)] = 0;
1428 VEC_quick_push (rtx
, worklist
, insn
);
1431 while (!VEC_empty (rtx
, worklist
))
1433 rtx prev
, body
, first_insn
;
1434 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size
;
1436 first_insn
= insn
= VEC_pop (rtx
, worklist
);
1437 cur_args_size
= barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)];
1438 prev
= prev_nonnote_insn (insn
);
1439 if (prev
&& BARRIER_P (prev
))
1440 barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (prev
)] = cur_args_size
;
1442 for (; insn
; insn
= NEXT_INSN (insn
))
1444 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn
) || NOTE_P (insn
))
1446 if (BARRIER_P (insn
))
1451 if (insn
== first_insn
)
1453 else if (barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)] < 0)
1455 barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)] = cur_args_size
;
1460 /* The insns starting with this label have been
1461 already scanned or are in the worklist. */
1466 body
= PATTERN (insn
);
1467 if (GET_CODE (body
) == SEQUENCE
)
1469 HOST_WIDE_INT dest_args_size
= cur_args_size
;
1470 for (i
= 1; i
< XVECLEN (body
, 0); i
++)
1471 if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body
, 0, 0))
1472 && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (XVECEXP (body
, 0, i
)))
1474 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body
, 0, i
),
1475 dest_args_size
, &next
);
1478 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body
, 0, i
),
1479 cur_args_size
, &next
);
1481 if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body
, 0, 0)))
1482 compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body
, 0, 0),
1483 dest_args_size
, &next
);
1486 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body
, 0, 0),
1487 cur_args_size
, &next
);
1491 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (insn
, cur_args_size
, &next
);
1495 if (VEC_empty (rtx
, next
))
1498 /* Swap WORKLIST with NEXT and truncate NEXT for next iteration. */
1502 VEC_truncate (rtx
, next
, 0);
1505 VEC_free (rtx
, heap
, worklist
);
1506 VEC_free (rtx
, heap
, next
);
1509 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
1510 pushed onto the stack. */
1513 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label
, HOST_WIDE_INT size
)
1517 if (size
== old_args_size
)
1520 old_args_size
= size
;
1523 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
;
1524 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= size
;
1525 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
1528 /* Record a stack adjustment of OFFSET bytes. */
1531 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
, const char *label
)
1533 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1534 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1536 if (cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1537 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1539 if (ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
)
1542 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1546 args_size
+= offset
;
1550 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1551 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
)
1552 dwarf2out_args_size (label
, args_size
);
1555 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1556 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out
1557 how much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1560 dwarf2out_notice_stack_adjust (rtx insn
, bool after_p
)
1562 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1566 /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so
1567 with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related
1568 insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
1569 epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */
1570 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn
))
1573 /* If INSN is an instruction from target of an annulled branch, the
1574 effects are for the target only and so current argument size
1575 shouldn't change at all. */
1577 && INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (final_sequence
, 0, 0))
1578 && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (insn
))
1581 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1582 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1583 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1585 if (CALL_P (insn
) && !after_p
)
1587 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1588 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
1589 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == PARALLEL
)
1590 insn
= XVECEXP (insn
, 0, 0);
1591 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == SET
)
1592 insn
= SET_SRC (insn
);
1593 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (insn
) == CALL
);
1594 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn
, 1)));
1599 if (CALL_P (insn
) && !after_p
)
1601 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
)
1602 dwarf2out_args_size ("", args_size
);
1605 else if (BARRIER_P (insn
))
1607 /* Don't call compute_barrier_args_size () if the only
1608 BARRIER is at the end of function. */
1609 if (barrier_args_size
== NULL
&& next_nonnote_insn (insn
))
1610 compute_barrier_args_size ();
1611 if (barrier_args_size
== NULL
)
1615 offset
= barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)];
1620 offset
-= args_size
;
1621 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1625 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SET
)
1626 offset
= stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn
), args_size
, 0);
1627 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == PARALLEL
1628 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SEQUENCE
)
1630 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1632 for (offset
= 0, i
= XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn
), 0) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
1633 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
)) == SET
)
1634 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
),
1643 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
1644 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (offset
, label
);
1649 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1650 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1651 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1653 struct GTY(()) queued_reg_save
{
1654 struct queued_reg_save
*next
;
1656 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset
;
1660 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save
*queued_reg_saves
;
1662 /* The caller's ORIG_REG is saved in SAVED_IN_REG. */
1663 struct GTY(()) reg_saved_in_data
{
1668 /* A list of registers saved in other registers.
1669 The list intentionally has a small maximum capacity of 4; if your
1670 port needs more than that, you might consider implementing a
1671 more efficient data structure. */
1672 static GTY(()) struct reg_saved_in_data regs_saved_in_regs
[4];
1673 static GTY(()) size_t num_regs_saved_in_regs
;
1675 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1676 static const char *last_reg_save_label
;
1678 /* Add an entry to QUEUED_REG_SAVES saying that REG is now saved at
1679 SREG, or if SREG is NULL then it is saved at OFFSET to the CFA. */
1682 queue_reg_save (const char *label
, rtx reg
, rtx sreg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1684 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1686 /* Duplicates waste space, but it's also necessary to remove them
1687 for correctness, since the queue gets output in reverse
1689 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
!= NULL
; q
= q
->next
)
1690 if (REGNO (q
->reg
) == REGNO (reg
))
1695 q
= GGC_NEW (struct queued_reg_save
);
1696 q
->next
= queued_reg_saves
;
1697 queued_reg_saves
= q
;
1701 q
->cfa_offset
= offset
;
1702 q
->saved_reg
= sreg
;
1704 last_reg_save_label
= label
;
1707 /* Output all the entries in QUEUED_REG_SAVES. */
1710 flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1712 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1714 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1717 unsigned int reg
, sreg
;
1719 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1720 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
) == REGNO (q
->reg
))
1722 if (q
->saved_reg
&& i
== num_regs_saved_in_regs
)
1724 gcc_assert (i
!= ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs
));
1725 num_regs_saved_in_regs
++;
1727 if (i
!= num_regs_saved_in_regs
)
1729 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
= q
->reg
;
1730 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
= q
->saved_reg
;
1733 reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q
->reg
));
1735 sreg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q
->saved_reg
));
1737 sreg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
1738 reg_save (last_reg_save_label
, reg
, sreg
, q
->cfa_offset
);
1741 queued_reg_saves
= NULL
;
1742 last_reg_save_label
= NULL
;
1745 /* Does INSN clobber any register which QUEUED_REG_SAVES lists a saved
1746 location for? Or, does it clobber a register which we've previously
1747 said that some other register is saved in, and for which we now
1748 have a new location for? */
1751 clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx insn
)
1753 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1755 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1758 if (modified_in_p (q
->reg
, insn
))
1760 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1761 if (REGNO (q
->reg
) == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
)
1762 && modified_in_p (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
, insn
))
1769 /* Entry point for saving the first register into the second. */
1772 dwarf2out_reg_save_reg (const char *label
, rtx reg
, rtx sreg
)
1775 unsigned int regno
, sregno
;
1777 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1778 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
) == REGNO (reg
))
1780 if (i
== num_regs_saved_in_regs
)
1782 gcc_assert (i
!= ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs
));
1783 num_regs_saved_in_regs
++;
1785 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
= reg
;
1786 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
= sreg
;
1788 regno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg
));
1789 sregno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (sreg
));
1790 reg_save (label
, regno
, sregno
, 0);
1793 /* What register, if any, is currently saved in REG? */
1796 reg_saved_in (rtx reg
)
1798 unsigned int regn
= REGNO (reg
);
1800 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1802 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1803 if (q
->saved_reg
&& regn
== REGNO (q
->saved_reg
))
1806 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1807 if (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
1808 && regn
== REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
))
1809 return regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
;
1815 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1816 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1817 value, not an offset. */
1818 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp
;
1820 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_DEF_CFA note. */
1823 dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (rtx pat
, const char *label
)
1825 memset (&cfa
, 0, sizeof (cfa
));
1827 switch (GET_CODE (pat
))
1830 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (XEXP (pat
, 0));
1831 cfa
.offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (pat
, 1));
1835 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (pat
);
1839 /* Recurse and define an expression. */
1843 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1846 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_ADJUST_CFA note. */
1849 dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (rtx pat
, const char *label
)
1853 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (pat
) == SET
);
1854 dest
= XEXP (pat
, 0);
1855 src
= XEXP (pat
, 1);
1857 switch (GET_CODE (src
))
1860 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
);
1861 cfa
.offset
-= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1871 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1872 gcc_assert (cfa
.indirect
== 0);
1874 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1877 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_OFFSET note. */
1880 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (rtx set
, const char *label
)
1882 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1883 rtx src
, addr
, span
;
1885 src
= XEXP (set
, 1);
1886 addr
= XEXP (set
, 0);
1887 gcc_assert (MEM_P (addr
));
1888 addr
= XEXP (addr
, 0);
1890 /* As documented, only consider extremely simple addresses. */
1891 switch (GET_CODE (addr
))
1894 gcc_assert (REGNO (addr
) == cfa
.reg
);
1895 offset
= -cfa
.offset
;
1898 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (addr
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
);
1899 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (addr
, 1)) - cfa
.offset
;
1905 span
= targetm
.dwarf_register_span (src
);
1907 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with
1908 a different flushing heuristic for epilogues. */
1910 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src
)), INVALID_REGNUM
, offset
);
1913 /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC live.
1914 Queue register saves for each piece of the PARALLEL. */
1917 HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset
= offset
;
1919 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span
) == PARALLEL
);
1921 limit
= XVECLEN (span
, 0);
1922 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
1924 rtx elem
= XVECEXP (span
, 0, par_index
);
1926 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (elem
)),
1927 INVALID_REGNUM
, span_offset
);
1928 span_offset
+= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem
));
1933 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_REGISTER note. */
1936 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (rtx set
, const char *label
)
1939 unsigned sregno
, dregno
;
1941 src
= XEXP (set
, 1);
1942 dest
= XEXP (set
, 0);
1945 sregno
= DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
;
1947 sregno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src
));
1949 dregno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (dest
));
1951 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with
1952 a different flushing heuristic for epilogues. */
1953 reg_save (label
, sregno
, dregno
, 0);
1956 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_RESTORE note. */
1959 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (rtx reg
, const char *label
)
1961 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
1962 unsigned int regno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg
));
1964 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= (regno
& ~0x3f ? DW_CFA_restore_extended
: DW_CFA_restore
);
1965 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= regno
;
1967 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
1970 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1971 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1972 address) or saves a register to the stack or another register.
1973 LABEL indicates the address of EXPR.
1975 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1976 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1977 users need not read the source code.
1979 The High-Level Picture
1981 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1982 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1983 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1984 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1985 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1987 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1988 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1989 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1990 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1991 saves. This also seems to work.
1993 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1994 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1995 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1996 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1997 It's also assumed that a copy from a call-saved register to another
1998 register is saving that register if RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on
1999 that instruction. If the copy is from a call-saved register to
2000 the *same* register, that means that the register is now the same
2001 value as in the caller.
2003 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
2004 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
2005 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
2006 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
2008 In addition, if a register has previously been saved to a different
2011 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
2013 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
2014 consists of a register and an offset.
2015 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
2016 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
2017 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
2018 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
2019 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
2020 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
2021 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
2023 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
2024 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
2025 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
2028 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
2029 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
2030 and cfa_temp.offset.
2032 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
2035 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
2036 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
2037 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
2039 Rules 16-20: If AND operation happens on sp in prologue, we assume
2040 stack is realigned. We will use a group of DW_OP_XXX
2041 expressions to represent the location of the stored
2042 register instead of CFA+offset.
2046 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
2047 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
2050 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
2051 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2052 cfa.offset unchanged
2053 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2054 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
2057 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
2058 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
2059 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
2060 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
2061 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
2062 if cfa_store.reg==sp
2065 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
2066 effects: cfa.reg = fp
2067 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
2070 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
2071 constraints: <reg1> != fp
2073 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2074 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2075 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
2078 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
2079 constraints: <reg1> != fp
2081 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
2082 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
2085 (set <reg> <const_int>)
2086 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
2087 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
2090 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
2091 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2092 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
2095 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
2099 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
2100 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
2101 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
2104 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
2105 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
2106 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
2108 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
2111 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
2112 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
2113 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
2115 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
2118 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
2121 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2122 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
2125 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
2126 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2127 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
2130 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
2131 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2132 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
2133 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem)
2136 (set <reg> {unspec, unspec_volatile})
2137 effects: target-dependent
2140 (set sp (and: sp <const_int>))
2141 constraints: cfa_store.reg == sp
2142 effects: current_fde.stack_realign = 1
2143 cfa_store.offset = 0
2144 fde->drap_reg = cfa.reg if cfa.reg != sp and cfa.reg != fp
2147 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) (mem (plus (cfa.reg) (const_int))))
2148 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
2151 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) fp)
2152 constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1
2153 effects: cfa_store.offset = 0
2154 cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2157 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) cfa.reg)
2158 constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1
2160 && cfa.indirect == 0
2161 && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2162 effects: Use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression to define cfa
2163 cfa.reg == fde->drap_reg */
2166 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr
, const char *label
)
2168 rtx src
, dest
, span
;
2169 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
2172 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
2173 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
2174 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
2175 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
2176 flag is set in them. */
2177 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
|| GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
2180 int limit
= XVECLEN (expr
, 0);
2183 /* PARALLELs have strict read-modify-write semantics, so we
2184 ought to evaluate every rvalue before changing any lvalue.
2185 It's cumbersome to do that in general, but there's an
2186 easy approximation that is enough for all current users:
2187 handle register saves before register assignments. */
2188 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
)
2189 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
2191 elem
= XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
);
2192 if (GET_CODE (elem
) == SET
2193 && MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem
))
2194 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem
) || par_index
== 0))
2195 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem
, label
);
2198 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
2200 elem
= XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
);
2201 if (GET_CODE (elem
) == SET
2202 && (!MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem
)) || GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
2203 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem
) || par_index
== 0))
2204 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem
, label
);
2205 else if (GET_CODE (elem
) == SET
2207 && !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem
))
2209 /* Stack adjustment combining might combine some post-prologue
2210 stack adjustment into a prologue stack adjustment. */
2211 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= stack_adjust_offset (elem
, args_size
, 0);
2214 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (offset
, label
);
2220 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (expr
) == SET
);
2222 src
= SET_SRC (expr
);
2223 dest
= SET_DEST (expr
);
2227 rtx rsi
= reg_saved_in (src
);
2232 fde
= current_fde ();
2234 switch (GET_CODE (dest
))
2237 switch (GET_CODE (src
))
2239 /* Setting FP from SP. */
2241 if (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (src
))
2244 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
2245 relative to the current CFA register.
2247 We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
2248 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
2249 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
2250 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
2251 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2252 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
2253 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
2257 /* Saving a register in a register. */
2258 gcc_assert (!fixed_regs
[REGNO (dest
)]
2259 /* For the SPARC and its register window. */
2260 || (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src
))
2261 == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
));
2263 /* After stack is aligned, we can only save SP in FP
2264 if drap register is used. In this case, we have
2265 to restore stack pointer with the CFA value and we
2266 don't generate this DWARF information. */
2268 && fde
->stack_realign
2269 && REGNO (src
) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2270 gcc_assert (REGNO (dest
) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2271 && fde
->drap_reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
2272 && cfa
.reg
!= REGNO (src
));
2274 queue_reg_save (label
, src
, dest
, 0);
2281 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
2285 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)))
2288 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2291 gcc_assert ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 1))
2293 offset
= cfa_temp
.offset
;
2299 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
2301 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
2302 gcc_assert (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2303 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
2305 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
)
2306 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
2309 gcc_assert (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
);
2311 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
2313 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2314 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
2315 if (cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2316 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
2318 else if (dest
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
2321 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
2322 or adjusting the FP */
2323 gcc_assert (frame_pointer_needed
);
2325 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
2326 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
2327 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)));
2328 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2329 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
2331 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
2332 cfa
.reg
= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
;
2336 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
);
2339 if (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
2340 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
2341 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)))
2343 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
2344 into the FP later on. */
2345 offset
= - INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2346 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
2347 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2348 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
2349 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
2350 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
2354 else if (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
2355 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa_temp
.reg
2356 && XEXP (src
, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
2358 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
2359 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
2360 gcc_assert (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2361 cfa_store
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2362 cfa_store
.offset
= cfa
.offset
- cfa_temp
.offset
;
2366 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
2367 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)))
2369 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2370 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2379 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2380 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (src
);
2385 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
2386 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa_temp
.reg
2387 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)));
2389 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest
) != cfa_temp
.reg
)
2390 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2391 cfa_temp
.offset
|= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2394 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
2395 which will fill in all of the bits. */
2402 case UNSPEC_VOLATILE
:
2403 gcc_assert (targetm
.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec
);
2404 targetm
.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec (label
, expr
, XINT (src
, 1));
2409 /* If this AND operation happens on stack pointer in prologue,
2410 we assume the stack is realigned and we extract the
2412 if (fde
&& XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
2414 gcc_assert (cfa_store
.reg
== REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)));
2415 fde
->stack_realign
= 1;
2416 fde
->stack_realignment
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2417 cfa_store
.offset
= 0;
2419 if (cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2420 && cfa
.reg
!= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2421 fde
->drap_reg
= cfa
.reg
;
2429 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
2434 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
2436 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
2441 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
2442 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1))
2444 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1));
2446 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2447 && cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2449 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
2450 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2451 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
2453 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
2459 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
2460 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == PRE_INC
)
2463 gcc_assert ((REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0))
2464 == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2465 && cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2467 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
2469 /* Rule 18: If stack is aligned, we will use FP as a
2470 reference to represent the address of the stored
2473 && fde
->stack_realign
2474 && src
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
2476 gcc_assert (cfa
.reg
!= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2477 cfa_store
.offset
= 0;
2480 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2481 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
2483 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
2487 /* With an offset. */
2494 gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1))
2495 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)));
2496 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1));
2497 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == MINUS
)
2500 regno
= REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0));
2502 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
)
2503 offset
-= cfa_store
.offset
;
2506 gcc_assert (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
);
2507 offset
-= cfa_temp
.offset
;
2513 /* Without an offset. */
2516 int regno
= REGNO (XEXP (dest
, 0));
2518 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
)
2519 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
2522 gcc_assert (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
);
2523 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
2530 gcc_assert (cfa_temp
.reg
2531 == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)));
2532 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
2533 cfa_temp
.offset
-= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
2541 /* If the source operand of this MEM operation is not a
2542 register, basically the source is return address. Here
2543 we only care how much stack grew and we don't save it. */
2547 if (REGNO (src
) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2548 && REGNO (src
) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2549 && (unsigned) REGNO (src
) == cfa
.reg
)
2551 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
2553 if (cfa
.offset
== 0)
2556 /* If stack is aligned, putting CFA reg into stack means
2557 we can no longer use reg + offset to represent CFA.
2558 Here we use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instead. The
2559 result of this expression equals to the original CFA
2562 && fde
->stack_realign
2563 && cfa
.indirect
== 0
2564 && cfa
.reg
!= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2566 dw_cfa_location cfa_exp
;
2568 gcc_assert (fde
->drap_reg
== cfa
.reg
);
2570 cfa_exp
.indirect
= 1;
2571 cfa_exp
.reg
= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
;
2572 cfa_exp
.base_offset
= offset
;
2575 fde
->drap_reg_saved
= 1;
2577 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa_exp
);
2581 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
2582 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
2584 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
2585 queue_reg_save (label
, stack_pointer_rtx
, NULL_RTX
, offset
);
2590 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
2591 calculate the CFA. */
2592 rtx x
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
2596 gcc_assert (REG_P (x
));
2598 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (x
);
2599 cfa
.base_offset
= offset
;
2601 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
2606 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
2608 span
= targetm
.dwarf_register_span (src
);
2611 queue_reg_save (label
, src
, NULL_RTX
, offset
);
2614 /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC
2615 live. Queue register saves for each piece of the
2619 HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset
= offset
;
2621 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span
) == PARALLEL
);
2623 limit
= XVECLEN (span
, 0);
2624 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
2626 rtx elem
= XVECEXP (span
, 0, par_index
);
2628 queue_reg_save (label
, elem
, NULL_RTX
, span_offset
);
2629 span_offset
+= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem
));
2640 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
2641 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
2642 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state.
2644 If AFTER_P is false, we're being called before the insn is emitted,
2645 otherwise after. Call instructions get invoked twice. */
2648 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn
, bool after_p
)
2652 bool handled_one
= false;
2654 if (insn
== NULL_RTX
)
2658 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
2659 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2661 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
2664 == (unsigned long)DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
));
2666 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
2669 cfa_temp
.offset
= 0;
2671 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
2673 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
= NULL_RTX
;
2674 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
= NULL_RTX
;
2676 num_regs_saved_in_regs
= 0;
2678 if (barrier_args_size
)
2680 XDELETEVEC (barrier_args_size
);
2681 barrier_args_size
= NULL
;
2686 if (!NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn
) || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn
))
2687 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2689 if (!RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
))
2691 /* ??? This should be done unconditionally since stack adjustments
2692 matter if the stack pointer is not the CFA register anymore but
2693 is still used to save registers. */
2694 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
)
2695 dwarf2out_notice_stack_adjust (insn
, after_p
);
2699 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
2701 for (note
= REG_NOTES (insn
); note
; note
= XEXP (note
, 1))
2702 switch (REG_NOTE_KIND (note
))
2704 case REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
:
2705 insn
= XEXP (note
, 0);
2708 case REG_CFA_DEF_CFA
:
2709 dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (XEXP (note
, 0), label
);
2713 case REG_CFA_ADJUST_CFA
:
2718 if (GET_CODE (n
) == PARALLEL
)
2719 n
= XVECEXP (n
, 0, 0);
2721 dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (n
, label
);
2725 case REG_CFA_OFFSET
:
2728 n
= single_set (insn
);
2729 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (n
, label
);
2733 case REG_CFA_REGISTER
:
2738 if (GET_CODE (n
) == PARALLEL
)
2739 n
= XVECEXP (n
, 0, 0);
2741 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (n
, label
);
2745 case REG_CFA_RESTORE
:
2750 if (GET_CODE (n
) == PARALLEL
)
2751 n
= XVECEXP (n
, 0, 0);
2754 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (n
, label
);
2758 case REG_CFA_SET_VDRAP
:
2762 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
2765 gcc_assert (fde
->vdrap_reg
== INVALID_REGNUM
);
2767 fde
->vdrap_reg
= REGNO (n
);
2779 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
2781 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn
, label
);
2784 /* Determine if we need to save and restore CFI information around this
2785 epilogue. If SIBCALL is true, then this is a sibcall epilogue. If
2786 we do need to save/restore, then emit the save now, and insert a
2787 NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE at the appropriate place in the stream. */
2790 dwarf2out_begin_epilogue (rtx insn
)
2792 bool saw_frp
= false;
2795 /* Scan forward to the return insn, noticing if there are possible
2796 frame related insns. */
2797 for (i
= NEXT_INSN (insn
); i
; i
= NEXT_INSN (i
))
2802 /* Look for both regular and sibcalls to end the block. */
2803 if (returnjump_p (i
))
2805 if (CALL_P (i
) && SIBLING_CALL_P (i
))
2808 if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (i
)) == SEQUENCE
)
2811 rtx seq
= PATTERN (i
);
2813 if (returnjump_p (XVECEXP (seq
, 0, 0)))
2815 if (CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq
, 0, 0))
2816 && SIBLING_CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq
, 0, 0)))
2819 for (idx
= 0; idx
< XVECLEN (seq
, 0); idx
++)
2820 if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (seq
, 0, idx
)))
2824 if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (i
))
2828 /* If the port doesn't emit epilogue unwind info, we don't need a
2829 save/restore pair. */
2833 /* Otherwise, search forward to see if the return insn was the last
2834 basic block of the function. If so, we don't need save/restore. */
2835 gcc_assert (i
!= NULL
);
2836 i
= next_real_insn (i
);
2840 /* Insert the restore before that next real insn in the stream, and before
2841 a potential NOTE_INSN_EPILOGUE_BEG -- we do need these notes to be
2842 properly nested. This should be after any label or alignment. This
2843 will be pushed into the CFI stream by the function below. */
2846 rtx p
= PREV_INSN (i
);
2849 if (NOTE_KIND (p
) == NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK
)
2853 emit_note_before (NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE
, i
);
2855 emit_cfa_remember
= true;
2857 /* And emulate the state save. */
2858 gcc_assert (!cfa_remember
.in_use
);
2860 cfa_remember
.in_use
= 1;
2863 /* A "subroutine" of dwarf2out_begin_epilogue. Emit the restore required. */
2866 dwarf2out_frame_debug_restore_state (void)
2868 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
2869 const char *label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
2871 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_restore_state
;
2872 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
2874 gcc_assert (cfa_remember
.in_use
);
2876 cfa_remember
.in_use
= 0;
2881 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
2882 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
2883 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
);
2885 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
2886 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
2891 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
2892 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
2893 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
2894 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
2896 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
2897 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
2898 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
2899 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
2900 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
2901 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr
;
2904 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
2905 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
2906 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
2907 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
2908 case DW_CFA_restore
:
2909 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
2910 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
2911 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
2912 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
2913 case DW_CFA_register
:
2914 case DW_CFA_expression
:
2915 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
2917 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
2918 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
2919 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
2920 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
2922 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
2923 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc
;
2930 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
2931 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
2932 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
);
2934 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
2935 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
2939 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
2940 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
2942 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
2943 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
2944 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
2946 case DW_CFA_register
:
2947 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
2949 case DW_CFA_expression
:
2950 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc
;
2953 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
2957 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2959 /* Switch [BACK] to eh_frame_section. If we don't have an eh_frame_section,
2960 switch to the data section instead, and write out a synthetic start label
2961 for collect2 the first time around. */
2964 switch_to_eh_frame_section (bool back
)
2968 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
2969 if (eh_frame_section
== 0)
2973 if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY
)
2979 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1,
2981 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,
2983 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,
2985 flags
= ((! flag_pic
2986 || ((fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2987 && (fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2988 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2989 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2990 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2991 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
))
2992 ? 0 : SECTION_WRITE
);
2995 flags
= SECTION_WRITE
;
2996 eh_frame_section
= get_section (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
, flags
, NULL
);
3000 if (eh_frame_section
)
3001 switch_to_section (eh_frame_section
);
3004 /* We have no special eh_frame section. Put the information in
3005 the data section and emit special labels to guide collect2. */
3006 switch_to_section (data_section
);
3010 label
= get_file_function_name ("F");
3011 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
3012 targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label (asm_out_file
,
3013 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
3014 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
3019 /* Switch [BACK] to the eh or debug frame table section, depending on
3023 switch_to_frame_table_section (int for_eh
, bool back
)
3026 switch_to_eh_frame_section (back
);
3029 if (!debug_frame_section
)
3030 debug_frame_section
= get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
,
3031 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
3032 switch_to_section (debug_frame_section
);
3036 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
3039 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, dw_fde_ref fde
, int for_eh
)
3044 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_advance_loc
)
3045 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
3046 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
& 0x3f)),
3047 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
,
3048 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
)
3049 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
));
3050 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_offset
)
3052 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3053 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
| (r
& 0x3f)),
3054 "DW_CFA_offset, column %#lx", r
);
3055 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3056 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3058 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_restore
)
3060 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3061 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
| (r
& 0x3f)),
3062 "DW_CFA_restore, column %#lx", r
);
3066 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
,
3067 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
));
3069 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
3071 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
3073 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
3074 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
3075 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
),
3078 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
3079 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
, NULL
);
3080 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3083 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
3084 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
3085 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
3086 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3089 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
3090 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
3091 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
3092 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3095 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
3096 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
3097 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
3098 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3101 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
3102 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
3103 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
3104 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3107 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
3108 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3109 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3110 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3111 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3114 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
3115 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3116 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3117 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
3120 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
3121 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3122 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3123 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3124 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3127 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
3128 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3129 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3130 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3131 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3134 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
3135 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
3136 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
3137 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
3138 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3139 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3142 case DW_CFA_register
:
3143 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3144 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3145 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3146 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3149 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
3150 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
3151 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
3154 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
3155 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3156 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3159 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
3162 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
3163 case DW_CFA_expression
:
3164 output_cfa_loc (cfi
);
3167 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
3168 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
3177 /* Similar, but do it via assembler directives instead. */
3180 output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
3182 unsigned long r
, r2
;
3184 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
3186 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
3187 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
3188 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
3189 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
3190 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
3191 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
3192 /* Should only be created by add_fde_cfi in a code path not
3193 followed when emitting via directives. The assembler is
3194 going to take care of this for us. */
3198 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
3199 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
3200 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3201 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_offset %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
"\n",
3202 r
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3205 case DW_CFA_restore
:
3206 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
3207 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3208 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_restore %lu\n", r
);
3211 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
3212 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3213 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_undefined %lu\n", r
);
3216 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
3217 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3218 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_same_value %lu\n", r
);
3221 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
3222 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
3223 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3224 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_def_cfa %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
"\n",
3225 r
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3228 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
3229 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3230 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_register %lu\n", r
);
3233 case DW_CFA_register
:
3234 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3235 r2
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3236 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_register %lu, %lu\n", r
, r2
);
3239 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
3240 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
3241 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_offset "
3242 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
"\n",
3243 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3246 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
3247 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_remember_state\n");
3249 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
3250 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_restore_state\n");
3253 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
3254 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_escape %#x,", DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
);
3255 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3257 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s args_size "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
,
3258 ASM_COMMENT_START
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3259 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3262 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
3263 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_window_save\n");
3266 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
3267 case DW_CFA_expression
:
3268 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_escape %#x,", cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
);
3269 output_cfa_loc_raw (cfi
);
3270 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3278 DEF_VEC_P (dw_cfi_ref
);
3279 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P (dw_cfi_ref
, heap
);
3281 /* Output CFIs to bring current FDE to the same state as after executing
3282 CFIs in CFI chain. DO_CFI_ASM is true if .cfi_* directives shall
3283 be emitted, false otherwise. If it is false, FDE and FOR_EH are the
3284 other arguments to pass to output_cfi. */
3287 output_cfis (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, bool do_cfi_asm
, dw_fde_ref fde
, bool for_eh
)
3289 struct dw_cfi_struct cfi_buf
;
3291 dw_cfi_ref cfi_args_size
= NULL
, cfi_cfa
= NULL
, cfi_cfa_offset
= NULL
;
3292 VEC (dw_cfi_ref
, heap
) *regs
= VEC_alloc (dw_cfi_ref
, heap
, 32);
3293 unsigned int len
, idx
;
3295 for (;; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
3296 switch (cfi
? cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
: DW_CFA_nop
)
3298 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
3299 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
3300 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
3301 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
3302 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
3303 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
3304 /* All advances should be ignored. */
3306 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
3308 dw_cfi_ref args_size
= cfi_args_size
;
3310 /* Skip everything between .cfi_remember_state and
3311 .cfi_restore_state. */
3312 for (cfi2
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
; cfi2
; cfi2
= cfi2
->dw_cfi_next
)
3313 if (cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_restore_state
)
3315 else if (cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
)
3318 gcc_assert (cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
!= DW_CFA_remember_state
);
3325 cfi_args_size
= args_size
;
3329 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
3330 cfi_args_size
= cfi
;
3332 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
3335 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
3336 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
3337 case DW_CFA_restore
:
3338 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
3339 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
3340 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
3341 case DW_CFA_register
:
3342 case DW_CFA_val_offset
:
3343 case DW_CFA_val_offset_sf
:
3344 case DW_CFA_expression
:
3345 case DW_CFA_val_expression
:
3346 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
3347 if (VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref
, regs
) <= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
)
3348 VEC_safe_grow_cleared (dw_cfi_ref
, heap
, regs
,
3349 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
+ 1);
3350 VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref
, regs
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, cfi
);
3352 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
3353 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
3354 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
3356 cfi_cfa_offset
= cfi
;
3358 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
3361 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
3362 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
3363 cfi_cfa_offset
= cfi
;
3366 gcc_assert (cfi
== NULL
);
3368 len
= VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref
, regs
);
3369 for (idx
= 0; idx
< len
; idx
++)
3371 cfi2
= VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref
, regs
, idx
, NULL
);
3373 && cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
!= DW_CFA_restore
3374 && cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
!= DW_CFA_restore_extended
)
3377 output_cfi_directive (cfi2
);
3379 output_cfi (cfi2
, fde
, for_eh
);
3382 if (cfi_cfa
&& cfi_cfa_offset
&& cfi_cfa_offset
!= cfi_cfa
)
3384 gcc_assert (cfi_cfa
->dw_cfi_opc
!= DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
);
3386 switch (cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_opc
)
3388 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
3389 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa
;
3390 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_oprnd2
= cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
;
3392 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
3393 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
;
3394 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_oprnd2
= cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
;
3396 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
3397 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
3398 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_opc
= cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_opc
;
3399 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_oprnd2
= cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
;
3406 else if (cfi_cfa_offset
)
3407 cfi_cfa
= cfi_cfa_offset
;
3411 output_cfi_directive (cfi_cfa
);
3413 output_cfi (cfi_cfa
, fde
, for_eh
);
3416 cfi_cfa_offset
= NULL
;
3418 && cfi_args_size
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
)
3421 output_cfi_directive (cfi_args_size
);
3423 output_cfi (cfi_args_size
, fde
, for_eh
);
3425 cfi_args_size
= NULL
;
3428 VEC_free (dw_cfi_ref
, heap
, regs
);
3431 else if (do_cfi_asm
)
3432 output_cfi_directive (cfi
);
3434 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
3441 /* Output one FDE. */
3444 output_fde (dw_fde_ref fde
, bool for_eh
, bool second
,
3445 char *section_start_label
, int fde_encoding
, char *augmentation
,
3446 bool any_lsda_needed
, int lsda_encoding
)
3448 const char *begin
, *end
;
3449 static unsigned int j
;
3450 char l1
[20], l2
[20];
3453 targetm
.asm_out
.unwind_label (asm_out_file
, fde
->decl
, for_eh
,
3455 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, FDE_LABEL
,
3457 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ j
);
3458 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, FDE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
+ j
);
3459 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4 && !for_eh
)
3460 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff, "Initial length escape value"
3461 " indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
3462 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
3464 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
3467 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1
, section_start_label
, "FDE CIE offset");
3469 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, section_start_label
,
3470 debug_frame_section
, "FDE CIE offset");
3472 if (!fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
)
3474 begin
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
3475 end
= fde
->dw_fde_end
;
3479 /* For the first section, prefer dw_fde_begin over
3480 dw_fde_{hot,cold}_section_label, as the latter
3481 might be separated from the real start of the
3482 function by alignment padding. */
3484 begin
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
3485 else if (fde
->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot
)
3486 begin
= fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
;
3488 begin
= fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
;
3489 if (second
^ fde
->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot
)
3490 end
= fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
;
3492 end
= fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
;
3497 rtx sym_ref
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, begin
);
3498 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref
) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL
;
3499 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding
, sym_ref
, false,
3500 "FDE initial location");
3501 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
),
3502 end
, begin
, "FDE address range");
3506 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, begin
, "FDE initial location");
3507 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, end
, begin
, "FDE address range");
3510 if (augmentation
[0])
3512 if (any_lsda_needed
)
3514 int size
= size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
);
3516 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
3518 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
3519 + 4 /* CIE offset */
3520 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
)
3521 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
3522 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
3525 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size
) == 1);
3528 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, "Augmentation size");
3530 if (fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
3532 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, second
? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
3533 fde
->funcdef_number
);
3534 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (lsda_encoding
,
3535 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, l1
),
3537 "Language Specific Data Area");
3541 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
3542 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
3543 dw2_asm_output_data (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
), 0,
3544 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
3548 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
3551 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
3553 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= begin
;
3554 if (!fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
)
3555 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
3556 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
3559 if (fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
)
3560 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
3562 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
3563 if (cfi
== fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
)
3569 dw_cfi_ref cfi_next
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
;
3571 if (fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
)
3573 cfi_next
= fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
->dw_cfi_next
;
3574 fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
->dw_cfi_next
= NULL
;
3575 output_cfis (fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, false, fde
, for_eh
);
3576 fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
->dw_cfi_next
= cfi_next
;
3578 for (cfi
= cfi_next
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
3579 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
3582 /* If we are to emit a ref/link from function bodies to their frame tables,
3583 do it now. This is typically performed to make sure that tables
3584 associated with functions are dragged with them and not discarded in
3585 garbage collecting links. We need to do this on a per function basis to
3586 cope with -ffunction-sections. */
3588 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF
3589 /* Switch to the function section, emit the ref to the tables, and
3590 switch *back* into the table section. */
3591 switch_to_section (function_section (fde
->decl
));
3592 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF (section_start_label
);
3593 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh
, true);
3596 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
3597 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
3598 floor_log2 ((for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)));
3599 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
3604 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
3605 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
3606 location of saved registers. */
3609 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh
)
3614 char l1
[20], l2
[20], section_start_label
[20];
3615 bool any_lsda_needed
= false;
3616 char augmentation
[6];
3617 int augmentation_size
;
3618 int fde_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
3619 int per_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
3620 int lsda_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
3622 rtx personality
= NULL
;
3625 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
3626 if (fde_table_in_use
== 0)
3629 /* Nothing to do if the assembler's doing it all. */
3630 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
3633 /* If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to emit an empty label for
3634 an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We want to avoid
3635 having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to is
3636 discarded. Example where this matters: a primary function
3637 template in C++ requires EH information, but an explicit
3638 specialization doesn't. */
3639 if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
3640 && ! flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
3643 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
3644 if ((fde_table
[i
].nothrow
|| fde_table
[i
].all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
3645 && !fde_table
[i
].uses_eh_lsda
3646 && ! DECL_WEAK (fde_table
[i
].decl
))
3647 targetm
.asm_out
.unwind_label (asm_out_file
, fde_table
[i
].decl
,
3648 for_eh
, /* empty */ 1);
3650 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
3651 emit any EH unwind information. Note that if exceptions aren't
3652 enabled, we won't have collected nothrow information, and if we
3653 asked for asynchronous tables, we always want this info. */
3656 bool any_eh_needed
= !flag_exceptions
|| flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
;
3658 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
3659 if (fde_table
[i
].uses_eh_lsda
)
3660 any_eh_needed
= any_lsda_needed
= true;
3661 else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
&& DECL_WEAK (fde_table
[i
].decl
))
3662 any_eh_needed
= true;
3663 else if (! fde_table
[i
].nothrow
3664 && ! fde_table
[i
].all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
3665 any_eh_needed
= true;
3667 if (! any_eh_needed
)
3671 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
3675 /* Switch to the proper frame section, first time. */
3676 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh
, false);
3678 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label
, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
, for_eh
);
3679 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, section_start_label
);
3681 /* Output the CIE. */
3682 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
);
3683 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, CIE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
);
3684 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4 && !for_eh
)
3685 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
3686 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
3687 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
3688 "Length of Common Information Entry");
3689 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
3691 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
3692 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
3693 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
),
3694 (for_eh
? 0 : DWARF_CIE_ID
),
3695 "CIE Identifier Tag");
3697 /* Use the CIE version 3 for DWARF3; allow DWARF2 to continue to
3698 use CIE version 1, unless that would produce incorrect results
3699 due to overflowing the return register column. */
3700 return_reg
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, for_eh
);
3702 if (return_reg
>= 256 || dwarf_version
> 2)
3704 dw2_asm_output_data (1, dw_cie_version
, "CIE Version");
3706 augmentation
[0] = 0;
3707 augmentation_size
= 0;
3709 personality
= current_unit_personality
;
3715 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
3716 augmentation section.
3717 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
3718 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
3719 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
3721 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
3722 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
3724 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
3725 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
3726 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
3728 p
= augmentation
+ 1;
3732 augmentation_size
+= 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding
);
3733 assemble_external_libcall (personality
);
3735 if (any_lsda_needed
)
3738 augmentation_size
+= 1;
3740 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
3743 augmentation_size
+= 1;
3745 if (p
> augmentation
+ 1)
3747 augmentation
[0] = 'z';
3751 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
3752 if (personality
&& per_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
3754 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
3756 + 1 /* CIE version */
3757 + strlen (augmentation
) + 1 /* Augmentation */
3758 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
3759 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
)
3761 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
3762 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
3763 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
3765 augmentation_size
+= pad
;
3767 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
3768 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
3769 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size
) == 1);
3773 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation
, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
3774 if (dw_cie_version
>= 4)
3776 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "CIE Address Size");
3777 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "CIE Segment Size");
3779 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
3780 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
,
3781 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
3783 if (dw_cie_version
== 1)
3784 dw2_asm_output_data (1, return_reg
, "CIE RA Column");
3786 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (return_reg
, "CIE RA Column");
3788 if (augmentation
[0])
3790 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size
, "Augmentation size");
3793 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding
, "Personality (%s)",
3794 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding
));
3795 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding
,
3800 if (any_lsda_needed
)
3801 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding
, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
3802 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding
));
3804 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
3805 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding
, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
3806 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding
));
3809 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
3810 output_cfi (cfi
, NULL
, for_eh
);
3812 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
3813 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
3814 floor_log2 (for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
));
3815 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
3817 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
3818 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
3821 fde
= &fde_table
[i
];
3823 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
3824 if (for_eh
&& !flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& flag_exceptions
3825 && (fde
->nothrow
|| fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
3826 && ! (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
&& DECL_WEAK (fde_table
[i
].decl
))
3827 && !fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
3830 for (k
= 0; k
< (fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
? 2 : 1); k
++)
3831 output_fde (fde
, for_eh
, k
, section_start_label
, fde_encoding
,
3832 augmentation
, any_lsda_needed
, lsda_encoding
);
3835 if (for_eh
&& targetm
.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info
)
3836 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
3837 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
3838 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
3839 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
3840 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, 0);
3843 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
3848 /* Emit .cfi_startproc and .cfi_personality/.cfi_lsda if needed. */
3851 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (bool second
)
3855 rtx personality
= get_personality_function (current_function_decl
);
3857 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_startproc\n");
3861 enc
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
3864 /* ??? The GAS support isn't entirely consistent. We have to
3865 handle indirect support ourselves, but PC-relative is done
3866 in the assembler. Further, the assembler can't handle any
3867 of the weirder relocation types. */
3868 if (enc
& DW_EH_PE_indirect
)
3869 ref
= dw2_force_const_mem (ref
, true);
3871 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_personality %#x,", enc
);
3872 output_addr_const (asm_out_file
, ref
);
3873 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3876 if (crtl
->uses_eh_lsda
)
3880 enc
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
3881 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (lab
, second
? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
3882 current_function_funcdef_no
);
3883 ref
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, lab
);
3884 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (ref
) = SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL
;
3886 if (enc
& DW_EH_PE_indirect
)
3887 ref
= dw2_force_const_mem (ref
, true);
3889 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_lsda %#x,", enc
);
3890 output_addr_const (asm_out_file
, ref
);
3891 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3895 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
3899 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
3900 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
3902 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3907 current_function_func_begin_label
= NULL
;
3909 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
3910 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
3911 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
3913 if ((! flag_exceptions
|| USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)
3914 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3917 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3921 fnsec
= function_section (current_function_decl
);
3922 switch_to_section (fnsec
);
3923 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
3924 current_function_funcdef_no
);
3925 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
3926 current_function_funcdef_no
);
3927 dup_label
= xstrdup (label
);
3928 current_function_func_begin_label
= dup_label
;
3930 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
3931 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
3932 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3936 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
3937 if (fde_table_in_use
== fde_table_allocated
)
3939 fde_table_allocated
+= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
3940 fde_table
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_fde_node
, fde_table
, fde_table_allocated
);
3941 memset (fde_table
+ fde_table_in_use
, 0,
3942 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
3945 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
3946 current_funcdef_fde
= fde_table_in_use
;
3948 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
3949 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
++];
3950 fde
->decl
= current_function_decl
;
3951 fde
->dw_fde_begin
= dup_label
;
3952 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= dup_label
;
3953 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
= NULL
;
3954 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
= NULL
;
3955 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
= NULL
;
3956 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
= NULL
;
3957 fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
= 0;
3958 fde
->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot
= 0;
3959 fde
->dw_fde_end
= NULL
;
3960 fde
->dw_fde_cfi
= NULL
;
3961 fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
= NULL
;
3962 fde
->funcdef_number
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
3963 fde
->nothrow
= crtl
->nothrow
;
3964 fde
->uses_eh_lsda
= crtl
->uses_eh_lsda
;
3965 fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
= crtl
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
;
3966 fde
->drap_reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
3967 fde
->vdrap_reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
3968 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
3970 section
*unlikelysec
;
3971 if (first_function_block_is_cold
)
3972 fde
->in_std_section
= 1;
3975 = (fnsec
== text_section
3976 || (cold_text_section
&& fnsec
== cold_text_section
));
3977 unlikelysec
= unlikely_text_section ();
3978 fde
->cold_in_std_section
3979 = (unlikelysec
== text_section
3980 || (cold_text_section
&& unlikelysec
== cold_text_section
));
3985 = (fnsec
== text_section
3986 || (cold_text_section
&& fnsec
== cold_text_section
));
3987 fde
->cold_in_std_section
= 0;
3990 args_size
= old_args_size
= 0;
3992 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
3993 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
3994 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3996 dwarf2out_source_line (line
, file
, 0, true);
3999 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4000 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (false);
4003 rtx personality
= get_personality_function (current_function_decl
);
4004 if (!current_unit_personality
)
4005 current_unit_personality
= personality
;
4007 /* We cannot keep a current personality per function as without CFI
4008 asm at the point where we emit the CFI data there is no current
4009 function anymore. */
4011 && current_unit_personality
!= personality
)
4012 sorry ("Multiple EH personalities are supported only with assemblers "
4013 "supporting .cfi.personality directive.");
4017 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
4018 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
4022 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4023 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4026 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4028 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4029 last_var_location_insn
= NULL_RTX
;
4032 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4033 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
4035 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
4037 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
4038 current_function_funcdef_no
);
4039 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
4040 fde
= current_fde ();
4041 gcc_assert (fde
!= NULL
);
4042 fde
->dw_fde_end
= xstrdup (label
);
4046 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
4048 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
4049 fde_table
= GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_fde_node
, FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
);
4050 fde_table_allocated
= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
4051 fde_table_in_use
= 0;
4053 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
4054 sake of lookup_cfa. */
4056 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
4057 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL
, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
);
4059 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
4060 if (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
|| DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
)
4061 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX
);
4066 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
4068 /* Output call frame information. */
4069 if (DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
)
4070 output_call_frame_info (0);
4072 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
4073 /* Output another copy for the unwinder. */
4074 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
&& (flag_unwind_tables
|| flag_exceptions
))
4075 output_call_frame_info (1);
4079 /* Note that the current function section is being used for code. */
4082 dwarf2out_note_section_used (void)
4084 section
*sec
= current_function_section ();
4085 if (sec
== text_section
)
4086 text_section_used
= true;
4087 else if (sec
== cold_text_section
)
4088 cold_text_section_used
= true;
4092 dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void)
4094 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
4096 gcc_assert (cfun
&& fde
&& !fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
);
4098 fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
= 1;
4099 fde
->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot
= !in_cold_section_p
;
4101 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
= crtl
->subsections
.hot_section_label
;
4102 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
= crtl
->subsections
.hot_section_end_label
;
4103 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_label
;
4104 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_end_label
;
4105 have_multiple_function_sections
= true;
4107 /* Reset the current label on switching text sections, so that we
4108 don't attempt to advance_loc4 between labels in different sections. */
4109 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= NULL
;
4111 /* There is no need to mark used sections when not debugging. */
4112 if (cold_text_section
!= NULL
)
4113 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
4115 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4116 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
4118 /* Now do the real section switch. */
4119 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
4121 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4123 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (true);
4124 /* As this is a different FDE, insert all current CFI instructions
4126 output_cfis (fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, true, fde
, true);
4130 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
;
4132 cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
;
4134 while (cfi
->dw_cfi_next
!= NULL
)
4135 cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
;
4136 fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
= cfi
;
4141 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
4142 for emitting location expressions. */
4144 /* Data about a single source file. */
4145 struct GTY(()) dwarf_file_data
{
4146 const char * filename
;
4150 typedef struct dw_val_struct
*dw_val_ref
;
4151 typedef struct die_struct
*dw_die_ref
;
4152 typedef const struct die_struct
*const_dw_die_ref
;
4153 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*dw_loc_descr_ref
;
4154 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
*dw_loc_list_ref
;
4156 typedef struct GTY(()) deferred_locations_struct
4160 } deferred_locations
;
4162 DEF_VEC_O(deferred_locations
);
4163 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(deferred_locations
,gc
);
4165 static GTY(()) VEC(deferred_locations
, gc
) *deferred_locations_list
;
4167 DEF_VEC_P(dw_die_ref
);
4168 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P(dw_die_ref
,heap
);
4170 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
4171 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
4172 implementation are listed below. */
4177 dw_val_class_offset
,
4179 dw_val_class_loc_list
,
4180 dw_val_class_range_list
,
4182 dw_val_class_unsigned_const
,
4183 dw_val_class_const_double
,
4186 dw_val_class_die_ref
,
4187 dw_val_class_fde_ref
,
4188 dw_val_class_lbl_id
,
4189 dw_val_class_lineptr
,
4191 dw_val_class_macptr
,
4196 /* Describe a floating point constant value, or a vector constant value. */
4198 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_vec_struct
{
4199 unsigned char * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array
;
4205 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
4206 represented internally. */
4208 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_val_struct
{
4209 enum dw_val_class val_class
;
4210 union dw_val_struct_union
4212 rtx
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr
;
4213 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset
;
4214 dw_loc_list_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list
;
4215 dw_loc_descr_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc
;
4216 HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((default)) val_int
;
4217 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned
;
4218 double_int
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_const_double"))) val_double
;
4219 dw_vec_const
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vec"))) val_vec
;
4220 struct dw_val_die_union
4224 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref
;
4225 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index
;
4226 struct indirect_string_node
* GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str
;
4227 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id
;
4228 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag
;
4229 struct dwarf_file_data
* GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_file"))) val_file
;
4230 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_data8"))) val_data8
[8];
4232 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v
;
4236 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
4239 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_descr_struct
{
4240 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next
;
4241 ENUM_BITFIELD (dwarf_location_atom
) dw_loc_opc
: 8;
4242 /* Used to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol relocation
4243 from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
4244 unsigned int dtprel
: 1;
4246 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1
;
4247 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2
;
4251 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
4252 so you can track variables that are in different places over
4253 their entire life. */
4254 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_list_struct
{
4255 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next
;
4256 const char *begin
; /* Label for begin address of range */
4257 const char *end
; /* Label for end address of range */
4258 char *ll_symbol
; /* Label for beginning of location list.
4259 Only on head of list */
4260 const char *section
; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
4261 dw_loc_descr_ref expr
;
4264 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
4266 static dw_loc_descr_ref
int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
4268 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
4271 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op
)
4276 return "DW_OP_addr";
4278 return "DW_OP_deref";
4280 return "DW_OP_const1u";
4282 return "DW_OP_const1s";
4284 return "DW_OP_const2u";
4286 return "DW_OP_const2s";
4288 return "DW_OP_const4u";
4290 return "DW_OP_const4s";
4292 return "DW_OP_const8u";
4294 return "DW_OP_const8s";
4296 return "DW_OP_constu";
4298 return "DW_OP_consts";
4302 return "DW_OP_drop";
4304 return "DW_OP_over";
4306 return "DW_OP_pick";
4308 return "DW_OP_swap";
4312 return "DW_OP_xderef";
4320 return "DW_OP_minus";
4332 return "DW_OP_plus";
4333 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
4334 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
4340 return "DW_OP_shra";
4358 return "DW_OP_skip";
4360 return "DW_OP_lit0";
4362 return "DW_OP_lit1";
4364 return "DW_OP_lit2";
4366 return "DW_OP_lit3";
4368 return "DW_OP_lit4";
4370 return "DW_OP_lit5";
4372 return "DW_OP_lit6";
4374 return "DW_OP_lit7";
4376 return "DW_OP_lit8";
4378 return "DW_OP_lit9";
4380 return "DW_OP_lit10";
4382 return "DW_OP_lit11";
4384 return "DW_OP_lit12";
4386 return "DW_OP_lit13";
4388 return "DW_OP_lit14";
4390 return "DW_OP_lit15";
4392 return "DW_OP_lit16";
4394 return "DW_OP_lit17";
4396 return "DW_OP_lit18";
4398 return "DW_OP_lit19";
4400 return "DW_OP_lit20";
4402 return "DW_OP_lit21";
4404 return "DW_OP_lit22";
4406 return "DW_OP_lit23";
4408 return "DW_OP_lit24";
4410 return "DW_OP_lit25";
4412 return "DW_OP_lit26";
4414 return "DW_OP_lit27";
4416 return "DW_OP_lit28";
4418 return "DW_OP_lit29";
4420 return "DW_OP_lit30";
4422 return "DW_OP_lit31";
4424 return "DW_OP_reg0";
4426 return "DW_OP_reg1";
4428 return "DW_OP_reg2";
4430 return "DW_OP_reg3";
4432 return "DW_OP_reg4";
4434 return "DW_OP_reg5";
4436 return "DW_OP_reg6";
4438 return "DW_OP_reg7";
4440 return "DW_OP_reg8";
4442 return "DW_OP_reg9";
4444 return "DW_OP_reg10";
4446 return "DW_OP_reg11";
4448 return "DW_OP_reg12";
4450 return "DW_OP_reg13";
4452 return "DW_OP_reg14";
4454 return "DW_OP_reg15";
4456 return "DW_OP_reg16";
4458 return "DW_OP_reg17";
4460 return "DW_OP_reg18";
4462 return "DW_OP_reg19";
4464 return "DW_OP_reg20";
4466 return "DW_OP_reg21";
4468 return "DW_OP_reg22";
4470 return "DW_OP_reg23";
4472 return "DW_OP_reg24";
4474 return "DW_OP_reg25";
4476 return "DW_OP_reg26";
4478 return "DW_OP_reg27";
4480 return "DW_OP_reg28";
4482 return "DW_OP_reg29";
4484 return "DW_OP_reg30";
4486 return "DW_OP_reg31";
4488 return "DW_OP_breg0";
4490 return "DW_OP_breg1";
4492 return "DW_OP_breg2";
4494 return "DW_OP_breg3";
4496 return "DW_OP_breg4";
4498 return "DW_OP_breg5";
4500 return "DW_OP_breg6";
4502 return "DW_OP_breg7";
4504 return "DW_OP_breg8";
4506 return "DW_OP_breg9";
4508 return "DW_OP_breg10";
4510 return "DW_OP_breg11";
4512 return "DW_OP_breg12";
4514 return "DW_OP_breg13";
4516 return "DW_OP_breg14";
4518 return "DW_OP_breg15";
4520 return "DW_OP_breg16";
4522 return "DW_OP_breg17";
4524 return "DW_OP_breg18";
4526 return "DW_OP_breg19";
4528 return "DW_OP_breg20";
4530 return "DW_OP_breg21";
4532 return "DW_OP_breg22";
4534 return "DW_OP_breg23";
4536 return "DW_OP_breg24";
4538 return "DW_OP_breg25";
4540 return "DW_OP_breg26";
4542 return "DW_OP_breg27";
4544 return "DW_OP_breg28";
4546 return "DW_OP_breg29";
4548 return "DW_OP_breg30";
4550 return "DW_OP_breg31";
4552 return "DW_OP_regx";
4554 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
4556 return "DW_OP_bregx";
4558 return "DW_OP_piece";
4559 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
4560 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
4561 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
4562 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
4566 case DW_OP_push_object_address
:
4567 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
4569 return "DW_OP_call2";
4571 return "DW_OP_call4";
4572 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
4573 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
4574 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
4575 return "DW_OP_implicit_value";
4576 case DW_OP_stack_value
:
4577 return "DW_OP_stack_value";
4578 case DW_OP_form_tls_address
:
4579 return "DW_OP_form_tls_address";
4580 case DW_OP_call_frame_cfa
:
4581 return "DW_OP_call_frame_cfa";
4582 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
4583 return "DW_OP_bit_piece";
4585 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
:
4586 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
4587 case DW_OP_GNU_uninit
:
4588 return "DW_OP_GNU_uninit";
4589 case DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr
:
4590 return "DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr";
4593 return "OP_<unknown>";
4597 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
4598 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
4599 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
4601 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4602 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1
,
4603 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2
)
4605 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
= GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node
);
4607 descr
->dw_loc_opc
= op
;
4608 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
4609 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd1
;
4610 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
4611 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd2
;
4616 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description for
4619 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4620 new_reg_loc_descr (unsigned int reg
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
4623 return new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_breg0
+ reg
),
4626 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, reg
, offset
);
4629 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
4632 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, dw_loc_descr_ref descr
)
4634 dw_loc_descr_ref
*d
;
4636 /* Find the end of the chain. */
4637 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
4643 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location expression. */
4646 loc_descr_plus_const (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
4648 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
4651 gcc_assert (*list_head
!= NULL
);
4656 /* Find the end of the chain. */
4657 for (loc
= *list_head
; loc
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
4661 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_fbreg
4662 || (loc
->dw_loc_opc
>= DW_OP_breg0
&& loc
->dw_loc_opc
<= DW_OP_breg31
))
4663 p
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
4664 else if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_bregx
)
4665 p
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
;
4667 /* If the last operation is fbreg, breg{0..31,x}, optimize by adjusting its
4668 offset. Don't optimize if an signed integer overflow would happen. */
4670 && ((offset
> 0 && *p
<= INTTYPE_MAXIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT
) - offset
)
4671 || (offset
< 0 && *p
>= INTTYPE_MINIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT
) - offset
)))
4674 else if (offset
> 0)
4675 loc
->dw_loc_next
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, offset
, 0);
4679 loc
->dw_loc_next
= int_loc_descriptor (offset
);
4680 add_loc_descr (&loc
->dw_loc_next
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
4684 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4685 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location list. */
4688 loc_list_plus_const (dw_loc_list_ref list_head
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
4691 for (d
= list_head
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->dw_loc_next
)
4692 loc_descr_plus_const (&d
->expr
, offset
);
4696 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
4698 static unsigned long
4699 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
4701 unsigned long size
= 1;
4703 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
4706 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
4725 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4728 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
4733 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
4734 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4772 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
4775 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4778 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
4781 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4782 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
);
4785 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4787 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
4788 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
4797 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
4798 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
4800 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
4801 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
)
4802 + loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
4811 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
4813 static unsigned long
4814 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
4819 /* If there are no skip or bra opcodes, don't fill in the dw_loc_addr
4820 field, to avoid writing to a PCH file. */
4821 for (size
= 0, l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->dw_loc_next
)
4823 if (l
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_skip
|| l
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_bra
)
4825 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (l
);
4830 for (size
= 0, l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->dw_loc_next
)
4832 l
->dw_loc_addr
= size
;
4833 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (l
);
4839 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4840 static HOST_WIDE_INT
extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
4843 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
4846 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
4848 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
4849 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
4851 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
4853 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4856 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4860 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4864 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64);
4865 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4872 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
);
4873 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
4875 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset
, NULL
);
4878 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
4879 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
4880 switch (val2
->val_class
)
4882 case dw_val_class_const
:
4883 dw2_asm_output_data (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4885 case dw_val_class_vec
:
4887 unsigned int elt_size
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
4888 unsigned int len
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.length
;
4892 if (elt_size
> sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
4897 for (i
= 0, p
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.array
;
4900 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size
, extract_int (p
, elt_size
),
4901 "fp or vector constant word %u", i
);
4904 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
4906 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
4908 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
4910 first
= val2
->v
.val_double
.high
;
4911 second
= val2
->v
.val_double
.low
;
4915 first
= val2
->v
.val_double
.low
;
4916 second
= val2
->v
.val_double
.high
;
4918 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
4920 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
4924 case dw_val_class_addr
:
4925 gcc_assert (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
4926 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, val2
->v
.val_addr
, NULL
);
4941 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
4942 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
4943 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
4944 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
4945 only doing unwinding. */
4950 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4953 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
4956 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4959 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4961 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
4962 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
4996 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4999 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
5002 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5005 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
5006 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5009 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
5011 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
5012 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
5013 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5019 if (targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
)
5021 targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file
,
5024 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
5031 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5032 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, val1
->v
.val_addr
, NULL
);
5040 /* Other codes have no operands. */
5045 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
5048 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
5050 for (; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
5052 /* Output the opcode. */
5053 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc
->dw_loc_opc
,
5054 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc
->dw_loc_opc
));
5056 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
5057 output_loc_operands (loc
);
5061 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any).
5062 The output is single bytes on a line, suitable for .cfi_escape. */
5065 output_loc_operands_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
5067 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
5068 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
5070 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
5073 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
5074 /* We cannot output addresses in .cfi_escape, only bytes. */
5080 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
5081 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
5082 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5083 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (1, val1
->v
.val_int
);
5088 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5089 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, val1
->v
.val_int
);
5094 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5095 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (4, val1
->v
.val_int
);
5100 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64);
5101 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5102 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (8, val1
->v
.val_int
);
5110 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
);
5111 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
5113 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5114 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, offset
);
5119 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
5122 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5123 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
);
5160 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5161 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val1
->v
.val_int
);
5165 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5166 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
);
5167 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5168 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val2
->v
.val_int
);
5172 /* Other codes have no operands. */
5178 output_loc_sequence_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
5182 /* Output the opcode. */
5183 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "%#x", loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
5184 output_loc_operands_raw (loc
);
5186 if (!loc
->dw_loc_next
)
5188 loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
;
5190 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5194 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
5195 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
5198 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
5200 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
5203 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_expression
)
5205 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, NULL
);
5206 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_loc
;
5209 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
;
5211 /* Output the size of the block. */
5212 size
= size_of_locs (loc
);
5213 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, NULL
);
5215 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
5216 output_loc_sequence (loc
);
5219 /* Similar, but used for .cfi_escape. */
5222 output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
5224 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
5227 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_expression
)
5229 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "%#x,", cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
);
5230 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_loc
;
5233 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
;
5235 /* Output the size of the block. */
5236 size
= size_of_locs (loc
);
5237 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (size
);
5238 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5240 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
5241 output_loc_sequence_raw (loc
);
5244 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from a
5245 dw_cfa_location, adding the given OFFSET to the result of the
5248 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*
5249 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
5251 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*head
, *tmp
;
5253 offset
+= cfa
->offset
;
5257 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
);
5258 head
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
5259 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
5260 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
5263 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, offset
, 0);
5264 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
5268 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (cfa
->reg
, offset
);
5273 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence for
5274 the address at OFFSET from the CFA when stack is aligned to
5277 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*
5278 build_cfa_aligned_loc (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
, HOST_WIDE_INT alignment
)
5280 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*head
;
5281 unsigned int dwarf_fp
5282 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
);
5284 /* When CFA is defined as FP+OFFSET, emulate stack alignment. */
5285 if (cfa
.reg
== HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
&& cfa
.indirect
== 0)
5287 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp
, 0);
5288 add_loc_descr (&head
, int_loc_descriptor (alignment
));
5289 add_loc_descr (&head
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
5290 loc_descr_plus_const (&head
, offset
);
5293 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp
, offset
);
5297 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
5298 descriptor sequence. */
5301 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
, struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc
)
5303 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*ptr
;
5305 cfa
->base_offset
= 0;
5309 for (ptr
= loc
; ptr
!= NULL
; ptr
= ptr
->dw_loc_next
)
5311 enum dwarf_location_atom op
= ptr
->dw_loc_opc
;
5347 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_reg0
;
5350 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
5384 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_breg0
;
5385 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
5388 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
5389 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
;
5394 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
5395 cfa
->offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
5398 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented",
5399 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr
->dw_loc_opc
));
5403 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
5405 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
5406 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5408 /* .debug_str support. */
5409 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
5411 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
5412 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
5413 static void dwarf2out_assembly_start (void);
5414 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
5415 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
5416 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
5417 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
5418 static void dwarf2out_function_decl (tree
);
5419 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
5420 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
5421 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree
);
5422 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree
);
5423 static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree
, int);
5424 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree
, tree
, tree
, bool);
5425 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree
, tree
, tree
,
5427 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree
);
5428 static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx
);
5429 static void dwarf2out_direct_call (tree
);
5430 static void dwarf2out_virtual_call_token (tree
, int);
5431 static void dwarf2out_copy_call_info (rtx
, rtx
);
5432 static void dwarf2out_virtual_call (int);
5433 static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree
);
5434 static void dwarf2out_set_name (tree
, tree
);
5436 /* The debug hooks structure. */
5438 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
=
5442 dwarf2out_assembly_start
,
5445 dwarf2out_start_source_file
,
5446 dwarf2out_end_source_file
,
5447 dwarf2out_begin_block
,
5448 dwarf2out_end_block
,
5449 dwarf2out_ignore_block
,
5450 dwarf2out_source_line
,
5451 dwarf2out_begin_prologue
,
5452 debug_nothing_int_charstar
, /* end_prologue */
5453 dwarf2out_end_epilogue
,
5454 dwarf2out_begin_function
,
5455 debug_nothing_int
, /* end_function */
5456 dwarf2out_function_decl
, /* function_decl */
5457 dwarf2out_global_decl
,
5458 dwarf2out_type_decl
, /* type_decl */
5459 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl
,
5460 debug_nothing_tree
, /* deferred_inline_function */
5461 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
5462 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
5463 something tries to reference them. */
5464 dwarf2out_abstract_function
, /* outlining_inline_function */
5465 debug_nothing_rtx
, /* label */
5466 debug_nothing_int
, /* handle_pch */
5467 dwarf2out_var_location
,
5468 dwarf2out_switch_text_section
,
5469 dwarf2out_direct_call
,
5470 dwarf2out_virtual_call_token
,
5471 dwarf2out_copy_call_info
,
5472 dwarf2out_virtual_call
,
5474 1 /* start_end_main_source_file */
5478 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
5479 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
5480 throughout the remainder of this file. */
5482 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
5483 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
5484 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
5485 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
5487 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
5488 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
5490 typedef long int dw_offset
;
5492 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
5494 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
*dw_attr_ref
;
5495 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
*dw_line_info_ref
;
5496 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
*dw_separate_line_info_ref
;
5497 typedef struct pubname_struct
*pubname_ref
;
5498 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct
*dw_ranges_ref
;
5499 typedef struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct
*dw_ranges_by_label_ref
;
5500 typedef struct comdat_type_struct
*comdat_type_node_ref
;
5502 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
5503 line number associated with the label generated for that
5504 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
5505 the line number entry. */
5507 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_line_info_struct
{
5508 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
5509 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
5513 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
5515 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_separate_line_info_struct
{
5516 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
5517 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
5518 unsigned long function
;
5520 dw_separate_line_info_entry
;
5522 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
5523 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
5524 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
5526 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_attr_struct
{
5527 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr
;
5528 dw_val_node dw_attr_val
;
5532 DEF_VEC_O(dw_attr_node
);
5533 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dw_attr_node
,gc
);
5535 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure. DIEs form a tree.
5536 The children of each node form a circular list linked by
5537 die_sib. die_child points to the node *before* the "first" child node. */
5539 typedef struct GTY((chain_circular ("%h.die_sib"))) die_struct
{
5540 enum dwarf_tag die_tag
;
5541 union die_symbol_or_type_node
5543 char * GTY ((tag ("0"))) die_symbol
;
5544 comdat_type_node_ref
GTY ((tag ("1"))) die_type_node
;
5546 GTY ((desc ("dwarf_version >= 4"))) die_id
;
5547 VEC(dw_attr_node
,gc
) * die_attr
;
5548 dw_die_ref die_parent
;
5549 dw_die_ref die_child
;
5551 dw_die_ref die_definition
; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
5552 dw_offset die_offset
;
5553 unsigned long die_abbrev
;
5555 /* Die is used and must not be pruned as unused. */
5556 int die_perennial_p
;
5557 unsigned int decl_id
;
5561 /* Evaluate 'expr' while 'c' is set to each child of DIE in order. */
5562 #define FOR_EACH_CHILD(die, c, expr) do { \
5563 c = die->die_child; \
5567 } while (c != die->die_child); \
5570 /* The pubname structure */
5572 typedef struct GTY(()) pubname_struct
{
5578 DEF_VEC_O(pubname_entry
);
5579 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(pubname_entry
, gc
);
5581 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_struct
{
5582 /* If this is positive, it's a block number, otherwise it's a
5583 bitwise-negated index into dw_ranges_by_label. */
5587 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_by_label_struct
{
5592 /* The comdat type node structure. */
5593 typedef struct GTY(()) comdat_type_struct
5595 dw_die_ref root_die
;
5596 dw_die_ref type_die
;
5597 char signature
[DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
];
5598 struct comdat_type_struct
*next
;
5602 /* The limbo die list structure. */
5603 typedef struct GTY(()) limbo_die_struct
{
5606 struct limbo_die_struct
*next
;
5610 typedef struct GTY(()) skeleton_chain_struct
5614 struct skeleton_chain_struct
*parent
;
5616 skeleton_chain_node
;
5618 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
5619 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
5620 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
5623 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
5624 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
5626 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
5627 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
5628 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
5629 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
5630 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
5631 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
5633 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
5634 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
5635 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
5636 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
5637 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
5638 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
5639 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
5640 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
5641 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
5642 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
5644 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
5645 language, and compiler version. */
5647 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
5648 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
5649 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
5651 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF comdat type unit header. */
5652 #define DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
5653 (DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE \
5654 + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
5656 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
5657 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
5659 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
5660 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
5661 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
5662 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
5663 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
5665 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
5666 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
5667 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
5668 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
5669 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
5670 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
5672 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
5673 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
5674 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
5675 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
5677 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
5681 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
5682 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
5683 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
5685 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
5686 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
5688 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
5689 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
5691 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
5692 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
5693 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
5694 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
5695 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
5697 /* Maximum number of operations per instruction bundle. */
5698 #ifndef DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN
5699 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN 1
5702 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5703 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
5704 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
5705 static unsigned long next_die_offset
;
5708 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
5709 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die
;
5711 /* A list of type DIEs that have been separated into comdat sections. */
5712 static GTY(()) comdat_type_node
*comdat_type_list
;
5714 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
5715 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node
*limbo_die_list
;
5717 /* A list of DIEs for which we may have to generate
5718 DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name once their DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAMEs are set. */
5719 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node
*deferred_asm_name
;
5721 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
5722 static GTY((param_is (struct dwarf_file_data
))) htab_t file_table
;
5724 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
5725 The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */
5726 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct
))) htab_t decl_die_table
;
5728 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe COMMON blocks.
5729 The key is DECL_UID() ^ die_parent. */
5730 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct
))) htab_t common_block_die_table
;
5732 typedef struct GTY(()) die_arg_entry_struct
{
5737 DEF_VEC_O(die_arg_entry
);
5738 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(die_arg_entry
,gc
);
5740 /* Node of the variable location list. */
5741 struct GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next"))) var_loc_node
{
5742 rtx
GTY (()) var_loc_note
;
5743 const char * GTY (()) label
;
5744 struct var_loc_node
* GTY (()) next
;
5747 /* Variable location list. */
5748 struct GTY (()) var_loc_list_def
{
5749 struct var_loc_node
* GTY (()) first
;
5751 /* Pointer to the last but one or last element of the
5752 chained list. If the list is empty, both first and
5753 last are NULL, if the list contains just one node
5754 or the last node certainly is not redundant, it points
5755 to the last node, otherwise points to the last but one.
5756 Do not mark it for GC because it is marked through the chain. */
5757 struct var_loc_node
* GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last
;
5759 /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */
5760 unsigned int decl_id
;
5762 typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list
;
5765 /* Table of decl location linked lists. */
5766 static GTY ((param_is (var_loc_list
))) htab_t decl_loc_table
;
5768 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
5769 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
5770 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
5771 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
5772 dw_die_ref
*abbrev_die_table
;
5774 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
5775 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated
;
5777 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
5778 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
5780 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5781 abbrev_die_table. */
5782 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
5784 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
5785 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
5786 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
5787 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table
;
5789 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
5790 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated
;
5792 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
5793 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use
;
5795 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
5796 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
5797 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
5798 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table
;
5800 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
5801 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated
;
5803 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
5804 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use
;
5806 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5808 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
5810 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
5811 accessible names. */
5812 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * pubname_table
;
5814 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
5815 accessible types. */
5816 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * pubtype_table
;
5818 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
5819 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref
*arange_table
;
5821 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
5822 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated
;
5824 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
5825 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use
;
5827 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5829 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
5831 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
5832 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table
;
5834 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
5835 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated
;
5837 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
5838 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use
;
5840 /* Array of pairs of labels referenced in ranges_table. */
5841 static GTY ((length ("ranges_by_label_allocated")))
5842 dw_ranges_by_label_ref ranges_by_label
;
5844 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_by_label. */
5845 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_allocated
;
5847 /* Number of elements in ranges_by_label currently in use. */
5848 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_in_use
;
5850 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5852 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
5854 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
5855 static GTY(()) bool have_location_lists
;
5857 /* Unique label counter. */
5858 static GTY(()) unsigned int loclabel_num
;
5860 /* Unique label counter for point-of-call tables. */
5861 static GTY(()) unsigned int poc_label_num
;
5863 /* The direct call table structure. */
5865 typedef struct GTY(()) dcall_struct
{
5866 unsigned int poc_label_num
;
5868 dw_die_ref targ_die
;
5872 DEF_VEC_O(dcall_entry
);
5873 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dcall_entry
, gc
);
5875 /* The virtual call table structure. */
5877 typedef struct GTY(()) vcall_struct
{
5878 unsigned int poc_label_num
;
5879 unsigned int vtable_slot
;
5883 DEF_VEC_O(vcall_entry
);
5884 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(vcall_entry
, gc
);
5886 /* Pointers to the direct and virtual call tables. */
5887 static GTY (()) VEC (dcall_entry
, gc
) * dcall_table
= NULL
;
5888 static GTY (()) VEC (vcall_entry
, gc
) * vcall_table
= NULL
;
5890 /* A hash table to map INSN_UIDs to vtable slot indexes. */
5892 struct GTY (()) vcall_insn
{
5894 unsigned int vtable_slot
;
5897 static GTY ((param_is (struct vcall_insn
))) htab_t vcall_insn_table
;
5899 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5900 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
5901 static int current_function_has_inlines
;
5903 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
5904 static int comp_unit_has_inlines
;
5907 /* The last file entry emitted by maybe_emit_file(). */
5908 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data
* last_emitted_file
;
5910 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
5911 static GTY(()) int label_num
;
5913 /* Cached result of previous call to lookup_filename. */
5914 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data
* file_table_last_lookup
;
5916 static GTY(()) VEC(die_arg_entry
,gc
) *tmpl_value_parm_die_table
;
5918 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5920 /* Offset from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the frame base,
5921 within the current function. */
5922 static HOST_WIDE_INT frame_pointer_fb_offset
;
5924 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
5926 static int is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx
);
5927 static tree
type_main_variant (tree
);
5928 static int is_tagged_type (const_tree
);
5929 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
5930 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
5931 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
5932 static tree
decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree
);
5933 static tree
decl_class_context (tree
);
5934 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref
, dw_attr_ref
);
5935 static inline enum dw_val_class
AT_class (dw_attr_ref
);
5936 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
5937 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref
);
5938 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
5939 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
AT_int (dw_attr_ref
);
5940 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
5941 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref
);
5942 static void add_AT_double (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
5943 HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
5944 static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned int,
5945 unsigned int, unsigned char *);
5946 static void add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned char *);
5947 static hashval_t
debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
5948 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
5949 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
5950 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref
);
5951 static enum dwarf_form
AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref
);
5952 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_die_ref
);
5953 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
5954 static inline dw_die_ref
AT_ref (dw_attr_ref
);
5955 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref
);
5956 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref
, int);
5957 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
5958 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_loc_descr_ref
);
5959 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
AT_loc (dw_attr_ref
);
5960 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
5962 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref
);
5963 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, rtx
);
5964 static inline rtx
AT_addr (dw_attr_ref
);
5965 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
5966 static void add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
5967 static void add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
5968 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
5969 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
5970 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
5972 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref
);
5973 static dw_attr_ref
get_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
5974 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref
);
5975 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref
);
5976 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
5977 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
5978 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
5979 static inline dw_die_ref
get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
5980 static bool is_cxx (void);
5981 static bool is_fortran (void);
5982 static bool is_ada (void);
5983 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
5984 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_tag
);
5985 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
5986 static dw_die_ref
new_die (enum dwarf_tag
, dw_die_ref
, tree
);
5987 static dw_die_ref
lookup_type_die (tree
);
5988 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5989 static hashval_t
decl_die_table_hash (const void *);
5990 static int decl_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
5991 static dw_die_ref
lookup_decl_die (tree
);
5992 static hashval_t
common_block_die_table_hash (const void *);
5993 static int common_block_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
5994 static hashval_t
decl_loc_table_hash (const void *);
5995 static int decl_loc_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
5996 static var_loc_list
*lookup_decl_loc (const_tree
);
5997 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5998 static struct var_loc_node
*add_var_loc_to_decl (tree
, rtx
, const char *);
5999 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
6000 static void print_die (dw_die_ref
, FILE *);
6001 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
6002 static dw_die_ref
push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
6003 static dw_die_ref
pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref
);
6004 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
6005 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
6006 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
6007 static void checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT
, struct md5_ctx
*);
6008 static void checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
, struct md5_ctx
*);
6009 static void loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
6010 static void attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag
, dw_attr_ref
,
6011 struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
6012 struct checksum_attributes
;
6013 static void collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes
*, dw_die_ref
);
6014 static void die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
6015 static void checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
6016 static void generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref
, comdat_type_node
*);
6017 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref
, dw_loc_descr_ref
, int *);
6018 static int same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node
*, const dw_val_node
*, int *);
6019 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref
, dw_attr_ref
, int *);
6020 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
, int *);
6021 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
6022 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref
);
6023 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref
);
6024 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref
);
6025 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref
);
6026 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref
);
6027 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref
);
6028 static int is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref
);
6029 static int should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref
);
6030 static dw_die_ref
clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref
);
6031 static dw_die_ref
clone_die (dw_die_ref
);
6032 static dw_die_ref
clone_tree (dw_die_ref
);
6033 static void copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
6034 static void generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node
*);
6035 static void generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node
*);
6036 static dw_die_ref
generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref
);
6037 static dw_die_ref
remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref
,
6039 static void break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref
);
6040 static dw_die_ref
copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
, htab_t
);
6041 static void copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
, htab_t
);
6042 static void copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref
);
6044 static hashval_t
htab_cu_hash (const void *);
6045 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
6046 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
6047 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned *);
6048 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned);
6049 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref
);
6050 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref
);
6051 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref
);
6052 static int constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
6053 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref
);
6054 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref
);
6055 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
6056 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
6057 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref
);
6058 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
,gc
) *);
6059 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
6060 static enum dwarf_form
value_format (dw_attr_ref
);
6061 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref
);
6062 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
6063 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref
);
6064 static void output_die (dw_die_ref
);
6065 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
6066 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref
, int);
6067 static void output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node
*);
6068 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree
, int);
6069 static void add_pubname (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6070 static void add_pubname_string (const char *, dw_die_ref
);
6071 static void add_pubtype (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6072 static void output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
,gc
) *);
6073 static void add_arange (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6074 static void output_aranges (void);
6075 static unsigned int add_ranges_num (int);
6076 static unsigned int add_ranges (const_tree
);
6077 static void add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref
, const char *, const char *,
6079 static void output_ranges (void);
6080 static void output_line_info (void);
6081 static void output_file_names (void);
6082 static dw_die_ref
base_type_die (tree
);
6083 static int is_base_type (tree
);
6084 static dw_die_ref
subrange_type_die (tree
, tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6085 static dw_die_ref
modified_type_die (tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
);
6086 static dw_die_ref
generic_parameter_die (tree
, tree
, bool, dw_die_ref
);
6087 static dw_die_ref
template_parameter_pack_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6088 static int type_is_enum (const_tree
);
6089 static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (const_rtx
);
6090 static void add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref
*, int);
6091 static dw_loc_descr_ref
reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
, enum var_init_status
);
6092 static dw_loc_descr_ref
one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int,
6093 enum var_init_status
);
6094 static dw_loc_descr_ref
multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
,
6095 enum var_init_status
);
6096 static dw_loc_descr_ref
based_loc_descr (rtx
, HOST_WIDE_INT
,
6097 enum var_init_status
);
6098 static int is_based_loc (const_rtx
);
6099 static int resolve_one_addr (rtx
*, void *);
6100 static dw_loc_descr_ref
mem_loc_descriptor (rtx
, enum machine_mode mode
,
6101 enum var_init_status
);
6102 static dw_loc_descr_ref
concat_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
,
6103 enum var_init_status
);
6104 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor (rtx
, enum machine_mode mode
,
6105 enum var_init_status
);
6106 static dw_loc_list_ref
loc_list_from_tree (tree
, int);
6107 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree
, int);
6108 static HOST_WIDE_INT
ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned int);
6109 static tree
field_type (const_tree
);
6110 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree
);
6111 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree
);
6112 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree
);
6113 static HOST_WIDE_INT
field_byte_offset (const_tree
);
6114 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
6116 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6117 static bool add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, rtx
);
6118 static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned, unsigned char *);
6119 static void insert_double (double_int
, unsigned char *);
6120 static void insert_float (const_rtx
, unsigned char *);
6121 static rtx
rtl_for_decl_location (tree
);
6122 static bool add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
,
6123 enum dwarf_attribute
);
6124 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6125 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6126 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref
, const char *);
6127 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref
);
6128 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, tree
);
6129 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref
, tree
, bool);
6130 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6131 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6132 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6133 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6134 static dw_die_ref
add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6135 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6136 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6137 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6138 static void push_decl_scope (tree
);
6139 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
6140 static dw_die_ref
scope_die_for (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6141 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
6142 static inline int class_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
6143 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
6144 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
);
6145 static void add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6146 static const char *type_tag (const_tree
);
6147 static tree
member_declared_type (const_tree
);
6149 static const char *decl_start_label (tree
);
6151 static void gen_array_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6152 static void gen_descr_array_type_die (tree
, struct array_descr_info
*, dw_die_ref
);
6154 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6156 static dw_die_ref
gen_enumeration_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6157 static dw_die_ref
gen_formal_parameter_die (tree
, tree
, bool, dw_die_ref
);
6158 static dw_die_ref
gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
, tree
*);
6159 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6160 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6161 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6162 static void gen_variable_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6163 static void gen_const_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6164 static void gen_label_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6165 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
6166 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
6167 static void gen_field_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6168 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6169 static dw_die_ref
gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
6170 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6171 static void gen_member_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6172 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
,
6173 enum debug_info_usage
);
6174 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6175 static void gen_typedef_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6176 static void gen_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6177 static void gen_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
6178 static void decls_for_scope (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
6179 static int is_redundant_typedef (const_tree
);
6180 static inline dw_die_ref
get_context_die (tree
);
6181 static void gen_namespace_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6182 static void gen_decl_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6183 static dw_die_ref
force_decl_die (tree
);
6184 static dw_die_ref
force_type_die (tree
);
6185 static dw_die_ref
setup_namespace_context (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6186 static dw_die_ref
declare_in_namespace (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6187 static struct dwarf_file_data
* lookup_filename (const char *);
6188 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
6189 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6190 static void gen_generic_params_dies (tree
);
6191 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
6192 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
6193 static dw_loc_list_ref
new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref
, const char *,
6194 const char *, const char *);
6195 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
);
6196 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
6198 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
6199 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref
, int);
6200 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref
);
6201 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref
);
6202 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref
);
6203 static void prune_unused_types (void);
6204 static int maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data
*fd
);
6205 static void append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6206 static void gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void);
6208 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
6209 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
6210 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
6212 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
6213 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
6215 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
6216 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
6218 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
6219 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
6221 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
6222 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
6224 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
6225 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
6227 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
6228 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
6230 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
6231 #define DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION ".debug_pubtypes"
6233 #ifndef DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION
6234 #define DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION ".debug_dcall"
6236 #ifndef DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION
6237 #define DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION ".debug_vcall"
6239 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
6240 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
6242 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
6243 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
6246 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
6247 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
6248 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
6251 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
6252 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
6253 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_debug_strings \
6254 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
6257 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
6258 the section names themselves. */
6260 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
6261 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
6263 #ifndef COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
6264 #define COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext_cold"
6266 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
6267 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
6269 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
6270 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
6272 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
6273 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
6275 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
6276 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
6278 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
6279 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
6281 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
6282 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
6285 /* Mangled name attribute to use. This used to be a vendor extension
6286 until DWARF 4 standardized it. */
6287 #define AT_linkage_name \
6288 (dwarf_version >= 4 ? DW_AT_linkage_name : DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name)
6291 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
6292 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
6293 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
6294 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
6295 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
6297 static char text_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6298 static char text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6299 static char cold_text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6300 static char cold_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6301 static char abbrev_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6302 static char debug_info_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6303 static char debug_line_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6304 static char macinfo_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6305 static char loc_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6306 static char ranges_section_label
[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6308 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
6309 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
6311 #ifndef COLD_END_LABEL
6312 #define COLD_END_LABEL "Letext_cold"
6314 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
6315 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
6317 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
6318 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
6320 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
6321 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
6323 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
6324 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
6328 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
6329 called to "demangle" any name before it is put into a DIE. */
6331 static const char *(*demangle_name_func
) (const char *);
6334 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func
) (const char *))
6336 demangle_name_func
= func
;
6339 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
6342 is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx rtl
)
6344 return ((REG_P (rtl
) && REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
6345 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SUBREG
6346 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl
)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
));
6349 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
6353 type_main_variant (tree type
)
6355 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
6357 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
6358 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
6359 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
6360 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
6362 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
6363 while (type
!= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
))
6364 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
6369 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
6372 is_tagged_type (const_tree type
)
6374 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
6376 return (code
== RECORD_TYPE
|| code
== UNION_TYPE
6377 || code
== QUAL_UNION_TYPE
|| code
== ENUMERAL_TYPE
);
6380 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
6383 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag
)
6387 case DW_TAG_padding
:
6388 return "DW_TAG_padding";
6389 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
6390 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
6391 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
6392 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
6393 case DW_TAG_entry_point
:
6394 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
6395 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
6396 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
6397 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter
:
6398 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
6399 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration
:
6400 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
6402 return "DW_TAG_label";
6403 case DW_TAG_lexical_block
:
6404 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
6406 return "DW_TAG_member";
6407 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
6408 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
6409 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
6410 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
6411 case DW_TAG_compile_unit
:
6412 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
6413 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
6414 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
6415 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
6416 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
6417 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
6418 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
6419 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
6420 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
6421 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
6422 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
6423 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
:
6424 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
6425 case DW_TAG_variant
:
6426 return "DW_TAG_variant";
6427 case DW_TAG_common_block
:
6428 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
6429 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion
:
6430 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
6431 case DW_TAG_inheritance
:
6432 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
6433 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
:
6434 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
6436 return "DW_TAG_module";
6437 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
6438 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
6439 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
6440 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
6441 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
6442 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
6443 case DW_TAG_with_stmt
:
6444 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
6445 case DW_TAG_access_declaration
:
6446 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
6447 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
6448 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
6449 case DW_TAG_catch_block
:
6450 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
6451 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
6452 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
6453 case DW_TAG_constant
:
6454 return "DW_TAG_constant";
6455 case DW_TAG_enumerator
:
6456 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
6457 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
6458 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
6460 return "DW_TAG_friend";
6461 case DW_TAG_namelist
:
6462 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
6463 case DW_TAG_namelist_item
:
6464 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
6465 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
6466 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
6467 case DW_TAG_subprogram
:
6468 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
6469 case DW_TAG_template_type_param
:
6470 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
6471 case DW_TAG_template_value_param
:
6472 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
6473 case DW_TAG_thrown_type
:
6474 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
6475 case DW_TAG_try_block
:
6476 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
6477 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
6478 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
6479 case DW_TAG_variable
:
6480 return "DW_TAG_variable";
6481 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
6482 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
6483 case DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure
:
6484 return "DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure";
6485 case DW_TAG_restrict_type
:
6486 return "DW_TAG_restrict_type";
6487 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
6488 return "DW_TAG_interface_type";
6489 case DW_TAG_namespace
:
6490 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
6491 case DW_TAG_imported_module
:
6492 return "DW_TAG_imported_module";
6493 case DW_TAG_unspecified_type
:
6494 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_type";
6495 case DW_TAG_partial_unit
:
6496 return "DW_TAG_partial_unit";
6497 case DW_TAG_imported_unit
:
6498 return "DW_TAG_imported_unit";
6499 case DW_TAG_condition
:
6500 return "DW_TAG_condition";
6501 case DW_TAG_shared_type
:
6502 return "DW_TAG_shared_type";
6503 case DW_TAG_type_unit
:
6504 return "DW_TAG_type_unit";
6505 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
:
6506 return "DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type";
6507 case DW_TAG_template_alias
:
6508 return "DW_TAG_template_alias";
6509 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack
:
6510 return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack";
6511 case DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack
:
6512 return "DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack";
6513 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop
:
6514 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
6515 case DW_TAG_format_label
:
6516 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
6517 case DW_TAG_function_template
:
6518 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
6519 case DW_TAG_class_template
:
6520 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
6521 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
:
6522 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
6523 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
:
6524 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
6525 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param
:
6526 return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param";
6528 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
6532 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
6535 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr
)
6540 return "DW_AT_sibling";
6541 case DW_AT_location
:
6542 return "DW_AT_location";
6544 return "DW_AT_name";
6545 case DW_AT_ordering
:
6546 return "DW_AT_ordering";
6547 case DW_AT_subscr_data
:
6548 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
6549 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
6550 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
6551 case DW_AT_bit_offset
:
6552 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
6553 case DW_AT_bit_size
:
6554 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
6555 case DW_AT_element_list
:
6556 return "DW_AT_element_list";
6557 case DW_AT_stmt_list
:
6558 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
6560 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
6562 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
6563 case DW_AT_language
:
6564 return "DW_AT_language";
6566 return "DW_AT_member";
6568 return "DW_AT_discr";
6569 case DW_AT_discr_value
:
6570 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
6571 case DW_AT_visibility
:
6572 return "DW_AT_visibility";
6574 return "DW_AT_import";
6575 case DW_AT_string_length
:
6576 return "DW_AT_string_length";
6577 case DW_AT_common_reference
:
6578 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
6579 case DW_AT_comp_dir
:
6580 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
6581 case DW_AT_const_value
:
6582 return "DW_AT_const_value";
6583 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
6584 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
6585 case DW_AT_default_value
:
6586 return "DW_AT_default_value";
6588 return "DW_AT_inline";
6589 case DW_AT_is_optional
:
6590 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
6591 case DW_AT_lower_bound
:
6592 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
6593 case DW_AT_producer
:
6594 return "DW_AT_producer";
6595 case DW_AT_prototyped
:
6596 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
6597 case DW_AT_return_addr
:
6598 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
6599 case DW_AT_start_scope
:
6600 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
6601 case DW_AT_bit_stride
:
6602 return "DW_AT_bit_stride";
6603 case DW_AT_upper_bound
:
6604 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
6605 case DW_AT_abstract_origin
:
6606 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
6607 case DW_AT_accessibility
:
6608 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
6609 case DW_AT_address_class
:
6610 return "DW_AT_address_class";
6611 case DW_AT_artificial
:
6612 return "DW_AT_artificial";
6613 case DW_AT_base_types
:
6614 return "DW_AT_base_types";
6615 case DW_AT_calling_convention
:
6616 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
6618 return "DW_AT_count";
6619 case DW_AT_data_member_location
:
6620 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
6621 case DW_AT_decl_column
:
6622 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
6623 case DW_AT_decl_file
:
6624 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
6625 case DW_AT_decl_line
:
6626 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
6627 case DW_AT_declaration
:
6628 return "DW_AT_declaration";
6629 case DW_AT_discr_list
:
6630 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
6631 case DW_AT_encoding
:
6632 return "DW_AT_encoding";
6633 case DW_AT_external
:
6634 return "DW_AT_external";
6635 case DW_AT_explicit
:
6636 return "DW_AT_explicit";
6637 case DW_AT_frame_base
:
6638 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
6640 return "DW_AT_friend";
6641 case DW_AT_identifier_case
:
6642 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
6643 case DW_AT_macro_info
:
6644 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
6645 case DW_AT_namelist_items
:
6646 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
6647 case DW_AT_priority
:
6648 return "DW_AT_priority";
6650 return "DW_AT_segment";
6651 case DW_AT_specification
:
6652 return "DW_AT_specification";
6653 case DW_AT_static_link
:
6654 return "DW_AT_static_link";
6656 return "DW_AT_type";
6657 case DW_AT_use_location
:
6658 return "DW_AT_use_location";
6659 case DW_AT_variable_parameter
:
6660 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
6661 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
6662 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
6663 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
:
6664 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
6666 case DW_AT_allocated
:
6667 return "DW_AT_allocated";
6668 case DW_AT_associated
:
6669 return "DW_AT_associated";
6670 case DW_AT_data_location
:
6671 return "DW_AT_data_location";
6672 case DW_AT_byte_stride
:
6673 return "DW_AT_byte_stride";
6674 case DW_AT_entry_pc
:
6675 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
6676 case DW_AT_use_UTF8
:
6677 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
6678 case DW_AT_extension
:
6679 return "DW_AT_extension";
6681 return "DW_AT_ranges";
6682 case DW_AT_trampoline
:
6683 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
6684 case DW_AT_call_column
:
6685 return "DW_AT_call_column";
6686 case DW_AT_call_file
:
6687 return "DW_AT_call_file";
6688 case DW_AT_call_line
:
6689 return "DW_AT_call_line";
6691 case DW_AT_signature
:
6692 return "DW_AT_signature";
6693 case DW_AT_main_subprogram
:
6694 return "DW_AT_main_subprogram";
6695 case DW_AT_data_bit_offset
:
6696 return "DW_AT_data_bit_offset";
6697 case DW_AT_const_expr
:
6698 return "DW_AT_const_expr";
6699 case DW_AT_enum_class
:
6700 return "DW_AT_enum_class";
6701 case DW_AT_linkage_name
:
6702 return "DW_AT_linkage_name";
6704 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde
:
6705 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
6706 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin
:
6707 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
6708 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin
:
6709 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
6710 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin
:
6711 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
6712 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor
:
6713 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
6714 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth
:
6715 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
6716 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
:
6717 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
6718 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride
:
6719 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
6720 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name
:
6721 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
6722 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin
:
6723 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
6724 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
:
6725 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
6727 case DW_AT_sf_names
:
6728 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
6729 case DW_AT_src_info
:
6730 return "DW_AT_src_info";
6731 case DW_AT_mac_info
:
6732 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
6733 case DW_AT_src_coords
:
6734 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
6735 case DW_AT_body_begin
:
6736 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
6737 case DW_AT_body_end
:
6738 return "DW_AT_body_end";
6739 case DW_AT_GNU_vector
:
6740 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
6741 case DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by
:
6742 return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by";
6743 case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by
:
6744 return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by";
6745 case DW_AT_GNU_guarded
:
6746 return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded";
6747 case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded
:
6748 return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded";
6749 case DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded
:
6750 return "DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded";
6751 case DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required
:
6752 return "DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required";
6753 case DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required
:
6754 return "DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required";
6755 case DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature
:
6756 return "DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature";
6757 case DW_AT_GNU_template_name
:
6758 return "DW_AT_GNU_template_name";
6760 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
:
6761 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
6764 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
6768 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
6771 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form
)
6776 return "DW_FORM_addr";
6777 case DW_FORM_block2
:
6778 return "DW_FORM_block2";
6779 case DW_FORM_block4
:
6780 return "DW_FORM_block4";
6782 return "DW_FORM_data2";
6784 return "DW_FORM_data4";
6786 return "DW_FORM_data8";
6787 case DW_FORM_string
:
6788 return "DW_FORM_string";
6790 return "DW_FORM_block";
6791 case DW_FORM_block1
:
6792 return "DW_FORM_block1";
6794 return "DW_FORM_data1";
6796 return "DW_FORM_flag";
6798 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
6800 return "DW_FORM_strp";
6802 return "DW_FORM_udata";
6803 case DW_FORM_ref_addr
:
6804 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
6806 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
6808 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
6810 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
6812 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
6813 case DW_FORM_ref_udata
:
6814 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
6815 case DW_FORM_indirect
:
6816 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
6817 case DW_FORM_sec_offset
:
6818 return "DW_FORM_sec_offset";
6819 case DW_FORM_exprloc
:
6820 return "DW_FORM_exprloc";
6821 case DW_FORM_flag_present
:
6822 return "DW_FORM_flag_present";
6823 case DW_FORM_ref_sig8
:
6824 return "DW_FORM_ref_sig8";
6826 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
6830 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
6831 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
6832 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
6833 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
6837 decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree decl
)
6839 if (!CODE_CONTAINS_STRUCT (TREE_CODE (decl
), TS_DECL_COMMON
))
6842 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
6843 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
6844 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
6845 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == decl
)
6848 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
6849 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
6850 gcc_assert (!DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
)));
6852 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
);
6855 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
6856 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
6860 decl_class_context (tree decl
)
6862 tree context
= NULL_TREE
;
6864 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| ! DECL_VINDEX (decl
))
6865 context
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
6867 context
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
6868 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))));
6870 if (context
&& !TYPE_P (context
))
6871 context
= NULL_TREE
;
6876 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. */
6879 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die
, dw_attr_ref attr
)
6881 /* Maybe this should be an assert? */
6885 if (die
->die_attr
== NULL
)
6886 die
->die_attr
= VEC_alloc (dw_attr_node
, gc
, 1);
6887 VEC_safe_push (dw_attr_node
, gc
, die
->die_attr
, attr
);
6890 static inline enum dw_val_class
6891 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a
)
6893 return a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
;
6896 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
6899 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int flag
)
6903 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
6904 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_flag
;
6905 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
= flag
;
6906 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
6909 static inline unsigned
6910 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a
)
6912 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_flag
);
6913 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
;
6916 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
6919 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val
)
6923 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
6924 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
6925 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
= int_val
;
6926 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
6929 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
6930 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a
)
6932 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_const
);
6933 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
;
6936 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
6939 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
6940 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val
)
6944 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
6945 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
6946 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
= unsigned_val
;
6947 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
6950 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
6951 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a
)
6953 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const
);
6954 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
;
6957 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
6960 add_AT_double (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
6961 HOST_WIDE_INT high
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT low
)
6965 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
6966 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const_double
;
6967 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.high
= high
;
6968 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.low
= low
;
6969 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
6972 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
6975 add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
6976 unsigned int length
, unsigned int elt_size
, unsigned char *array
)
6980 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
6981 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
6982 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
= length
;
6983 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= elt_size
;
6984 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
6985 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
6988 /* Add an 8-byte data attribute value to a DIE. */
6991 add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
6992 unsigned char data8
[8])
6996 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
6997 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_data8
;
6998 memcpy (attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
, data8
, 8);
6999 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7002 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
7005 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x
)
7007 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x
)->str
);
7011 debug_str_eq (const void *x1
, const void *x2
)
7013 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x1
)->str
),
7014 (const char *)x2
) == 0;
7017 /* Add STR to the indirect string hash table. */
7019 static struct indirect_string_node
*
7020 find_AT_string (const char *str
)
7022 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
7025 if (! debug_str_hash
)
7026 debug_str_hash
= htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash
,
7027 debug_str_eq
, NULL
);
7029 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash
, str
,
7030 htab_hash_string (str
), INSERT
);
7033 node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*)
7034 ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node
));
7035 node
->str
= ggc_strdup (str
);
7039 node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *slot
;
7045 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
7048 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *str
)
7051 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
7053 node
= find_AT_string (str
);
7055 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7056 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_str
;
7057 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
7058 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7061 /* Create a label for an indirect string node, ensuring it is going to
7062 be output, unless its reference count goes down to zero. */
7065 gen_label_for_indirect_string (struct indirect_string_node
*node
)
7072 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LASF", dw2_string_counter
);
7073 ++dw2_string_counter
;
7074 node
->label
= xstrdup (label
);
7077 /* Create a SYMBOL_REF rtx whose value is the initial address of a
7078 debug string STR. */
7081 get_debug_string_label (const char *str
)
7083 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= find_AT_string (str
);
7085 debug_str_hash_forced
= true;
7087 gen_label_for_indirect_string (node
);
7089 return gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, node
->label
);
7092 static inline const char *
7093 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a
)
7095 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
);
7096 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
;
7099 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
7100 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
7102 static enum dwarf_form
7103 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a
)
7105 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
7108 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
);
7110 node
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
;
7114 len
= strlen (node
->str
) + 1;
7116 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
7117 always better to put it inline. */
7118 if (len
<= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
|| node
->refcount
== 0)
7119 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
7121 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
7122 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
7124 if (DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET
7125 || ((debug_str_section
->common
.flags
& SECTION_MERGE
) == 0
7126 && (len
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
) * node
->refcount
<= len
))
7127 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
7129 gen_label_for_indirect_string (node
);
7131 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_strp
;
7134 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
7137 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
7141 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7142 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
7143 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= targ_die
;
7144 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
7145 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7148 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
7149 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
7152 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
7154 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
, targ_die
);
7155 gcc_assert (!targ_die
->die_definition
);
7156 targ_die
->die_definition
= die
;
7159 static inline dw_die_ref
7160 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a
)
7162 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
);
7163 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
7167 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a
)
7169 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
7170 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
;
7176 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a
, int i
)
7178 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
);
7179 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= i
;
7182 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
7185 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int targ_fde
)
7189 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7190 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_fde_ref
;
7191 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
= targ_fde
;
7192 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7195 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
7198 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
7202 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7203 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
7204 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
= loc
;
7205 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7208 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
7209 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a
)
7211 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc
);
7212 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
;
7216 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list
)
7220 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7221 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc_list
;
7222 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
= loc_list
;
7223 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7224 have_location_lists
= true;
7227 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
7228 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a
)
7230 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
);
7231 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
;
7234 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
*
7235 AT_loc_list_ptr (dw_attr_ref a
)
7237 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
);
7238 return &a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
;
7241 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
7244 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, rtx addr
)
7248 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7249 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
7250 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
= addr
;
7251 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7254 /* Get the RTX from to an address DIE attribute. */
7257 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a
)
7259 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_addr
);
7260 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
;
7263 /* Add a file attribute value to a DIE. */
7266 add_AT_file (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7267 struct dwarf_file_data
*fd
)
7271 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7272 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_file
;
7273 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
= fd
;
7274 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7277 /* Get the dwarf_file_data from a file DIE attribute. */
7279 static inline struct dwarf_file_data
*
7280 AT_file (dw_attr_ref a
)
7282 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_file
);
7283 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
;
7286 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
7289 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *lbl_id
)
7293 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7294 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_id
;
7295 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (lbl_id
);
7296 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7299 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
7300 debug_line section. */
7303 add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7308 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7309 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lineptr
;
7310 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
7311 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7314 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
7315 debug_macinfo section. */
7318 add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7323 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7324 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_macptr
;
7325 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
7326 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7329 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
7332 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7333 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
7337 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7338 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_offset
;
7339 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
7340 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7343 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
7346 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7347 long unsigned int offset
)
7351 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7352 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_range_list
;
7353 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
7354 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7357 static inline const char *
7358 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a
)
7360 gcc_assert (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
7361 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lineptr
7362 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_macptr
));
7363 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
;
7366 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
7369 get_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7373 dw_die_ref spec
= NULL
;
7378 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
7379 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
7381 else if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_specification
7382 || a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_abstract_origin
)
7386 return get_AT (spec
, attr_kind
);
7391 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
7392 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
7393 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
7395 static inline const char *
7396 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
7398 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
);
7400 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
7403 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
7404 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
7405 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
7407 static inline const char *
7408 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
7410 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_high_pc
);
7412 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
7415 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
7416 NULL if it is not present. */
7418 static inline const char *
7419 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7421 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
7423 return a
? AT_string (a
) : NULL
;
7426 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
7427 if it is not present. */
7430 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7432 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
7434 return a
? AT_flag (a
) : 0;
7437 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
7438 if it is not present. */
7440 static inline unsigned
7441 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7443 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
7445 return a
? AT_unsigned (a
) : 0;
7448 static inline dw_die_ref
7449 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7451 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
7453 return a
? AT_ref (a
) : NULL
;
7456 static inline struct dwarf_file_data
*
7457 get_AT_file (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7459 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
7461 return a
? AT_file (a
) : NULL
;
7464 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
7469 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
7471 return lang
== DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
|| lang
== DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
;
7474 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
7479 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
7481 return (lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran77
7482 || lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran90
7483 || lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran95
);
7486 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
7491 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
7493 return lang
== DW_LANG_Ada95
|| lang
== DW_LANG_Ada83
;
7496 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
7499 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7507 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
7508 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
7510 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
7511 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
)
7512 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
--;
7514 /* VEC_ordered_remove should help reduce the number of abbrevs
7516 VEC_ordered_remove (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
);
7521 /* Remove CHILD from its parent. PREV must have the property that
7522 PREV->DIE_SIB == CHILD. Does not alter CHILD. */
7525 remove_child_with_prev (dw_die_ref child
, dw_die_ref prev
)
7527 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
== prev
->die_parent
);
7528 gcc_assert (prev
->die_sib
== child
);
7531 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
->die_child
== child
);
7535 prev
->die_sib
= child
->die_sib
;
7536 if (child
->die_parent
->die_child
== child
)
7537 child
->die_parent
->die_child
= prev
;
7540 /* Replace OLD_CHILD with NEW_CHILD. PREV must have the property that
7541 PREV->DIE_SIB == OLD_CHILD. Does not alter OLD_CHILD. */
7544 replace_child (dw_die_ref old_child
, dw_die_ref new_child
, dw_die_ref prev
)
7546 dw_die_ref parent
= old_child
->die_parent
;
7548 gcc_assert (parent
== prev
->die_parent
);
7549 gcc_assert (prev
->die_sib
== old_child
);
7551 new_child
->die_parent
= parent
;
7552 if (prev
== old_child
)
7554 gcc_assert (parent
->die_child
== old_child
);
7555 new_child
->die_sib
= new_child
;
7559 prev
->die_sib
= new_child
;
7560 new_child
->die_sib
= old_child
->die_sib
;
7562 if (old_child
->die_parent
->die_child
== old_child
)
7563 old_child
->die_parent
->die_child
= new_child
;
7566 /* Move all children from OLD_PARENT to NEW_PARENT. */
7569 move_all_children (dw_die_ref old_parent
, dw_die_ref new_parent
)
7572 new_parent
->die_child
= old_parent
->die_child
;
7573 old_parent
->die_child
= NULL
;
7574 FOR_EACH_CHILD (new_parent
, c
, c
->die_parent
= new_parent
);
7577 /* Remove child DIE whose die_tag is TAG. Do nothing if no child
7581 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_tag tag
)
7587 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
7589 while (c
->die_tag
== tag
)
7591 remove_child_with_prev (c
, prev
);
7592 /* Might have removed every child. */
7593 if (c
== c
->die_sib
)
7597 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
7600 /* Add a CHILD_DIE as the last child of DIE. */
7603 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref child_die
)
7605 /* FIXME this should probably be an assert. */
7606 if (! die
|| ! child_die
)
7608 gcc_assert (die
!= child_die
);
7610 child_die
->die_parent
= die
;
7613 child_die
->die_sib
= die
->die_child
->die_sib
;
7614 die
->die_child
->die_sib
= child_die
;
7617 child_die
->die_sib
= child_die
;
7618 die
->die_child
= child_die
;
7621 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
7622 is the specification, to the end of PARENT's list of children.
7623 This is done by removing and re-adding it. */
7626 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent
, dw_die_ref child
)
7630 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
7631 specification DIE at toplevel. */
7632 if (child
->die_parent
!= parent
)
7634 dw_die_ref tmp
= get_AT_ref (child
, DW_AT_specification
);
7640 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
== parent
7641 || (child
->die_parent
7642 == get_AT_ref (parent
, DW_AT_specification
)));
7644 for (p
= child
->die_parent
->die_child
; ; p
= p
->die_sib
)
7645 if (p
->die_sib
== child
)
7647 remove_child_with_prev (child
, p
);
7651 add_child_die (parent
, child
);
7654 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
7656 static inline dw_die_ref
7657 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value
, dw_die_ref parent_die
, tree t
)
7659 dw_die_ref die
= GGC_CNEW (die_node
);
7661 die
->die_tag
= tag_value
;
7663 if (parent_die
!= NULL
)
7664 add_child_die (parent_die
, die
);
7667 limbo_die_node
*limbo_node
;
7669 limbo_node
= GGC_CNEW (limbo_die_node
);
7670 limbo_node
->die
= die
;
7671 limbo_node
->created_for
= t
;
7672 limbo_node
->next
= limbo_die_list
;
7673 limbo_die_list
= limbo_node
;
7679 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
7681 static inline dw_die_ref
7682 lookup_type_die (tree type
)
7684 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
);
7687 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
7690 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref type_die
)
7692 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
) = type_die
;
7695 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
7698 decl_die_table_hash (const void *x
)
7700 return (hashval_t
) ((const_dw_die_ref
) x
)->decl_id
;
7703 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */
7706 decl_die_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
7708 return (((const_dw_die_ref
) x
)->decl_id
== DECL_UID ((const_tree
) y
));
7711 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
7713 static inline dw_die_ref
7714 lookup_decl_die (tree decl
)
7716 return (dw_die_ref
) htab_find_with_hash (decl_die_table
, decl
, DECL_UID (decl
));
7719 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */
7722 decl_loc_table_hash (const void *x
)
7724 return (hashval_t
) ((const var_loc_list
*) x
)->decl_id
;
7727 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as
7731 decl_loc_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
7733 return (((const var_loc_list
*) x
)->decl_id
== DECL_UID ((const_tree
) y
));
7736 /* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */
7738 static inline var_loc_list
*
7739 lookup_decl_loc (const_tree decl
)
7741 if (!decl_loc_table
)
7743 return (var_loc_list
*)
7744 htab_find_with_hash (decl_loc_table
, decl
, DECL_UID (decl
));
7747 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
7750 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref decl_die
)
7752 unsigned int decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
7755 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_die_table
, decl
, decl_id
, INSERT
);
7757 decl_die
->decl_id
= decl_id
;
7760 /* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */
7762 static struct var_loc_node
*
7763 add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl
, rtx loc_note
, const char *label
)
7765 unsigned int decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
7768 struct var_loc_node
*loc
= NULL
;
7770 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_loc_table
, decl
, decl_id
, INSERT
);
7773 temp
= GGC_CNEW (var_loc_list
);
7774 temp
->decl_id
= decl_id
;
7778 temp
= (var_loc_list
*) *slot
;
7782 struct var_loc_node
*last
= temp
->last
, *unused
= NULL
;
7786 gcc_assert (last
->next
== NULL
);
7788 /* TEMP->LAST here is either pointer to the last but one or
7789 last element in the chained list, LAST is pointer to the
7791 /* If the last note doesn't cover any instructions, remove it. */
7792 if (label
&& strcmp (last
->label
, label
) == 0)
7794 if (temp
->last
!= last
)
7796 temp
->last
->next
= NULL
;
7799 gcc_assert (strcmp (last
->label
, label
) != 0);
7803 gcc_assert (temp
->first
== temp
->last
);
7804 memset (temp
->last
, '\0', sizeof (*temp
->last
));
7808 /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list,
7809 and either both or neither of the locations is uninitialized,
7810 we have nothing to do. */
7811 if ((!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (last
->var_loc_note
),
7812 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note
)))
7813 || ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (last
->var_loc_note
)
7814 != NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note
))
7815 && ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (last
->var_loc_note
)
7816 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
7817 || (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note
)
7818 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
))))
7820 /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. If the last
7821 element of the list has been removed above, reuse its
7822 memory for the new node, otherwise allocate a new one. */
7826 memset (loc
, '\0', sizeof (*loc
));
7829 loc
= GGC_CNEW (struct var_loc_node
);
7831 /* Ensure TEMP->LAST will point either to the new last but one
7832 element of the chain, or to the last element in it. */
7833 if (last
!= temp
->last
)
7841 loc
= GGC_CNEW (struct var_loc_node
);
7848 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
7849 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
7850 the DIE internal representation. */
7851 static int print_indent
;
7853 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
7856 print_spaces (FILE *outfile
)
7858 fprintf (outfile
, "%*s", print_indent
, "");
7861 /* Print a type signature in hex. */
7864 print_signature (FILE *outfile
, char *sig
)
7868 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
; i
++)
7869 fprintf (outfile
, "%02x", sig
[i
] & 0xff);
7872 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
7873 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
7876 print_die (dw_die_ref die
, FILE *outfile
)
7882 print_spaces (outfile
);
7883 fprintf (outfile
, "DIE %4ld: %s\n",
7884 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
7885 print_spaces (outfile
);
7886 fprintf (outfile
, " abbrev id: %lu", die
->die_abbrev
);
7887 fprintf (outfile
, " offset: %ld\n", die
->die_offset
);
7888 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 && die
->die_id
.die_type_node
)
7890 print_spaces (outfile
);
7891 fprintf (outfile
, " signature: ");
7892 print_signature (outfile
, die
->die_id
.die_type_node
->signature
);
7893 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
7896 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
7898 print_spaces (outfile
);
7899 fprintf (outfile
, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
));
7901 switch (AT_class (a
))
7903 case dw_val_class_addr
:
7904 fprintf (outfile
, "address");
7906 case dw_val_class_offset
:
7907 fprintf (outfile
, "offset");
7909 case dw_val_class_loc
:
7910 fprintf (outfile
, "location descriptor");
7912 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
7913 fprintf (outfile
, "location list -> label:%s",
7914 AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
);
7916 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
7917 fprintf (outfile
, "range list");
7919 case dw_val_class_const
:
7920 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
, AT_int (a
));
7922 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
7923 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED
, AT_unsigned (a
));
7925 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
7926 fprintf (outfile
, "constant ("HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
","\
7927 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED
")",
7928 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.high
,
7929 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.low
);
7931 case dw_val_class_vec
:
7932 fprintf (outfile
, "floating-point or vector constant");
7934 case dw_val_class_flag
:
7935 fprintf (outfile
, "%u", AT_flag (a
));
7937 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
7938 if (AT_ref (a
) != NULL
)
7940 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 && AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_type_node
)
7942 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> signature: ");
7943 print_signature (outfile
,
7944 AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_type_node
->signature
);
7946 else if (dwarf_version
< 4 && AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_symbol
)
7947 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> label: %s",
7948 AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_symbol
);
7950 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> %ld", AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
);
7953 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> <null>");
7955 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
7956 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
7957 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
7958 fprintf (outfile
, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a
));
7960 case dw_val_class_str
:
7961 if (AT_string (a
) != NULL
)
7962 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a
));
7964 fprintf (outfile
, "<null>");
7966 case dw_val_class_file
:
7967 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\" (%d)", AT_file (a
)->filename
,
7968 AT_file (a
)->emitted_number
);
7970 case dw_val_class_data8
:
7974 for (i
= 0; i
< 8; i
++)
7975 fprintf (outfile
, "%02x", a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
[i
]);
7982 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
7985 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
7988 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, print_die (c
, outfile
));
7991 if (print_indent
== 0)
7992 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
7995 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
7996 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
7999 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile
)
8002 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
8004 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
8005 for (i
= 1; i
< line_info_table_in_use
; i
++)
8007 line_info
= &line_info_table
[i
];
8008 fprintf (outfile
, "%5d: %4ld %6ld\n", i
,
8009 line_info
->dw_file_num
,
8010 line_info
->dw_line_num
);
8013 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\n");
8016 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
8019 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die
)
8021 print_die (die
, stderr
);
8024 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
8025 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
8031 print_die (comp_unit_die
, stderr
);
8032 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
8033 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr
);
8036 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
8037 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
8038 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
8041 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit
, dw_die_ref bincl_die
)
8043 const char *filename
= get_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
);
8044 dw_die_ref new_unit
= gen_compile_unit_die (filename
);
8046 new_unit
->die_sib
= old_unit
;
8050 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
8053 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit
)
8055 dw_die_ref new_unit
= old_unit
->die_sib
;
8057 old_unit
->die_sib
= NULL
;
8061 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
8062 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
8064 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
8067 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
8071 tem
= (loc
->dtprel
<< 8) | ((unsigned int) loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
8073 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
);
8074 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
);
8077 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
8080 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
8082 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
8085 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr
);
8087 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
8088 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
8089 if (at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
8092 switch (AT_class (at
))
8094 case dw_val_class_const
:
8095 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
);
8097 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
8098 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
8100 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
8101 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
);
8103 case dw_val_class_vec
:
8104 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
);
8106 case dw_val_class_flag
:
8107 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
);
8109 case dw_val_class_str
:
8110 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at
));
8113 case dw_val_class_addr
:
8115 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
8116 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r
, 0));
8119 case dw_val_class_offset
:
8120 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
8123 case dw_val_class_loc
:
8124 for (loc
= AT_loc (at
); loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
8125 loc_checksum (loc
, ctx
);
8128 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
8129 die_checksum (AT_ref (at
), ctx
, mark
);
8132 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
8133 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
8134 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
8135 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
8138 case dw_val_class_file
:
8139 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at
)->filename
);
8142 case dw_val_class_data8
:
8143 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
);
8151 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
8154 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
8160 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
8163 CHECKSUM (die
->die_mark
);
8166 die
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
8168 CHECKSUM (die
->die_tag
);
8170 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
8171 attr_checksum (a
, ctx
, mark
);
8173 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, die_checksum (c
, ctx
, mark
));
8177 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
8179 /* For DWARF-4 types, include the trailing NULL when checksumming strings. */
8180 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
8181 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO) + 1, ctx)
8182 #define CHECKSUM_SLEB128(FOO) checksum_sleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
8183 #define CHECKSUM_ULEB128(FOO) checksum_uleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
8184 #define CHECKSUM_ATTR(FOO) \
8185 if (FOO) attr_checksum_ordered (die->die_tag, (FOO), ctx, mark)
8187 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in signed LEB128 format. */
8190 checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT value
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
8197 byte
= (value
& 0x7f);
8199 more
= !((value
== 0 && (byte
& 0x40) == 0)
8200 || (value
== -1 && (byte
& 0x40) != 0));
8209 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in unsigned LEB128 format. */
8212 checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
8216 unsigned char byte
= (value
& 0x7f);
8219 /* More bytes to follow. */
8227 /* Checksum the context of the DIE. This adds the names of any
8228 surrounding namespaces or structures to the checksum. */
8231 checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
8235 int tag
= die
->die_tag
;
8237 if (tag
!= DW_TAG_namespace
8238 && tag
!= DW_TAG_structure_type
8239 && tag
!= DW_TAG_class_type
)
8242 name
= get_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
);
8244 spec
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
8248 if (die
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
8249 checksum_die_context (die
->die_parent
, ctx
);
8251 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('C');
8252 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (tag
);
8254 CHECKSUM_STRING (name
);
8257 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
8260 loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
8262 /* Special case for lone DW_OP_plus_uconst: checksum as if the location
8263 were emitted as a DW_FORM_sdata instead of a location expression. */
8264 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_plus_uconst
&& loc
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
)
8266 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata
);
8267 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
8271 /* Otherwise, just checksum the raw location expression. */
8274 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
8275 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
);
8276 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
);
8277 loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
;
8281 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
8284 attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag tag
, dw_attr_ref at
,
8285 struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
8287 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
8290 if (AT_class (at
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
8292 dw_die_ref target_die
= AT_ref (at
);
8294 /* For pointer and reference types, we checksum only the (qualified)
8295 name of the target type (if there is a name). For friend entries,
8296 we checksum only the (qualified) name of the target type or function.
8297 This allows the checksum to remain the same whether the target type
8298 is complete or not. */
8299 if ((at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_type
8300 && (tag
== DW_TAG_pointer_type
8301 || tag
== DW_TAG_reference_type
8302 || tag
== DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
8303 || tag
== DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
))
8304 || (at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_friend
8305 && tag
== DW_TAG_friend
))
8307 dw_attr_ref name_attr
= get_AT (target_die
, DW_AT_name
);
8309 if (name_attr
!= NULL
)
8311 dw_die_ref decl
= get_AT_ref (target_die
, DW_AT_specification
);
8315 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('N');
8316 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr
);
8317 if (decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
8318 checksum_die_context (decl
->die_parent
, ctx
);
8319 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('E');
8320 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr
));
8325 /* For all other references to another DIE, we check to see if the
8326 target DIE has already been visited. If it has, we emit a
8327 backward reference; if not, we descend recursively. */
8328 if (target_die
->die_mark
> 0)
8330 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('R');
8331 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr
);
8332 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (target_die
->die_mark
);
8336 dw_die_ref decl
= get_AT_ref (target_die
, DW_AT_specification
);
8340 target_die
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
8341 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('T');
8342 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr
);
8343 if (decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
8344 checksum_die_context (decl
->die_parent
, ctx
);
8345 die_checksum_ordered (target_die
, ctx
, mark
);
8350 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('A');
8351 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr
);
8353 switch (AT_class (at
))
8355 case dw_val_class_const
:
8356 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata
);
8357 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
);
8360 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
8361 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata
);
8362 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((int) at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
8365 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
8366 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block
);
8367 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
));
8368 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
);
8371 case dw_val_class_vec
:
8372 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block
);
8373 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
));
8374 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
);
8377 case dw_val_class_flag
:
8378 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_flag
);
8379 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
? 1 : 0);
8382 case dw_val_class_str
:
8383 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string
);
8384 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at
));
8387 case dw_val_class_addr
:
8389 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
8390 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string
);
8391 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r
, 0));
8394 case dw_val_class_offset
:
8395 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata
);
8396 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
8399 case dw_val_class_loc
:
8400 for (loc
= AT_loc (at
); loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
8401 loc_checksum_ordered (loc
, ctx
);
8404 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
8405 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
8406 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
8407 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
8410 case dw_val_class_file
:
8411 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string
);
8412 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at
)->filename
);
8415 case dw_val_class_data8
:
8416 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
);
8424 struct checksum_attributes
8426 dw_attr_ref at_name
;
8427 dw_attr_ref at_type
;
8428 dw_attr_ref at_friend
;
8429 dw_attr_ref at_accessibility
;
8430 dw_attr_ref at_address_class
;
8431 dw_attr_ref at_allocated
;
8432 dw_attr_ref at_artificial
;
8433 dw_attr_ref at_associated
;
8434 dw_attr_ref at_binary_scale
;
8435 dw_attr_ref at_bit_offset
;
8436 dw_attr_ref at_bit_size
;
8437 dw_attr_ref at_bit_stride
;
8438 dw_attr_ref at_byte_size
;
8439 dw_attr_ref at_byte_stride
;
8440 dw_attr_ref at_const_value
;
8441 dw_attr_ref at_containing_type
;
8442 dw_attr_ref at_count
;
8443 dw_attr_ref at_data_location
;
8444 dw_attr_ref at_data_member_location
;
8445 dw_attr_ref at_decimal_scale
;
8446 dw_attr_ref at_decimal_sign
;
8447 dw_attr_ref at_default_value
;
8448 dw_attr_ref at_digit_count
;
8449 dw_attr_ref at_discr
;
8450 dw_attr_ref at_discr_list
;
8451 dw_attr_ref at_discr_value
;
8452 dw_attr_ref at_encoding
;
8453 dw_attr_ref at_endianity
;
8454 dw_attr_ref at_explicit
;
8455 dw_attr_ref at_is_optional
;
8456 dw_attr_ref at_location
;
8457 dw_attr_ref at_lower_bound
;
8458 dw_attr_ref at_mutable
;
8459 dw_attr_ref at_ordering
;
8460 dw_attr_ref at_picture_string
;
8461 dw_attr_ref at_prototyped
;
8462 dw_attr_ref at_small
;
8463 dw_attr_ref at_segment
;
8464 dw_attr_ref at_string_length
;
8465 dw_attr_ref at_threads_scaled
;
8466 dw_attr_ref at_upper_bound
;
8467 dw_attr_ref at_use_location
;
8468 dw_attr_ref at_use_UTF8
;
8469 dw_attr_ref at_variable_parameter
;
8470 dw_attr_ref at_virtuality
;
8471 dw_attr_ref at_visibility
;
8472 dw_attr_ref at_vtable_elem_location
;
8475 /* Collect the attributes that we will want to use for the checksum. */
8478 collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes
*attrs
, dw_die_ref die
)
8483 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
8494 attrs
->at_friend
= a
;
8496 case DW_AT_accessibility
:
8497 attrs
->at_accessibility
= a
;
8499 case DW_AT_address_class
:
8500 attrs
->at_address_class
= a
;
8502 case DW_AT_allocated
:
8503 attrs
->at_allocated
= a
;
8505 case DW_AT_artificial
:
8506 attrs
->at_artificial
= a
;
8508 case DW_AT_associated
:
8509 attrs
->at_associated
= a
;
8511 case DW_AT_binary_scale
:
8512 attrs
->at_binary_scale
= a
;
8514 case DW_AT_bit_offset
:
8515 attrs
->at_bit_offset
= a
;
8517 case DW_AT_bit_size
:
8518 attrs
->at_bit_size
= a
;
8520 case DW_AT_bit_stride
:
8521 attrs
->at_bit_stride
= a
;
8523 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
8524 attrs
->at_byte_size
= a
;
8526 case DW_AT_byte_stride
:
8527 attrs
->at_byte_stride
= a
;
8529 case DW_AT_const_value
:
8530 attrs
->at_const_value
= a
;
8532 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
8533 attrs
->at_containing_type
= a
;
8536 attrs
->at_count
= a
;
8538 case DW_AT_data_location
:
8539 attrs
->at_data_location
= a
;
8541 case DW_AT_data_member_location
:
8542 attrs
->at_data_member_location
= a
;
8544 case DW_AT_decimal_scale
:
8545 attrs
->at_decimal_scale
= a
;
8547 case DW_AT_decimal_sign
:
8548 attrs
->at_decimal_sign
= a
;
8550 case DW_AT_default_value
:
8551 attrs
->at_default_value
= a
;
8553 case DW_AT_digit_count
:
8554 attrs
->at_digit_count
= a
;
8557 attrs
->at_discr
= a
;
8559 case DW_AT_discr_list
:
8560 attrs
->at_discr_list
= a
;
8562 case DW_AT_discr_value
:
8563 attrs
->at_discr_value
= a
;
8565 case DW_AT_encoding
:
8566 attrs
->at_encoding
= a
;
8568 case DW_AT_endianity
:
8569 attrs
->at_endianity
= a
;
8571 case DW_AT_explicit
:
8572 attrs
->at_explicit
= a
;
8574 case DW_AT_is_optional
:
8575 attrs
->at_is_optional
= a
;
8577 case DW_AT_location
:
8578 attrs
->at_location
= a
;
8580 case DW_AT_lower_bound
:
8581 attrs
->at_lower_bound
= a
;
8584 attrs
->at_mutable
= a
;
8586 case DW_AT_ordering
:
8587 attrs
->at_ordering
= a
;
8589 case DW_AT_picture_string
:
8590 attrs
->at_picture_string
= a
;
8592 case DW_AT_prototyped
:
8593 attrs
->at_prototyped
= a
;
8596 attrs
->at_small
= a
;
8599 attrs
->at_segment
= a
;
8601 case DW_AT_string_length
:
8602 attrs
->at_string_length
= a
;
8604 case DW_AT_threads_scaled
:
8605 attrs
->at_threads_scaled
= a
;
8607 case DW_AT_upper_bound
:
8608 attrs
->at_upper_bound
= a
;
8610 case DW_AT_use_location
:
8611 attrs
->at_use_location
= a
;
8613 case DW_AT_use_UTF8
:
8614 attrs
->at_use_UTF8
= a
;
8616 case DW_AT_variable_parameter
:
8617 attrs
->at_variable_parameter
= a
;
8619 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
8620 attrs
->at_virtuality
= a
;
8622 case DW_AT_visibility
:
8623 attrs
->at_visibility
= a
;
8625 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
:
8626 attrs
->at_vtable_elem_location
= a
;
8634 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE, using an ordered subset of attributes. */
8637 die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
8641 struct checksum_attributes attrs
;
8643 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('D');
8644 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (die
->die_tag
);
8646 memset (&attrs
, 0, sizeof (attrs
));
8648 decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
8650 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs
, decl
);
8651 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs
, die
);
8653 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_name
);
8654 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_accessibility
);
8655 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_address_class
);
8656 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_allocated
);
8657 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_artificial
);
8658 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_associated
);
8659 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_binary_scale
);
8660 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_bit_offset
);
8661 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_bit_size
);
8662 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_bit_stride
);
8663 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_byte_size
);
8664 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_byte_stride
);
8665 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_const_value
);
8666 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_containing_type
);
8667 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_count
);
8668 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_data_location
);
8669 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_data_member_location
);
8670 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_decimal_scale
);
8671 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_decimal_sign
);
8672 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_default_value
);
8673 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_digit_count
);
8674 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_discr
);
8675 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_discr_list
);
8676 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_discr_value
);
8677 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_encoding
);
8678 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_endianity
);
8679 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_explicit
);
8680 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_is_optional
);
8681 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_location
);
8682 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_lower_bound
);
8683 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_mutable
);
8684 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_ordering
);
8685 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_picture_string
);
8686 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_prototyped
);
8687 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_small
);
8688 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_segment
);
8689 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_string_length
);
8690 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_threads_scaled
);
8691 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_upper_bound
);
8692 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_use_location
);
8693 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_use_UTF8
);
8694 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_variable_parameter
);
8695 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_virtuality
);
8696 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_visibility
);
8697 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_vtable_elem_location
);
8698 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_type
);
8699 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_friend
);
8701 /* Checksum the child DIEs, except for nested types and member functions. */
8704 dw_attr_ref name_attr
;
8707 name_attr
= get_AT (c
, DW_AT_name
);
8708 if ((is_type_die (c
) || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
8709 && name_attr
!= NULL
)
8711 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('S');
8712 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (c
->die_tag
);
8713 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr
));
8717 /* Mark this DIE so it gets processed when unmarking. */
8718 if (c
->die_mark
== 0)
8720 die_checksum_ordered (c
, ctx
, mark
);
8722 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
8724 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (0);
8728 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
8729 #undef CHECKSUM_ATTR
8730 #undef CHECKSUM_LEB128
8731 #undef CHECKSUM_ULEB128
8733 /* Generate the type signature for DIE. This is computed by generating an
8734 MD5 checksum over the DIE's tag, its relevant attributes, and its
8735 children. Attributes that are references to other DIEs are processed
8736 by recursion, using the MARK field to prevent infinite recursion.
8737 If the DIE is nested inside a namespace or another type, we also
8738 need to include that context in the signature. The lower 64 bits
8739 of the resulting MD5 checksum comprise the signature. */
8742 generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref die
, comdat_type_node
*type_node
)
8746 unsigned char checksum
[16];
8750 name
= get_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
);
8751 decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
8753 /* First, compute a signature for just the type name (and its surrounding
8754 context, if any. This is stored in the type unit DIE for link-time
8755 ODR (one-definition rule) checking. */
8757 if (is_cxx() && name
!= NULL
)
8759 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
8761 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
8762 if (decl
!= NULL
&& decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
8763 checksum_die_context (decl
->die_parent
, &ctx
);
8765 md5_process_bytes (&die
->die_tag
, sizeof (die
->die_tag
), &ctx
);
8766 md5_process_bytes (name
, strlen (name
) + 1, &ctx
);
8767 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
8769 add_AT_data8 (type_node
->root_die
, DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature
, &checksum
[8]);
8772 /* Next, compute the complete type signature. */
8774 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
8776 die
->die_mark
= mark
;
8778 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
8779 if (decl
!= NULL
&& decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
8780 checksum_die_context (decl
->die_parent
, &ctx
);
8782 /* Checksum the DIE and its children. */
8783 die_checksum_ordered (die
, &ctx
, &mark
);
8784 unmark_all_dies (die
);
8785 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
8787 /* Store the signature in the type node and link the type DIE and the
8788 type node together. */
8789 memcpy (type_node
->signature
, &checksum
[16 - DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
],
8790 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
);
8791 die
->die_id
.die_type_node
= type_node
;
8792 type_node
->type_die
= die
;
8794 /* If the DIE is a specification, link its declaration to the type node
8797 decl
->die_id
.die_type_node
= type_node
;
8800 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
8802 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2
, int *mark
)
8804 return loc1
->dw_loc_opc
== loc2
->dw_loc_opc
8805 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, mark
)
8806 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, mark
);
8809 /* Do the values look the same? */
8811 same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node
*v1
, const dw_val_node
*v2
, int *mark
)
8813 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, loc2
;
8816 if (v1
->val_class
!= v2
->val_class
)
8819 switch (v1
->val_class
)
8821 case dw_val_class_const
:
8822 return v1
->v
.val_int
== v2
->v
.val_int
;
8823 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
8824 return v1
->v
.val_unsigned
== v2
->v
.val_unsigned
;
8825 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
8826 return v1
->v
.val_double
.high
== v2
->v
.val_double
.high
8827 && v1
->v
.val_double
.low
== v2
->v
.val_double
.low
;
8828 case dw_val_class_vec
:
8829 if (v1
->v
.val_vec
.length
!= v2
->v
.val_vec
.length
8830 || v1
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
!= v2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
)
8832 if (memcmp (v1
->v
.val_vec
.array
, v2
->v
.val_vec
.array
,
8833 v1
->v
.val_vec
.length
* v1
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
))
8836 case dw_val_class_flag
:
8837 return v1
->v
.val_flag
== v2
->v
.val_flag
;
8838 case dw_val_class_str
:
8839 return !strcmp(v1
->v
.val_str
->str
, v2
->v
.val_str
->str
);
8841 case dw_val_class_addr
:
8842 r1
= v1
->v
.val_addr
;
8843 r2
= v2
->v
.val_addr
;
8844 if (GET_CODE (r1
) != GET_CODE (r2
))
8846 return !rtx_equal_p (r1
, r2
);
8848 case dw_val_class_offset
:
8849 return v1
->v
.val_offset
== v2
->v
.val_offset
;
8851 case dw_val_class_loc
:
8852 for (loc1
= v1
->v
.val_loc
, loc2
= v2
->v
.val_loc
;
8854 loc1
= loc1
->dw_loc_next
, loc2
= loc2
->dw_loc_next
)
8855 if (!same_loc_p (loc1
, loc2
, mark
))
8857 return !loc1
&& !loc2
;
8859 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
8860 return same_die_p (v1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, v2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, mark
);
8862 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
8863 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
8864 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
8865 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
8868 case dw_val_class_file
:
8869 return v1
->v
.val_file
== v2
->v
.val_file
;
8871 case dw_val_class_data8
:
8872 return !memcmp (v1
->v
.val_data8
, v2
->v
.val_data8
, 8);
8879 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
8882 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1
, dw_attr_ref at2
, int *mark
)
8884 if (at1
->dw_attr
!= at2
->dw_attr
)
8887 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
8888 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
8889 if (at1
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
8892 return same_dw_val_p (&at1
->dw_attr_val
, &at2
->dw_attr_val
, mark
);
8895 /* Do the dies look the same? */
8898 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
, int *mark
)
8904 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
8906 return die1
->die_mark
== die2
->die_mark
;
8907 die1
->die_mark
= die2
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
8909 if (die1
->die_tag
!= die2
->die_tag
)
8912 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die1
->die_attr
)
8913 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die2
->die_attr
))
8916 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die1
->die_attr
, ix
, a1
); ix
++)
8917 if (!same_attr_p (a1
, VEC_index (dw_attr_node
, die2
->die_attr
, ix
), mark
))
8920 c1
= die1
->die_child
;
8921 c2
= die2
->die_child
;
8930 if (!same_die_p (c1
, c2
, mark
))
8934 if (c1
== die1
->die_child
)
8936 if (c2
== die2
->die_child
)
8946 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
8949 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
)
8952 int ret
= same_die_p (die1
, die2
, &mark
);
8954 unmark_all_dies (die1
);
8955 unmark_all_dies (die2
);
8960 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
8962 static char *comdat_symbol_id
;
8964 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
8965 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number
;
8967 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
8968 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
8971 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die
)
8973 const char *die_name
= get_AT_string (unit_die
, DW_AT_name
);
8974 const char *base
= die_name
? lbasename (die_name
) : "anonymous";
8975 char *name
= XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (base
) + 64);
8978 unsigned char checksum
[16];
8981 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
8982 the name filename of the unit. */
8984 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
8986 die_checksum (unit_die
, &ctx
, &mark
);
8987 unmark_all_dies (unit_die
);
8988 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
8990 sprintf (name
, "%s.", base
);
8991 clean_symbol_name (name
);
8993 p
= name
+ strlen (name
);
8994 for (i
= 0; i
< 4; i
++)
8996 sprintf (p
, "%.2x", checksum
[i
]);
9000 comdat_symbol_id
= unit_die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= xstrdup (name
);
9001 comdat_symbol_number
= 0;
9004 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
9007 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die
)
9009 switch (die
->die_tag
)
9011 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
9012 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
9013 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
9014 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
9015 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
9016 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
9017 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
:
9018 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
9019 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
9020 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
9021 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
9022 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
9023 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
9024 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
9025 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
9026 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
9027 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
9028 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
9029 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
9030 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
9037 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
9038 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
9039 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
9040 compilations (functions). */
9043 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c
)
9045 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
9046 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
9047 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
9048 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
9050 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_base_type
)
9053 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_pointer_type
9054 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_reference_type
9055 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
9056 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_const_type
9057 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_volatile_type
)
9059 dw_die_ref t
= get_AT_ref (c
, DW_AT_type
);
9061 return t
? is_comdat_die (t
) : 0;
9064 return is_type_die (c
);
9067 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
9068 compilation unit. */
9071 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c
)
9073 return (is_type_die (c
)
9074 || is_declaration_die (c
)
9075 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
9076 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_module
);
9080 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix
)
9084 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf
, prefix
, label_num
++);
9085 return xstrdup (buf
);
9088 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
9091 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die
)
9095 if (is_symbol_die (die
))
9097 if (comdat_symbol_id
)
9099 char *p
= XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (comdat_symbol_id
) + 64);
9101 sprintf (p
, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
,
9102 comdat_symbol_id
, comdat_symbol_number
++);
9103 die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= xstrdup (p
);
9106 die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
9109 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, assign_symbol_names (c
));
9112 struct cu_hash_table_entry
9115 unsigned min_comdat_num
, max_comdat_num
;
9116 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
;
9119 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
9121 htab_cu_hash (const void *of
)
9123 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*const entry
=
9124 (const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*) of
;
9126 return htab_hash_string (entry
->cu
->die_id
.die_symbol
);
9130 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1
, const void *of2
)
9132 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*const entry1
=
9133 (const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*) of1
;
9134 const struct die_struct
*const entry2
= (const struct die_struct
*) of2
;
9136 return !strcmp (entry1
->cu
->die_id
.die_symbol
, entry2
->die_id
.die_symbol
);
9140 htab_cu_del (void *what
)
9142 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
,
9143 *entry
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
*) what
;
9153 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
9156 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu
, htab_t htable
, unsigned int *sym_num
)
9158 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy
;
9159 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
, *last
= &dummy
;
9161 dummy
.max_comdat_num
= 0;
9163 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
9164 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_id
.die_symbol
),
9168 for (; entry
; last
= entry
, entry
= entry
->next
)
9170 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu
, entry
->cu
))
9176 *sym_num
= entry
->min_comdat_num
;
9180 entry
= XCNEW (struct cu_hash_table_entry
);
9182 entry
->min_comdat_num
= *sym_num
= last
->max_comdat_num
;
9183 entry
->next
= *slot
;
9189 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
9191 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu
, htab_t htable
, unsigned int sym_num
)
9193 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
;
9195 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
9196 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_id
.die_symbol
),
9200 entry
->max_comdat_num
= sym_num
;
9203 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
9204 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
9205 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
9208 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die
)
9211 dw_die_ref unit
= NULL
;
9212 limbo_die_node
*node
, **pnode
;
9213 htab_t cu_hash_table
;
9217 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
9219 while (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
|| c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
9220 || (unit
&& is_comdat_die (c
)))
9222 dw_die_ref next
= c
->die_sib
;
9224 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
9225 remove_child_with_prev (c
, prev
);
9227 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
)
9228 unit
= push_new_compile_unit (unit
, c
);
9229 else if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
)
9230 unit
= pop_compile_unit (unit
);
9232 add_child_die (unit
, c
);
9234 if (c
== die
->die_child
)
9237 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
9240 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
9241 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
9245 assign_symbol_names (die
);
9246 cu_hash_table
= htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash
, htab_cu_eq
, htab_cu_del
);
9247 for (node
= limbo_die_list
, pnode
= &limbo_die_list
;
9253 compute_section_prefix (node
->die
);
9254 is_dupl
= check_duplicate_cu (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
9255 &comdat_symbol_number
);
9256 assign_symbol_names (node
->die
);
9258 *pnode
= node
->next
;
9261 pnode
= &node
->next
;
9262 record_comdat_symbol_number (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
9263 comdat_symbol_number
);
9266 htab_delete (cu_hash_table
);
9269 /* Return non-zero if this DIE is a declaration. */
9272 is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref die
)
9277 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
9278 if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_declaration
)
9284 /* Return non-zero if this is a type DIE that should be moved to a
9285 COMDAT .debug_types section. */
9288 should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref die
)
9290 switch (die
->die_tag
)
9292 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
9293 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
9294 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
9295 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
9296 /* Don't move declarations or inlined instances. */
9297 if (is_declaration_die (die
) || get_AT (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
))
9300 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
9301 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
9302 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
9303 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
9304 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
:
9305 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
9306 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
9307 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
9308 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
9309 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
9310 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
9311 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
9312 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
9313 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
9314 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
9315 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
9321 /* Make a clone of DIE. */
9324 clone_die (dw_die_ref die
)
9330 clone
= GGC_CNEW (die_node
);
9331 clone
->die_tag
= die
->die_tag
;
9333 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
9334 add_dwarf_attr (clone
, a
);
9339 /* Make a clone of the tree rooted at DIE. */
9342 clone_tree (dw_die_ref die
)
9345 dw_die_ref clone
= clone_die (die
);
9347 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, add_child_die (clone
, clone_tree(c
)));
9352 /* Make a clone of DIE as a declaration. */
9355 clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref die
)
9362 /* If the DIE is already a declaration, just clone it. */
9363 if (is_declaration_die (die
))
9364 return clone_die (die
);
9366 /* If the DIE is a specification, just clone its declaration DIE. */
9367 decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
9369 return clone_die (decl
);
9371 clone
= GGC_CNEW (die_node
);
9372 clone
->die_tag
= die
->die_tag
;
9374 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
9376 /* We don't want to copy over all attributes.
9377 For example we don't want DW_AT_byte_size because otherwise we will no
9378 longer have a declaration and GDB will treat it as a definition. */
9382 case DW_AT_artificial
:
9383 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
9384 case DW_AT_external
:
9387 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
9388 case DW_AT_linkage_name
:
9389 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
:
9390 add_dwarf_attr (clone
, a
);
9392 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
9398 if (die
->die_id
.die_type_node
)
9399 add_AT_die_ref (clone
, DW_AT_signature
, die
);
9401 add_AT_flag (clone
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
9405 /* Copy the declaration context to the new compile unit DIE. This includes
9406 any surrounding namespace or type declarations. If the DIE has an
9407 AT_specification attribute, it also includes attributes and children
9408 attached to the specification. */
9411 copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref unit
, dw_die_ref die
)
9414 dw_die_ref new_decl
;
9416 decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
9425 /* Copy the type node pointer from the new DIE to the original
9426 declaration DIE so we can forward references later. */
9427 decl
->die_id
.die_type_node
= die
->die_id
.die_type_node
;
9429 remove_AT (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
9431 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, decl
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
9433 if (a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_name
9434 && a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_declaration
9435 && a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_external
)
9436 add_dwarf_attr (die
, a
);
9439 FOR_EACH_CHILD (decl
, c
, add_child_die (die
, clone_tree(c
)));
9442 if (decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
9443 && decl
->die_parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_compile_unit
9444 && decl
->die_parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_type_unit
)
9446 new_decl
= copy_ancestor_tree (unit
, decl
, NULL
);
9447 if (new_decl
!= NULL
)
9449 remove_AT (new_decl
, DW_AT_signature
);
9450 add_AT_specification (die
, new_decl
);
9455 /* Generate the skeleton ancestor tree for the given NODE, then clone
9456 the DIE and add the clone into the tree. */
9459 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node
*node
)
9461 if (node
->new_die
!= NULL
)
9464 node
->new_die
= clone_as_declaration (node
->old_die
);
9466 if (node
->parent
!= NULL
)
9468 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (node
->parent
);
9469 add_child_die (node
->parent
->new_die
, node
->new_die
);
9473 /* Generate a skeleton tree of DIEs containing any declarations that are
9474 found in the original tree. We traverse the tree looking for declaration
9475 DIEs, and construct the skeleton from the bottom up whenever we find one. */
9478 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node
*parent
)
9480 skeleton_chain_node node
;
9483 dw_die_ref prev
= NULL
;
9484 dw_die_ref next
= NULL
;
9486 node
.parent
= parent
;
9488 first
= c
= parent
->old_die
->die_child
;
9492 if (prev
== NULL
|| prev
->die_sib
== c
)
9495 next
= (c
== first
? NULL
: c
->die_sib
);
9497 node
.new_die
= NULL
;
9498 if (is_declaration_die (c
))
9500 /* Clone the existing DIE, move the original to the skeleton
9501 tree (which is in the main CU), and put the clone, with
9502 all the original's children, where the original came from. */
9503 dw_die_ref clone
= clone_die (c
);
9504 move_all_children (c
, clone
);
9506 replace_child (c
, clone
, prev
);
9507 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (parent
);
9508 add_child_die (parent
->new_die
, c
);
9512 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node
);
9513 } while (next
!= NULL
);
9516 /* Wrapper function for generate_skeleton_bottom_up. */
9519 generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref die
)
9521 skeleton_chain_node node
;
9524 node
.new_die
= NULL
;
9527 /* If this type definition is nested inside another type,
9528 always leave at least a declaration in its place. */
9529 if (die
->die_parent
!= NULL
&& is_type_die (die
->die_parent
))
9530 node
.new_die
= clone_as_declaration (die
);
9532 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node
);
9533 return node
.new_die
;
9536 /* Remove the DIE from its parent, possibly replacing it with a cloned
9537 declaration. The original DIE will be moved to a new compile unit
9538 so that existing references to it follow it to the new location. If
9539 any of the original DIE's descendants is a declaration, we need to
9540 replace the original DIE with a skeleton tree and move the
9541 declarations back into the skeleton tree. */
9544 remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref child
, dw_die_ref prev
)
9546 dw_die_ref skeleton
;
9548 skeleton
= generate_skeleton (child
);
9549 if (skeleton
== NULL
)
9550 remove_child_with_prev (child
, prev
);
9553 skeleton
->die_id
.die_type_node
= child
->die_id
.die_type_node
;
9554 replace_child (child
, skeleton
, prev
);
9560 /* Traverse the DIE and set up additional .debug_types sections for each
9561 type worthy of being placed in a COMDAT section. */
9564 break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref die
)
9568 dw_die_ref prev
= NULL
;
9569 dw_die_ref next
= NULL
;
9570 dw_die_ref unit
= NULL
;
9572 first
= c
= die
->die_child
;
9576 if (prev
== NULL
|| prev
->die_sib
== c
)
9579 next
= (c
== first
? NULL
: c
->die_sib
);
9580 if (should_move_die_to_comdat (c
))
9582 dw_die_ref replacement
;
9583 comdat_type_node_ref type_node
;
9585 /* Create a new type unit DIE as the root for the new tree, and
9586 add it to the list of comdat types. */
9587 unit
= new_die (DW_TAG_type_unit
, NULL
, NULL
);
9588 add_AT_unsigned (unit
, DW_AT_language
,
9589 get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
));
9590 type_node
= GGC_CNEW (comdat_type_node
);
9591 type_node
->root_die
= unit
;
9592 type_node
->next
= comdat_type_list
;
9593 comdat_type_list
= type_node
;
9595 /* Generate the type signature. */
9596 generate_type_signature (c
, type_node
);
9598 /* Copy the declaration context, attributes, and children of the
9599 declaration into the new compile unit DIE. */
9600 copy_declaration_context (unit
, c
);
9602 /* Remove this DIE from the main CU. */
9603 replacement
= remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (c
, prev
);
9605 /* Break out nested types into their own type units. */
9606 break_out_comdat_types (c
);
9608 /* Add the DIE to the new compunit. */
9609 add_child_die (unit
, c
);
9611 if (replacement
!= NULL
)
9614 else if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
9615 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_class_type
9616 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_structure_type
9617 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_union_type
)
9619 /* Look for nested types that can be broken out. */
9620 break_out_comdat_types (c
);
9622 } while (next
!= NULL
);
9625 /* Structure to map a DIE in one CU to its copy in a comdat type unit. */
9627 struct decl_table_entry
9633 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of copied declarations. */
9636 htab_decl_hash (const void *of
)
9638 const struct decl_table_entry
*const entry
=
9639 (const struct decl_table_entry
*) of
;
9641 return htab_hash_pointer (entry
->orig
);
9645 htab_decl_eq (const void *of1
, const void *of2
)
9647 const struct decl_table_entry
*const entry1
=
9648 (const struct decl_table_entry
*) of1
;
9649 const struct die_struct
*const entry2
= (const struct die_struct
*) of2
;
9651 return entry1
->orig
== entry2
;
9655 htab_decl_del (void *what
)
9657 struct decl_table_entry
*entry
= (struct decl_table_entry
*) what
;
9662 /* Copy DIE and its ancestors, up to, but not including, the compile unit
9663 or type unit entry, to a new tree. Adds the new tree to UNIT and returns
9664 a pointer to the copy of DIE. If DECL_TABLE is provided, it is used
9665 to check if the ancestor has already been copied into UNIT. */
9668 copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref unit
, dw_die_ref die
, htab_t decl_table
)
9670 dw_die_ref parent
= die
->die_parent
;
9671 dw_die_ref new_parent
= unit
;
9674 struct decl_table_entry
*entry
= NULL
;
9678 /* Check if the entry has already been copied to UNIT. */
9679 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table
, die
,
9680 htab_hash_pointer (die
), INSERT
);
9681 if (*slot
!= HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
)
9683 entry
= (struct decl_table_entry
*) *slot
;
9687 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that DIE has been copied to UNIT. */
9688 entry
= XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry
);
9696 dw_die_ref spec
= get_AT_ref (parent
, DW_AT_specification
);
9699 if (parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_compile_unit
9700 && parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_type_unit
)
9701 new_parent
= copy_ancestor_tree (unit
, parent
, decl_table
);
9704 copy
= clone_as_declaration (die
);
9705 add_child_die (new_parent
, copy
);
9707 if (decl_table
!= NULL
)
9709 /* Make sure the copy is marked as part of the type unit. */
9711 /* Record the pointer to the copy. */
9718 /* Walk the DIE and its children, looking for references to incomplete
9719 or trivial types that are unmarked (i.e., that are not in the current
9723 copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref unit
, dw_die_ref die
, htab_t decl_table
)
9729 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
9731 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
9733 dw_die_ref targ
= AT_ref (a
);
9734 comdat_type_node_ref type_node
= targ
->die_id
.die_type_node
;
9736 struct decl_table_entry
*entry
;
9738 if (targ
->die_mark
!= 0 || type_node
!= NULL
)
9741 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table
, targ
,
9742 htab_hash_pointer (targ
), INSERT
);
9744 if (*slot
!= HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
)
9746 /* TARG has already been copied, so we just need to
9747 modify the reference to point to the copy. */
9748 entry
= (struct decl_table_entry
*) *slot
;
9749 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= entry
->copy
;
9753 dw_die_ref parent
= unit
;
9754 dw_die_ref copy
= clone_tree (targ
);
9756 /* Make sure the cloned tree is marked as part of the
9760 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that TARG has been copied.
9761 Need to do this now, before the recursive call,
9762 because DECL_TABLE may be expanded and SLOT
9763 would no longer be a valid pointer. */
9764 entry
= XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry
);
9769 /* If TARG has surrounding context, copy its ancestor tree
9770 into the new type unit. */
9771 if (targ
->die_parent
!= NULL
9772 && targ
->die_parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_compile_unit
9773 && targ
->die_parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_type_unit
)
9774 parent
= copy_ancestor_tree (unit
, targ
->die_parent
,
9777 add_child_die (parent
, copy
);
9778 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= copy
;
9780 /* Make sure the newly-copied DIE is walked. If it was
9781 installed in a previously-added context, it won't
9782 get visited otherwise. */
9784 copy_decls_walk (unit
, parent
, decl_table
);
9789 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, copy_decls_walk (unit
, c
, decl_table
));
9792 /* Copy declarations for "unworthy" types into the new comdat section.
9793 Incomplete types, modified types, and certain other types aren't broken
9794 out into comdat sections of their own, so they don't have a signature,
9795 and we need to copy the declaration into the same section so that we
9796 don't have an external reference. */
9799 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref unit
)
9804 decl_table
= htab_create (10, htab_decl_hash
, htab_decl_eq
, htab_decl_del
);
9805 copy_decls_walk (unit
, unit
, decl_table
);
9806 htab_delete (decl_table
);
9810 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
9811 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
9812 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
9815 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die
)
9819 if (! die
->die_child
)
9822 if (die
->die_parent
&& die
!= die
->die_parent
->die_child
)
9823 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_sibling
, die
->die_sib
);
9825 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, add_sibling_attributes (c
));
9828 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
9831 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die
)
9837 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
9838 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
9839 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (a
));
9841 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, output_location_lists (c
));
9844 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
9845 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
9846 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
9847 die are visited recursively. */
9850 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die
)
9852 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
9853 unsigned int n_alloc
;
9858 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
9859 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
9860 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
9861 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
9862 && AT_ref (a
)->die_mark
== 0)
9864 gcc_assert (dwarf_version
>= 4 || AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_symbol
);
9865 set_AT_ref_external (a
, 1);
9868 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
9870 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
9871 dw_attr_ref die_a
, abbrev_a
;
9875 if (abbrev
->die_tag
!= die
->die_tag
)
9877 if ((abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
) != (die
->die_child
!= NULL
))
9880 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, abbrev
->die_attr
)
9881 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
))
9884 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, die_a
); ix
++)
9886 abbrev_a
= VEC_index (dw_attr_node
, abbrev
->die_attr
, ix
);
9887 if ((abbrev_a
->dw_attr
!= die_a
->dw_attr
)
9888 || (value_format (abbrev_a
) != value_format (die_a
)))
9898 if (abbrev_id
>= abbrev_die_table_in_use
)
9900 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use
>= abbrev_die_table_allocated
)
9902 n_alloc
= abbrev_die_table_allocated
+ ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
9903 abbrev_die_table
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref
, abbrev_die_table
,
9906 memset (&abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_die_table_allocated
], 0,
9907 (n_alloc
- abbrev_die_table_allocated
) * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
9908 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= n_alloc
;
9911 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
9912 abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
] = die
;
9915 die
->die_abbrev
= abbrev_id
;
9916 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, build_abbrev_table (c
));
9919 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
9922 constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value
)
9929 log
= floor_log2 (value
);
9932 log
= 1 << (floor_log2 (log
) + 1);
9937 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
9938 .debug_info section. */
9940 static unsigned long
9941 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die
)
9943 unsigned long size
= 0;
9947 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
);
9948 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
9950 switch (AT_class (a
))
9952 case dw_val_class_addr
:
9953 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
9955 case dw_val_class_offset
:
9956 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9958 case dw_val_class_loc
:
9960 unsigned long lsize
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
9963 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
9964 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (lsize
);
9966 size
+= constant_size (lsize
);
9970 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
9971 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9973 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
9974 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9976 case dw_val_class_const
:
9977 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a
));
9979 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
9980 size
+= constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
));
9982 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
9983 size
+= 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
;
9984 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64)
9987 case dw_val_class_vec
:
9988 size
+= constant_size (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
9989 * a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
)
9990 + a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
9991 * a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
; /* block */
9993 case dw_val_class_flag
:
9994 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
9995 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
9996 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
9997 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
9998 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
9999 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
10000 the same abbrev entry. */
10001 gcc_assert (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
== 1);
10005 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
10006 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
10008 /* In DWARF4, we use DW_FORM_sig8; for earlier versions
10009 we use DW_FORM_ref_addr. In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr
10010 is sized by target address length, whereas in DWARF3
10011 it's always sized as an offset. */
10012 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
10013 size
+= DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
;
10014 else if (dwarf_version
== 2)
10015 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10017 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10020 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10022 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
10023 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10025 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
10026 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10028 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
10029 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
10030 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10032 case dw_val_class_str
:
10033 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
10034 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10036 size
+= strlen (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
) + 1;
10038 case dw_val_class_file
:
10039 size
+= constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
));
10041 case dw_val_class_data8
:
10045 gcc_unreachable ();
10052 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
10053 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
10054 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
10055 die_offset field in each DIE. */
10058 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die
)
10062 die
->die_offset
= next_die_offset
;
10063 next_die_offset
+= size_of_die (die
);
10065 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, calc_die_sizes (c
));
10067 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
10068 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
10069 next_die_offset
+= 1;
10072 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
10073 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
10074 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
10075 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
10078 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
10082 gcc_assert (!die
->die_mark
);
10085 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, mark_dies (c
));
10088 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
10091 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
10095 if (dwarf_version
< 4)
10096 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
10099 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, unmark_dies (c
));
10102 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
10105 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
10111 if (!die
->die_mark
)
10115 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, unmark_all_dies (c
));
10117 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
10118 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
10119 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a
));
10122 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames or .debug_pubtypes table
10123 generated for the compilation unit. */
10125 static unsigned long
10126 size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * names
)
10128 unsigned long size
;
10132 size
= DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE
;
10133 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry
, names
, i
, p
); i
++)
10134 if (names
!= pubtype_table
10135 || p
->die
->die_offset
!= 0
10136 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
10137 size
+= strlen (p
->name
) + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ 1;
10139 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10143 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
10145 static unsigned long
10146 size_of_aranges (void)
10148 unsigned long size
;
10150 size
= DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE
;
10152 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
10153 if (text_section_used
)
10154 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10155 if (cold_text_section_used
)
10156 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10157 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* arange_table_in_use
;
10159 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
10160 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10164 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
10166 static enum dwarf_form
10167 value_format (dw_attr_ref a
)
10169 switch (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
)
10171 case dw_val_class_addr
:
10172 /* Only very few attributes allow DW_FORM_addr. */
10173 switch (a
->dw_attr
)
10176 case DW_AT_high_pc
:
10177 case DW_AT_entry_pc
:
10178 case DW_AT_trampoline
:
10179 return DW_FORM_addr
;
10183 switch (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
10186 return DW_FORM_data1
;
10188 return DW_FORM_data2
;
10190 return DW_FORM_data4
;
10192 return DW_FORM_data8
;
10194 gcc_unreachable ();
10196 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
10197 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
10198 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
10199 return DW_FORM_sec_offset
;
10201 case dw_val_class_offset
:
10202 switch (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
)
10205 return DW_FORM_data4
;
10207 return DW_FORM_data8
;
10209 gcc_unreachable ();
10211 case dw_val_class_loc
:
10212 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
10213 return DW_FORM_exprloc
;
10214 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
))))
10217 return DW_FORM_block1
;
10219 return DW_FORM_block2
;
10221 gcc_unreachable ();
10223 case dw_val_class_const
:
10224 return DW_FORM_sdata
;
10225 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
10226 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)))
10229 return DW_FORM_data1
;
10231 return DW_FORM_data2
;
10233 return DW_FORM_data4
;
10235 return DW_FORM_data8
;
10237 gcc_unreachable ();
10239 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
10240 switch (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
10243 return DW_FORM_data2
;
10245 return DW_FORM_data4
;
10247 return DW_FORM_data8
;
10250 return DW_FORM_block1
;
10252 case dw_val_class_vec
:
10253 switch (constant_size (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
10254 * a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
))
10257 return DW_FORM_block1
;
10259 return DW_FORM_block2
;
10261 return DW_FORM_block4
;
10263 gcc_unreachable ();
10265 case dw_val_class_flag
:
10266 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
10268 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
10269 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
10270 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
10271 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
10272 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
10273 the same abbrev entry. */
10274 gcc_assert (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
== 1);
10275 return DW_FORM_flag_present
;
10277 return DW_FORM_flag
;
10278 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
10279 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
10280 return dwarf_version
>= 4 ? DW_FORM_sig8
: DW_FORM_ref_addr
;
10282 return DW_FORM_ref
;
10283 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
10284 return DW_FORM_data
;
10285 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
10286 return DW_FORM_addr
;
10287 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
10288 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
10289 return dwarf_version
>= 4 ? DW_FORM_sec_offset
: DW_FORM_data
;
10290 case dw_val_class_str
:
10291 return AT_string_form (a
);
10292 case dw_val_class_file
:
10293 switch (constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
)))
10296 return DW_FORM_data1
;
10298 return DW_FORM_data2
;
10300 return DW_FORM_data4
;
10302 gcc_unreachable ();
10305 case dw_val_class_data8
:
10306 return DW_FORM_data8
;
10309 gcc_unreachable ();
10313 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
10316 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a
)
10318 enum dwarf_form form
= value_format (a
);
10320 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form
, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form
));
10323 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
10327 output_abbrev_section (void)
10329 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
10331 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
10333 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
10335 dw_attr_ref a_attr
;
10337 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id
, "(abbrev code)");
10338 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev
->die_tag
, "(TAG: %s)",
10339 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev
->die_tag
));
10341 if (abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
)
10342 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes
, "DW_children_yes");
10344 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no
, "DW_children_no");
10346 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, abbrev
->die_attr
, ix
, a_attr
);
10349 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr
->dw_attr
, "(%s)",
10350 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr
->dw_attr
));
10351 output_value_format (a_attr
);
10354 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
10355 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
10358 /* Terminate the table. */
10359 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
10362 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
10365 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die
)
10367 char *sym
= die
->die_id
.die_symbol
;
10372 if (strncmp (sym
, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
) - 1) == 0)
10373 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
10374 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
10376 targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label (asm_out_file
, sym
);
10378 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, sym
);
10381 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
10384 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
10385 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr
, const char *begin
, const char *end
,
10386 const char *section
)
10388 dw_loc_list_ref retlist
= GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_list_node
);
10390 retlist
->begin
= begin
;
10391 retlist
->end
= end
;
10392 retlist
->expr
= expr
;
10393 retlist
->section
= section
;
10398 /* Generate a new internal symbol for this location list node, if it
10399 hasn't got one yet. */
10402 gen_llsym (dw_loc_list_ref list
)
10404 gcc_assert (!list
->ll_symbol
);
10405 list
->ll_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
10408 /* Output the location list given to us. */
10411 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head
)
10413 dw_loc_list_ref curr
= list_head
;
10415 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10417 /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */
10418 for (curr
= list_head
; curr
!= NULL
; curr
= curr
->dw_loc_next
)
10420 unsigned long size
;
10421 /* Don't output an entry that starts and ends at the same address. */
10422 if (strcmp (curr
->begin
, curr
->end
) == 0)
10424 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
10426 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
, curr
->section
,
10427 "Location list begin address (%s)",
10428 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10429 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
, curr
->section
,
10430 "Location list end address (%s)",
10431 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10435 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
,
10436 "Location list begin address (%s)",
10437 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10438 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
,
10439 "Location list end address (%s)",
10440 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10442 size
= size_of_locs (curr
->expr
);
10444 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
10445 gcc_assert (size
<= 0xffff);
10446 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size
, "%s", "Location expression size");
10448 output_loc_sequence (curr
->expr
);
10451 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0,
10452 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
10453 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10454 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0,
10455 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
10456 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10459 /* Output a type signature. */
10462 output_signature (const char *sig
, const char *name
)
10466 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
; i
++)
10467 dw2_asm_output_data (1, sig
[i
], i
== 0 ? "%s" : NULL
, name
);
10470 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
10471 the definitions of each child DIE. */
10474 output_die (dw_die_ref die
)
10478 unsigned long size
;
10481 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
10482 them to point to. */
10483 if (dwarf_version
< 4 && die
->die_id
.die_symbol
)
10484 output_die_symbol (die
);
10486 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
, "(DIE (%#lx) %s)",
10487 (unsigned long)die
->die_offset
,
10488 dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
10490 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
10492 const char *name
= dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
);
10494 switch (AT_class (a
))
10496 case dw_val_class_addr
:
10497 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_addr (a
), "%s", name
);
10500 case dw_val_class_offset
:
10501 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
,
10505 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
10507 char *p
= strchr (ranges_section_label
, '\0');
10509 sprintf (p
, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
,
10510 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
10511 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, ranges_section_label
,
10512 debug_ranges_section
, "%s", name
);
10517 case dw_val_class_loc
:
10518 size
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
10520 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
10521 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
10522 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, "%s", name
);
10524 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size
), size
, "%s", name
);
10526 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a
));
10529 case dw_val_class_const
:
10530 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
10531 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
10532 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
10533 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a
), "%s", name
);
10536 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
10537 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)),
10538 AT_unsigned (a
), "%s", name
);
10541 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
10543 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
10545 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64)
10546 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
10547 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
10548 / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
10551 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
10553 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.high
;
10554 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.low
;
10558 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.low
;
10559 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.high
;
10562 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
10564 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
10569 case dw_val_class_vec
:
10571 unsigned int elt_size
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
10572 unsigned int len
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
;
10576 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (len
* elt_size
),
10577 len
* elt_size
, "%s", name
);
10578 if (elt_size
> sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
10583 for (i
= 0, p
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.array
;
10585 i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
10586 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size
, extract_int (p
, elt_size
),
10587 "fp or vector constant word %u", i
);
10591 case dw_val_class_flag
:
10592 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
10594 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
10595 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
10596 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
10597 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
10598 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
10599 the same abbrev entry. */
10600 gcc_assert (AT_flag (a
) == 1);
10601 if (flag_debug_asm
)
10602 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t\t\t%s %s\n",
10603 ASM_COMMENT_START
, name
);
10606 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a
), "%s", name
);
10609 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
10611 char *sym
= AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
;
10614 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, sym
, debug_loc_section
,
10619 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
10620 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
10622 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
10624 comdat_type_node_ref type_node
=
10625 AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_type_node
;
10627 gcc_assert (type_node
);
10628 output_signature (type_node
->signature
, name
);
10632 char *sym
= AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_symbol
;
10636 /* In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr is sized by target address
10637 length, whereas in DWARF3 it's always sized as an
10639 if (dwarf_version
== 2)
10640 size
= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10642 size
= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10643 dw2_asm_output_offset (size
, sym
, debug_info_section
, "%s",
10649 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
);
10650 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
,
10655 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
10659 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_LABEL
,
10660 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
* 2);
10661 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l1
, debug_frame_section
,
10666 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
10667 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
10670 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
10671 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
),
10672 debug_line_section
, "%s", name
);
10675 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
10676 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
),
10677 debug_macinfo_section
, "%s", name
);
10680 case dw_val_class_str
:
10681 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
10682 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
10683 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->label
,
10685 "%s: \"%s\"", name
, AT_string (a
));
10687 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a
), -1, "%s", name
);
10690 case dw_val_class_file
:
10692 int f
= maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
);
10694 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (f
), f
, "%s (%s)", name
,
10695 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
->filename
);
10699 case dw_val_class_data8
:
10703 for (i
= 0; i
< 8; i
++)
10704 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
[i
],
10705 i
== 0 ? "%s" : NULL
, name
);
10710 gcc_unreachable ();
10714 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, output_die (c
));
10716 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
10717 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
10718 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE %#lx",
10719 (unsigned long) die
->die_offset
);
10722 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
10723 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
10726 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
10728 int ver
= dwarf_version
;
10730 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
10731 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
10732 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
10733 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
10734 next_die_offset
- DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
,
10735 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
10736 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver
, "DWARF version number");
10737 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, abbrev_section_label
,
10738 debug_abbrev_section
,
10739 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
10740 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
10743 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
10746 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die
, int output_if_empty
)
10748 const char *secname
;
10749 char *oldsym
, *tmp
;
10751 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
10752 if (!output_if_empty
&& die
->die_child
== NULL
)
10755 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
10756 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
10757 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
10758 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
10759 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
10762 build_abbrev_table (die
);
10764 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
10765 next_die_offset
= DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
;
10766 calc_die_sizes (die
);
10768 oldsym
= die
->die_id
.die_symbol
;
10771 tmp
= XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (oldsym
) + 24);
10773 sprintf (tmp
, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym
);
10775 die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= NULL
;
10776 switch_to_section (get_section (secname
, SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
));
10779 switch_to_section (debug_info_section
);
10781 /* Output debugging information. */
10782 output_compilation_unit_header ();
10785 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
10786 output_pubnames. */
10790 die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= oldsym
;
10794 /* Output a comdat type unit DIE and its children. */
10797 output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node
*node
)
10799 const char *secname
;
10802 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
10806 /* First mark all the DIEs in this CU so we know which get local refs. */
10807 mark_dies (node
->root_die
);
10809 build_abbrev_table (node
->root_die
);
10811 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
10812 next_die_offset
= DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
;
10813 calc_die_sizes (node
->root_die
);
10815 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
10816 secname
= ".debug_types";
10817 tmp
= XALLOCAVEC (char, 4 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
* 2);
10818 sprintf (tmp
, "wt.");
10819 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
; i
++)
10820 sprintf (tmp
+ 3 + i
* 2, "%02x", node
->signature
[i
] & 0xff);
10821 comdat_key
= get_identifier (tmp
);
10822 targetm
.asm_out
.named_section (secname
,
10823 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_LINKONCE
,
10826 tmp
= XALLOCAVEC (char, 18 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
* 2);
10827 sprintf (tmp
, ".gnu.linkonce.wt.");
10828 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
; i
++)
10829 sprintf (tmp
+ 17 + i
* 2, "%02x", node
->signature
[i
] & 0xff);
10831 switch_to_section (get_section (secname
, SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
));
10834 /* Output debugging information. */
10835 output_compilation_unit_header ();
10836 output_signature (node
->signature
, "Type Signature");
10837 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, node
->type_die
->die_offset
,
10838 "Offset to Type DIE");
10839 output_die (node
->root_die
);
10841 unmark_dies (node
->root_die
);
10844 /* Return the DWARF2/3 pubname associated with a decl. */
10846 static const char *
10847 dwarf2_name (tree decl
, int scope
)
10849 return lang_hooks
.dwarf_name (decl
, scope
? 1 : 0);
10852 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
10855 add_pubname_string (const char *str
, dw_die_ref die
)
10860 e
.name
= xstrdup (str
);
10861 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry
, gc
, pubname_table
, &e
);
10865 add_pubname (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
10867 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
10869 const char *name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 1);
10871 add_pubname_string (name
, die
);
10875 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubtypes if appropriate. */
10878 add_pubtype (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
10883 if ((TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
10884 || die
->die_parent
== comp_unit_die
)
10885 && (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_typedef
|| COMPLETE_TYPE_P (decl
)))
10890 if (TYPE_NAME (decl
))
10892 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl
)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
)
10893 e
.name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TYPE_NAME (decl
));
10894 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl
)) == TYPE_DECL
10895 && DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl
)))
10896 e
.name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl
)));
10898 e
.name
= xstrdup ((const char *) get_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
));
10903 e
.name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 1);
10905 e
.name
= xstrdup (e
.name
);
10908 /* If we don't have a name for the type, there's no point in adding
10909 it to the table. */
10910 if (e
.name
&& e
.name
[0] != '\0')
10911 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry
, gc
, pubtype_table
, &e
);
10915 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
10916 visible names; or the public types table used to find type definitions. */
10919 output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * names
)
10922 unsigned long pubnames_length
= size_of_pubnames (names
);
10925 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
10926 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
10927 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
10928 if (names
== pubname_table
)
10929 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pubnames_length
,
10930 "Length of Public Names Info");
10932 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pubnames_length
,
10933 "Length of Public Type Names Info");
10934 /* Version number for pubnames/pubtypes is still 2, even in DWARF3. */
10935 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
10936 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
10937 debug_info_section
,
10938 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
10939 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, next_die_offset
,
10940 "Compilation Unit Length");
10942 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry
, names
, i
, pub
); i
++)
10944 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
10945 if (names
== pubname_table
)
10946 gcc_assert (pub
->die
->die_mark
);
10948 if (names
!= pubtype_table
10949 || pub
->die
->die_offset
!= 0
10950 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
10952 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pub
->die
->die_offset
,
10955 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub
->name
, -1, "external name");
10959 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
10962 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
10965 add_arange (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
10967 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
))
10970 if (arange_table_in_use
== arange_table_allocated
)
10972 arange_table_allocated
+= ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
10973 arange_table
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref
, arange_table
,
10974 arange_table_allocated
);
10975 memset (arange_table
+ arange_table_in_use
, 0,
10976 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
10979 arange_table
[arange_table_in_use
++] = die
;
10982 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
10983 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
10984 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
10987 output_aranges (void)
10990 unsigned long aranges_length
= size_of_aranges ();
10992 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
10993 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
10994 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
10995 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, aranges_length
,
10996 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
10997 /* Version number for aranges is still 2, even in DWARF3. */
10998 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
10999 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
11000 debug_info_section
,
11001 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
11002 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Size of Address");
11003 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
11005 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
11006 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
)
11008 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
11010 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
11011 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11012 for (i
= 2; i
< (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
; i
+= 2)
11013 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL
);
11016 /* It is necessary not to output these entries if the sections were
11017 not used; if the sections were not used, the length will be 0 and
11018 the address may end up as 0 if the section is discarded by ld
11019 --gc-sections, leaving an invalid (0, 0) entry that can be
11020 confused with the terminator. */
11021 if (text_section_used
)
11023 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_section_label
, "Address");
11024 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
,
11025 text_section_label
, "Length");
11027 if (cold_text_section_used
)
11029 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, cold_text_section_label
,
11031 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, cold_end_label
,
11032 cold_text_section_label
, "Length");
11035 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
11037 dw_die_ref die
= arange_table
[i
];
11039 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
11040 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
11042 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
11044 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_low_pc (die
),
11046 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_hi_pc (die
),
11047 get_AT_low_pc (die
), "Length");
11051 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
11052 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
11053 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
11054 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_location
);
11055 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
11057 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc
);
11060 gcc_assert (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
);
11062 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11063 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, "Address");
11064 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11065 get_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
),
11070 /* Output the terminator words. */
11071 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
11072 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
11075 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
11078 static unsigned int
11079 add_ranges_num (int num
)
11081 unsigned int in_use
= ranges_table_in_use
;
11083 if (in_use
== ranges_table_allocated
)
11085 ranges_table_allocated
+= RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
11086 ranges_table
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_struct
, ranges_table
,
11087 ranges_table_allocated
);
11088 memset (ranges_table
+ ranges_table_in_use
, 0,
11089 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct
));
11092 ranges_table
[in_use
].num
= num
;
11093 ranges_table_in_use
= in_use
+ 1;
11095 return in_use
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
11098 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a block, or a
11099 range terminator if BLOCK is NULL. */
11101 static unsigned int
11102 add_ranges (const_tree block
)
11104 return add_ranges_num (block
? BLOCK_NUMBER (block
) : 0);
11107 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a pair of
11111 add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref die
, const char *begin
, const char *end
,
11114 unsigned int in_use
= ranges_by_label_in_use
;
11115 unsigned int offset
;
11117 if (in_use
== ranges_by_label_allocated
)
11119 ranges_by_label_allocated
+= RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
11120 ranges_by_label
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct
,
11122 ranges_by_label_allocated
);
11123 memset (ranges_by_label
+ ranges_by_label_in_use
, 0,
11124 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
11125 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct
));
11128 ranges_by_label
[in_use
].begin
= begin
;
11129 ranges_by_label
[in_use
].end
= end
;
11130 ranges_by_label_in_use
= in_use
+ 1;
11132 offset
= add_ranges_num (-(int)in_use
- 1);
11135 add_AT_range_list (die
, DW_AT_ranges
, offset
);
11141 output_ranges (void)
11144 static const char *const start_fmt
= "Offset %#x";
11145 const char *fmt
= start_fmt
;
11147 for (i
= 0; i
< ranges_table_in_use
; i
++)
11149 int block_num
= ranges_table
[i
].num
;
11153 char blabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11154 char elabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11156 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, block_num
);
11157 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, block_num
);
11159 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
11160 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
11161 base of the text section. */
11162 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
11164 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
11165 text_section_label
,
11166 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11167 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
,
11168 text_section_label
, NULL
);
11171 /* Otherwise, the compilation unit base address is zero,
11172 which allows us to use absolute addresses, and not worry
11173 about whether the target supports cross-section
11177 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
11178 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11179 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
, NULL
);
11185 /* Negative block_num stands for an index into ranges_by_label. */
11186 else if (block_num
< 0)
11188 int lab_idx
= - block_num
- 1;
11190 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
11192 gcc_unreachable ();
11194 /* If we ever use add_ranges_by_labels () for a single
11195 function section, all we have to do is to take out
11196 the #if 0 above. */
11197 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11198 ranges_by_label
[lab_idx
].begin
,
11199 text_section_label
,
11200 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11201 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11202 ranges_by_label
[lab_idx
].end
,
11203 text_section_label
, NULL
);
11208 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11209 ranges_by_label
[lab_idx
].begin
,
11210 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11211 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11212 ranges_by_label
[lab_idx
].end
,
11218 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
11219 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
11225 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
11228 const char *path
; /* Complete file name. */
11229 const char *fname
; /* File name part. */
11230 int length
; /* Length of entire string. */
11231 struct dwarf_file_data
* file_idx
; /* Index in input file table. */
11232 int dir_idx
; /* Index in directory table. */
11235 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
11239 const char *path
; /* Path including directory name. */
11240 int length
; /* Path length. */
11241 int prefix
; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
11242 int count
; /* Number of files in this directory. */
11243 int dir_idx
; /* Index of directory used as base. */
11246 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
11247 the directories in the path. */
11250 file_info_cmp (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
11252 const struct file_info
*const s1
= (const struct file_info
*) p1
;
11253 const struct file_info
*const s2
= (const struct file_info
*) p2
;
11254 const unsigned char *cp1
;
11255 const unsigned char *cp2
;
11257 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
11258 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
11259 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
11260 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
11261 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
11262 if ((s1
->path
== s1
->fname
|| s2
->path
== s2
->fname
))
11263 return (s2
->path
== s2
->fname
) - (s1
->path
== s1
->fname
);
11265 cp1
= (const unsigned char *) s1
->path
;
11266 cp2
= (const unsigned char *) s2
->path
;
11272 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
11273 if ((cp1
== (const unsigned char *) s1
->fname
)
11274 || (cp2
== (const unsigned char *) s2
->fname
))
11275 return ((cp2
== (const unsigned char *) s2
->fname
)
11276 - (cp1
== (const unsigned char *) s1
->fname
));
11278 /* Character of current path component the same? */
11279 else if (*cp1
!= *cp2
)
11280 return *cp1
- *cp2
;
11284 struct file_name_acquire_data
11286 struct file_info
*files
;
11291 /* Traversal function for the hash table. */
11294 file_name_acquire (void ** slot
, void *data
)
11296 struct file_name_acquire_data
*fnad
= (struct file_name_acquire_data
*) data
;
11297 struct dwarf_file_data
*d
= (struct dwarf_file_data
*) *slot
;
11298 struct file_info
*fi
;
11301 gcc_assert (fnad
->max_files
>= d
->emitted_number
);
11303 if (! d
->emitted_number
)
11306 gcc_assert (fnad
->max_files
!= fnad
->used_files
);
11308 fi
= fnad
->files
+ fnad
->used_files
++;
11310 /* Skip all leading "./". */
11312 while (f
[0] == '.' && IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (f
[1]))
11315 /* Create a new array entry. */
11317 fi
->length
= strlen (f
);
11320 /* Search for the file name part. */
11321 f
= strrchr (f
, DIR_SEPARATOR
);
11322 #if defined (DIR_SEPARATOR_2)
11324 char *g
= strrchr (fi
->path
, DIR_SEPARATOR_2
);
11328 if (f
== NULL
|| f
< g
)
11334 fi
->fname
= f
== NULL
? fi
->path
: f
+ 1;
11338 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
11339 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
11340 slowdowns with many input files. */
11343 output_file_names (void)
11345 struct file_name_acquire_data fnad
;
11347 struct file_info
*files
;
11348 struct dir_info
*dirs
;
11356 if (!last_emitted_file
)
11358 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
11359 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
11363 numfiles
= last_emitted_file
->emitted_number
;
11365 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
11366 files
= XALLOCAVEC (struct file_info
, numfiles
);
11367 dirs
= XALLOCAVEC (struct dir_info
, numfiles
);
11369 fnad
.files
= files
;
11370 fnad
.used_files
= 0;
11371 fnad
.max_files
= numfiles
;
11372 htab_traverse (file_table
, file_name_acquire
, &fnad
);
11373 gcc_assert (fnad
.used_files
== fnad
.max_files
);
11375 qsort (files
, numfiles
, sizeof (files
[0]), file_info_cmp
);
11377 /* Find all the different directories used. */
11378 dirs
[0].path
= files
[0].path
;
11379 dirs
[0].length
= files
[0].fname
- files
[0].path
;
11380 dirs
[0].prefix
= -1;
11382 dirs
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
11383 files
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
11386 for (i
= 1; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
11387 if (files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
== dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
11388 && memcmp (dirs
[ndirs
- 1].path
, files
[i
].path
,
11389 dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
) == 0)
11391 /* Same directory as last entry. */
11392 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
- 1;
11393 ++dirs
[ndirs
- 1].count
;
11399 /* This is a new directory. */
11400 dirs
[ndirs
].path
= files
[i
].path
;
11401 dirs
[ndirs
].length
= files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
;
11402 dirs
[ndirs
].count
= 1;
11403 dirs
[ndirs
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
11404 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
11406 /* Search for a prefix. */
11407 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= -1;
11408 for (j
= 0; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
11409 if (dirs
[j
].length
< dirs
[ndirs
].length
11410 && dirs
[j
].length
> 1
11411 && (dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
== -1
11412 || dirs
[j
].length
> dirs
[dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
].length
)
11413 && memcmp (dirs
[j
].path
, dirs
[ndirs
].path
, dirs
[j
].length
) == 0)
11414 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= j
;
11419 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
11420 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
11421 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
11422 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
11423 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
11424 results in most cases and never is much off. */
11425 saved
= XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs
);
11426 savehere
= XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs
);
11428 memset (saved
, '\0', ndirs
* sizeof (saved
[0]));
11429 for (i
= 0; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
11434 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
11435 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
11436 savehere
[i
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
11437 total
= (savehere
[i
] - saved
[i
]) * dirs
[i
].count
;
11439 for (j
= i
+ 1; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
11442 if (saved
[j
] < dirs
[i
].length
)
11444 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
11448 k
= dirs
[j
].prefix
;
11449 while (k
!= -1 && k
!= (int) i
)
11450 k
= dirs
[k
].prefix
;
11454 /* Yes it is. We can possibly save some memory by
11455 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
11457 savehere
[j
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
11458 total
+= (savehere
[j
] - saved
[j
]) * dirs
[j
].count
;
11463 /* Check whether we can save enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
11465 if (total
> dirs
[i
].length
+ 1)
11467 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
11468 for (j
= i
; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
11469 if (savehere
[j
] > 0)
11471 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
11472 saved
[j
] = savehere
[j
];
11474 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
11475 dirs
[j
].dir_idx
= i
;
11480 /* Emit the directory name table. */
11481 idx_offset
= dirs
[0].length
> 0 ? 1 : 0;
11482 for (i
= 1 - idx_offset
; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
11483 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs
[i
].path
,
11485 - !DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR
,
11486 "Directory Entry: %#x", i
+ idx_offset
);
11488 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
11490 /* We have to emit them in the order of emitted_number since that's
11491 used in the debug info generation. To do this efficiently we
11492 generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
11493 backmap
= XALLOCAVEC (int, numfiles
);
11494 for (i
= 0; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
11495 backmap
[files
[i
].file_idx
->emitted_number
- 1] = i
;
11497 /* Now write all the file names. */
11498 for (i
= 0; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
11500 int file_idx
= backmap
[i
];
11501 int dir_idx
= dirs
[files
[file_idx
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
;
11503 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11504 #define MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN 6 /* ";32768" */
11506 /* Setting these fields can lead to debugger miscomparisons,
11507 but VMS Debug requires them to be set correctly. */
11512 int maxfilelen
= strlen (files
[file_idx
].path
)
11513 + dirs
[dir_idx
].length
11514 + MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN
+ 1;
11515 char *filebuf
= XALLOCAVEC (char, maxfilelen
);
11517 vms_file_stats_name (files
[file_idx
].path
, 0, 0, 0, &ver
);
11518 snprintf (filebuf
, maxfilelen
, "%s;%d",
11519 files
[file_idx
].path
+ dirs
[dir_idx
].length
, ver
);
11521 dw2_asm_output_nstring
11522 (filebuf
, -1, "File Entry: %#x", (unsigned) i
+ 1);
11524 /* Include directory index. */
11525 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx
+ idx_offset
, NULL
);
11527 /* Modification time. */
11528 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
11529 ((vms_file_stats_name (files
[file_idx
].path
, &cdt
, 0, 0, 0) == 0)
11533 /* File length in bytes. */
11534 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
11535 ((vms_file_stats_name (files
[file_idx
].path
, 0, &siz
, 0, 0) == 0)
11539 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files
[file_idx
].path
+ dirs
[dir_idx
].length
, -1,
11540 "File Entry: %#x", (unsigned) i
+ 1);
11542 /* Include directory index. */
11543 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx
+ idx_offset
, NULL
);
11545 /* Modification time. */
11546 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
11548 /* File length in bytes. */
11549 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
11553 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
11557 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
11558 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
11561 output_line_info (void)
11563 char l1
[20], l2
[20], p1
[20], p2
[20];
11564 char line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11565 char prev_line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11567 unsigned n_op_args
;
11568 unsigned long lt_index
;
11569 unsigned long current_line
;
11572 unsigned long current_file
;
11573 unsigned long function
;
11574 int ver
= dwarf_version
;
11576 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL
, 0);
11577 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL
, 0);
11578 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1
, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL
, 0);
11579 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2
, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL
, 0);
11581 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
11582 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11583 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11584 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
11585 "Length of Source Line Info");
11586 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
11588 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver
, "DWARF Version");
11589 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, p2
, p1
, "Prolog Length");
11590 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p1
);
11592 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
11593 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
11594 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
11595 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
11596 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
11597 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
11598 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
11599 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
11600 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
11601 "Minimum Instruction Length");
11604 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN
,
11605 "Maximum Operations Per Instruction");
11606 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START
,
11607 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
11608 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE
,
11609 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
11610 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE
,
11611 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
11612 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
,
11613 "Special Opcode Base");
11615 for (opc
= 1; opc
< DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
; opc
++)
11619 case DW_LNS_advance_pc
:
11620 case DW_LNS_advance_line
:
11621 case DW_LNS_set_file
:
11622 case DW_LNS_set_column
:
11623 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
:
11631 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args
, "opcode: %#x has %d args",
11635 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
11636 output_file_names ();
11637 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p2
);
11639 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
11640 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
11641 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
11643 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
11644 a series of state machine operations. */
11648 if (cfun
&& in_cold_section_p
)
11649 strcpy (prev_line_label
, crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_label
);
11651 strcpy (prev_line_label
, text_section_label
);
11652 for (lt_index
= 1; lt_index
< line_info_table_in_use
; ++lt_index
)
11654 dw_line_info_ref line_info
= &line_info_table
[lt_index
];
11657 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
11658 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
11661 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
11662 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
11663 that anything after the last address is this line. */
11664 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
11665 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
)
11669 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
11671 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
11672 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
11673 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
11674 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
11675 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
11676 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
11678 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
, lt_index
);
11681 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
11682 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
11683 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11684 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
11688 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
11689 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
11690 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11691 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
11692 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
11693 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
11696 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
11698 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
11699 different from the previous line. */
11700 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
11702 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
11703 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
11704 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "%lu", current_file
);
11707 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
11708 that uses the least amount of space. */
11709 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
11711 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
11712 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
11713 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
11714 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
11715 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
11716 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
11718 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
11719 "line %lu", current_line
);
11722 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
11723 depending on the value being encoded. */
11724 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
11725 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
11726 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
11727 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
11731 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
11732 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
11735 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
11738 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
11739 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11740 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
11744 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11745 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
11746 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
11747 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
, NULL
);
11750 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
11751 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
11752 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
11757 for (lt_index
= 0; lt_index
< separate_line_info_table_in_use
;)
11759 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
11760 = &separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
];
11763 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
11764 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
11765 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
11766 && line_info
->function
== function
)
11770 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
11771 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
11772 to handle it differently. */
11773 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
11775 if (function
!= line_info
->function
)
11777 function
= line_info
->function
;
11779 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
11780 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11781 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
11782 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
11783 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
11787 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
11790 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
11791 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11792 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
11796 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11797 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
11798 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
11799 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
11803 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
11805 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
11806 different from the previous line. */
11807 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
11809 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
11810 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
11811 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "%lu", current_file
);
11814 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
11815 that uses the least amount of space. */
11816 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
11818 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
11819 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
11820 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
11821 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
11822 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
11823 "line %lu", current_line
);
11826 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
11827 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
11828 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
11829 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
11833 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
11841 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
11842 if (lt_index
== separate_line_info_table_in_use
11843 || separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
].function
!= function
)
11848 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
11849 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
, function
);
11852 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
11853 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11854 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
11858 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11859 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
11860 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
11861 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
11864 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
11865 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
11866 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
11867 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
11871 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
11872 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
11875 /* Return the size of the .debug_dcall table for the compilation unit. */
11877 static unsigned long
11878 size_of_dcall_table (void)
11880 unsigned long size
;
11883 tree last_poc_decl
= NULL
;
11885 /* Header: version + debug info section pointer + pointer size. */
11886 size
= 2 + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ 1;
11888 /* Each entry: code label + DIE offset. */
11889 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry
, dcall_table
, i
, p
); i
++)
11891 gcc_assert (p
->targ_die
!= NULL
);
11892 /* Insert a "from" entry when the point-of-call DIE offset changes. */
11893 if (p
->poc_decl
!= last_poc_decl
)
11895 dw_die_ref poc_die
= lookup_decl_die (p
->poc_decl
);
11896 gcc_assert (poc_die
);
11897 last_poc_decl
= p
->poc_decl
;
11899 size
+= (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
11900 + size_of_uleb128 (poc_die
->die_offset
));
11902 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ size_of_uleb128 (p
->targ_die
->die_offset
);
11908 /* Output the direct call table used to disambiguate PC values when
11909 identical function have been merged. */
11912 output_dcall_table (void)
11915 unsigned long dcall_length
= size_of_dcall_table ();
11917 char poc_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11918 tree last_poc_decl
= NULL
;
11920 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
11921 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11922 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11923 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, dcall_length
,
11924 "Length of Direct Call Table");
11925 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "Version number");
11926 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
11927 debug_info_section
,
11928 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
11929 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
11931 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry
, dcall_table
, i
, p
); i
++)
11933 /* Insert a "from" entry when the point-of-call DIE offset changes. */
11934 if (p
->poc_decl
!= last_poc_decl
)
11936 dw_die_ref poc_die
= lookup_decl_die (p
->poc_decl
);
11937 last_poc_decl
= p
->poc_decl
;
11940 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0, "New caller");
11941 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (poc_die
->die_offset
,
11942 "Caller DIE offset");
11945 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (poc_label
, "LPOC", p
->poc_label_num
);
11946 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, poc_label
, "Point of call");
11947 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (p
->targ_die
->die_offset
,
11948 "Callee DIE offset");
11952 /* Return the size of the .debug_vcall table for the compilation unit. */
11954 static unsigned long
11955 size_of_vcall_table (void)
11957 unsigned long size
;
11961 /* Header: version + pointer size. */
11964 /* Each entry: code label + vtable slot index. */
11965 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (vcall_entry
, vcall_table
, i
, p
); i
++)
11966 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ size_of_uleb128 (p
->vtable_slot
);
11971 /* Output the virtual call table used to disambiguate PC values when
11972 identical function have been merged. */
11975 output_vcall_table (void)
11978 unsigned long vcall_length
= size_of_vcall_table ();
11980 char poc_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11982 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
11983 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11984 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11985 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, vcall_length
,
11986 "Length of Virtual Call Table");
11987 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "Version number");
11988 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
11990 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (vcall_entry
, vcall_table
, i
, p
); i
++)
11992 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (poc_label
, "LPOC", p
->poc_label_num
);
11993 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, poc_label
, "Point of call");
11994 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (p
->vtable_slot
, "Vtable slot");
11998 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
11999 a DIE that describes the given type.
12001 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
12002 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
12005 base_type_die (tree type
)
12007 dw_die_ref base_type_result
;
12008 enum dwarf_type encoding
;
12010 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
|| TREE_CODE (type
) == VOID_TYPE
)
12013 /* If this is a subtype that should not be emitted as a subrange type,
12014 use the base type. See subrange_type_for_debug_p. */
12015 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == INTEGER_TYPE
&& TREE_TYPE (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
12016 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
12018 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
12021 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
))
12023 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
12024 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned_char
;
12026 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed_char
;
12028 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
12029 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned
;
12031 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed
;
12035 if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type
)))
12037 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
12038 encoding
= DW_ATE_decimal_float
;
12040 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
12043 encoding
= DW_ATE_float
;
12046 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE
:
12047 if (!(dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
12048 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
12049 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
12050 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned_fixed
;
12052 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed_fixed
;
12055 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
12056 a user defined type for it. */
12058 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == REAL_TYPE
)
12059 encoding
= DW_ATE_complex_float
;
12061 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
12065 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
12066 encoding
= DW_ATE_boolean
;
12070 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
12071 gcc_unreachable ();
12074 base_type_result
= new_die (DW_TAG_base_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
12076 /* This probably indicates a bug. */
12077 if (! TYPE_NAME (type
))
12078 add_name_attribute (base_type_result
, "__unknown__");
12080 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
12081 int_size_in_bytes (type
));
12082 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_encoding
, encoding
);
12084 return base_type_result
;
12087 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
12088 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
12091 is_base_type (tree type
)
12093 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
12099 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE
:
12107 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
12108 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
12109 case FUNCTION_TYPE
:
12113 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
12120 gcc_unreachable ();
12126 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
12127 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
12128 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
12129 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
12130 ERROR_MARK node. */
12132 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
12133 simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree type
)
12135 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
12136 return BITS_PER_WORD
;
12137 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type
) == NULL_TREE
)
12139 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1))
12140 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1);
12142 return TYPE_ALIGN (type
);
12145 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
12146 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
12149 subrange_type_die (tree type
, tree low
, tree high
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12151 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
12152 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes
= int_size_in_bytes (type
);
12154 if (context_die
== NULL
)
12155 context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
12157 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, context_die
, type
);
12159 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type
)) != size_in_bytes
)
12161 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
12162 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
12163 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size_in_bytes
);
12167 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, low
);
12169 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
, high
);
12171 return subrange_die
;
12174 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
12175 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
12178 modified_type_die (tree type
, int is_const_type
, int is_volatile_type
,
12179 dw_die_ref context_die
)
12181 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
12182 dw_die_ref mod_type_die
;
12183 dw_die_ref sub_die
= NULL
;
12184 tree item_type
= NULL
;
12185 tree qualified_type
;
12186 tree name
, low
, high
;
12188 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
)
12191 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
12194 = get_qualified_type (type
,
12195 ((is_const_type
? TYPE_QUAL_CONST
: 0)
12196 | (is_volatile_type
? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE
: 0)));
12198 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
12199 if (qualified_type
)
12201 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
12203 return mod_type_die
;
12206 name
= qualified_type
? TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
) : NULL
;
12208 /* Handle C typedef types. */
12209 if (name
&& TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
&& DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
)
12210 && !DECL_ARTIFICIAL (name
))
12212 tree dtype
= TREE_TYPE (name
);
12214 if (qualified_type
== dtype
)
12216 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
12217 gen_type_die (qualified_type
, context_die
);
12218 return lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
12220 else if (is_const_type
< TYPE_READONLY (dtype
)
12221 || is_volatile_type
< TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype
)
12222 || (is_const_type
<= TYPE_READONLY (dtype
)
12223 && is_volatile_type
<= TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype
)
12224 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
) != type
))
12225 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
12226 type to which it refers. */
12227 return modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
),
12228 is_const_type
, is_volatile_type
,
12230 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
12235 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_const_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
12236 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, is_volatile_type
, context_die
);
12238 else if (is_volatile_type
)
12240 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
12241 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
12243 else if (code
== POINTER_TYPE
)
12245 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
12246 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
12247 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
12248 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
12249 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type
)))
12250 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
,
12251 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type
));
12253 else if (code
== REFERENCE_TYPE
)
12255 if (TYPE_REF_IS_RVALUE (type
) && dwarf_version
>= 4)
12256 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
, comp_unit_die
,
12259 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
12260 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
12261 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
12262 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
12263 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type
)))
12264 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
,
12265 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type
));
12267 else if (code
== INTEGER_TYPE
12268 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != NULL_TREE
12269 && subrange_type_for_debug_p (type
, &low
, &high
))
12271 mod_type_die
= subrange_type_die (type
, low
, high
, context_die
);
12272 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
12274 else if (is_base_type (type
))
12275 mod_type_die
= base_type_die (type
);
12278 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12280 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
12281 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
12282 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
12283 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
12284 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
12286 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
12287 return lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type
));
12289 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
12290 not the main variant. */
12291 return lookup_type_die (type
);
12294 /* Builtin types don't have a DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE. For those,
12295 don't output a DW_TAG_typedef, since there isn't one in the
12296 user's program; just attach a DW_AT_name to the type.
12297 Don't attach a DW_AT_name to DW_TAG_const_type or DW_TAG_volatile_type
12298 if the base type already has the same name. */
12300 && ((TREE_CODE (name
) != TYPE_DECL
12301 && (qualified_type
== TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
)
12302 || (!is_const_type
&& !is_volatile_type
)))
12303 || (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
12304 && TREE_TYPE (name
) == qualified_type
12305 && DECL_NAME (name
))))
12307 if (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
12308 /* Could just call add_name_and_src_coords_attributes here,
12309 but since this is a builtin type it doesn't have any
12310 useful source coordinates anyway. */
12311 name
= DECL_NAME (name
);
12312 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
12315 if (qualified_type
)
12316 equate_type_number_to_die (qualified_type
, mod_type_die
);
12319 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
12320 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
12321 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
12322 types are possible in Ada. */
12323 sub_die
= modified_type_die (item_type
,
12324 TYPE_READONLY (item_type
),
12325 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type
),
12328 if (sub_die
!= NULL
)
12329 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_type
, sub_die
);
12331 return mod_type_die
;
12334 /* Generate DIEs for the generic parameters of T.
12335 T must be either a generic type or a generic function.
12336 See http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/TemplateParmsDwarf for more. */
12339 gen_generic_params_dies (tree t
)
12343 dw_die_ref die
= NULL
;
12345 if (!t
|| (TYPE_P (t
) && !COMPLETE_TYPE_P (t
)))
12349 die
= lookup_type_die (t
);
12350 else if (DECL_P (t
))
12351 die
= lookup_decl_die (t
);
12355 parms
= lang_hooks
.get_innermost_generic_parms (t
);
12357 /* T has no generic parameter. It means T is neither a generic type
12358 or function. End of story. */
12361 parms_num
= TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parms
);
12362 args
= lang_hooks
.get_innermost_generic_args (t
);
12363 for (i
= 0; i
< parms_num
; i
++)
12365 tree parm
, arg
, arg_pack_elems
;
12367 parm
= TREE_VEC_ELT (parms
, i
);
12368 arg
= TREE_VEC_ELT (args
, i
);
12369 arg_pack_elems
= lang_hooks
.types
.get_argument_pack_elems (arg
);
12370 gcc_assert (parm
&& TREE_VALUE (parm
) && arg
);
12372 if (parm
&& TREE_VALUE (parm
) && arg
)
12374 /* If PARM represents a template parameter pack,
12375 emit a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE, followed
12376 by DW_TAG_template_*_parameter DIEs for the argument
12377 pack elements of ARG. Note that ARG would then be
12378 an argument pack. */
12379 if (arg_pack_elems
)
12380 template_parameter_pack_die (TREE_VALUE (parm
),
12384 generic_parameter_die (TREE_VALUE (parm
), arg
,
12385 true /* Emit DW_AT_name */, die
);
12390 /* Create and return a DIE for PARM which should be
12391 the representation of a generic type parameter.
12392 For instance, in the C++ front end, PARM would be a template parameter.
12393 ARG is the argument to PARM.
12394 EMIT_NAME_P if tree, the DIE will have DW_AT_name attribute set to the
12396 PARENT_DIE is the parent DIE which the new created DIE should be added to,
12397 as a child node. */
12400 generic_parameter_die (tree parm
, tree arg
,
12402 dw_die_ref parent_die
)
12404 dw_die_ref tmpl_die
= NULL
;
12405 const char *name
= NULL
;
12407 if (!parm
|| !DECL_NAME (parm
) || !arg
)
12410 /* We support non-type generic parameters and arguments,
12411 type generic parameters and arguments, as well as
12412 generic generic parameters (a.k.a. template template parameters in C++)
12414 if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == PARM_DECL
)
12415 /* PARM is a nontype generic parameter */
12416 tmpl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_template_value_param
, parent_die
, parm
);
12417 else if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == TYPE_DECL
)
12418 /* PARM is a type generic parameter. */
12419 tmpl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_template_type_param
, parent_die
, parm
);
12420 else if (lang_hooks
.decls
.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm
))
12421 /* PARM is a generic generic parameter.
12422 Its DIE is a GNU extension. It shall have a
12423 DW_AT_name attribute to represent the name of the template template
12424 parameter, and a DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute to represent the
12425 name of the template template argument. */
12426 tmpl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param
,
12429 gcc_unreachable ();
12435 /* If PARM is a generic parameter pack, it means we are
12436 emitting debug info for a template argument pack element.
12437 In other terms, ARG is a template argument pack element.
12438 In that case, we don't emit any DW_AT_name attribute for
12442 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm
));
12444 add_AT_string (tmpl_die
, DW_AT_name
, name
);
12447 if (!lang_hooks
.decls
.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm
))
12449 /* DWARF3, 5.6.8 says if PARM is a non-type generic parameter
12450 TMPL_DIE should have a child DW_AT_type attribute that is set
12451 to the type of the argument to PARM, which is ARG.
12452 If PARM is a type generic parameter, TMPL_DIE should have a
12453 child DW_AT_type that is set to ARG. */
12454 tmpl_type
= TYPE_P (arg
) ? arg
: TREE_TYPE (arg
);
12455 add_type_attribute (tmpl_die
, tmpl_type
, 0,
12456 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (tmpl_type
),
12461 /* So TMPL_DIE is a DIE representing a
12462 a generic generic template parameter, a.k.a template template
12463 parameter in C++ and arg is a template. */
12465 /* The DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute of the DIE must be set
12466 to the name of the argument. */
12467 name
= dwarf2_name (TYPE_P (arg
) ? TYPE_NAME (arg
) : arg
, 1);
12469 add_AT_string (tmpl_die
, DW_AT_GNU_template_name
, name
);
12472 if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == PARM_DECL
)
12473 /* So PARM is a non-type generic parameter.
12474 DWARF3 5.6.8 says we must set a DW_AT_const_value child
12475 attribute of TMPL_DIE which value represents the value
12477 We must be careful here:
12478 The value of ARG might reference some function decls.
12479 We might currently be emitting debug info for a generic
12480 type and types are emitted before function decls, we don't
12481 know if the function decls referenced by ARG will actually be
12482 emitted after cgraph computations.
12483 So must defer the generation of the DW_AT_const_value to
12484 after cgraph is ready. */
12485 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (tmpl_die
, arg
);
12491 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE representing.
12492 PARM_PACK must be a template parameter pack. The returned DIE
12493 will be child DIE of PARENT_DIE. */
12496 template_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack
,
12497 tree parm_pack_args
,
12498 dw_die_ref parent_die
)
12503 gcc_assert (parent_die
&& parm_pack
);
12505 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack
, parent_die
, parm_pack
);
12506 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (die
, parm_pack
);
12507 for (j
= 0; j
< TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parm_pack_args
); j
++)
12508 generic_parameter_die (parm_pack
,
12509 TREE_VEC_ELT (parm_pack_args
, j
),
12510 false /* Don't emit DW_AT_name */,
12515 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
12516 an enumerated type. */
12519 type_is_enum (const_tree type
)
12521 return TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
;
12524 /* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
12526 static unsigned int
12527 dbx_reg_number (const_rtx rtl
)
12529 unsigned regno
= REGNO (rtl
);
12531 gcc_assert (regno
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
);
12533 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
12534 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs
)
12536 int leaf_reg
= LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno
);
12537 if (leaf_reg
!= -1)
12538 regno
= (unsigned) leaf_reg
;
12542 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno
);
12545 /* Optionally add a DW_OP_piece term to a location description expression.
12546 DW_OP_piece is only added if the location description expression already
12547 doesn't end with DW_OP_piece. */
12550 add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, int size
)
12552 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
12554 if (*list_head
!= NULL
)
12556 /* Find the end of the chain. */
12557 for (loc
= *list_head
; loc
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
12560 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_piece
)
12561 loc
->dw_loc_next
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, size
, 0);
12565 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
12566 zero if there is none. */
12568 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12569 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
12573 if (REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
12576 regs
= targetm
.dwarf_register_span (rtl
);
12578 if (hard_regno_nregs
[REGNO (rtl
)][GET_MODE (rtl
)] > 1 || regs
)
12579 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
, regs
, initialized
);
12581 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (rtl
), initialized
);
12584 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
12585 a given hard register number. */
12587 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12588 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
12590 dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descr
;
12594 = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_reg0
+ regno
), 0, 0);
12596 reg_loc_descr
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, regno
, 0);
12598 if (initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
12599 add_loc_descr (®_loc_descr
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
12601 return reg_loc_descr
;
12604 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
12605 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
12607 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12608 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, rtx regs
,
12609 enum var_init_status initialized
)
12611 int nregs
, size
, i
;
12613 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
12616 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
12617 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs
)
12619 int leaf_reg
= LEAF_REG_REMAP (reg
);
12620 if (leaf_reg
!= -1)
12621 reg
= (unsigned) leaf_reg
;
12624 gcc_assert ((unsigned) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg
) == dbx_reg_number (rtl
));
12625 nregs
= hard_regno_nregs
[REGNO (rtl
)][GET_MODE (rtl
)];
12627 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
12628 if (regs
== NULL_RTX
)
12630 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) / nregs
;
12635 dw_loc_descr_ref t
;
12637 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg
),
12638 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
12639 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
12640 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, size
);
12646 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
12648 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs
) == PARALLEL
);
12650 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
12653 for (i
= 0; i
< XVECLEN (regs
, 0); ++i
)
12655 dw_loc_descr_ref t
;
12657 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, i
)),
12658 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
12659 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
12660 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
12661 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, size
);
12664 if (loc_result
&& initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
12665 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
12669 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
12671 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
12673 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
12675 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12676 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i
)
12678 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
12680 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
12681 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
12685 op
= (enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_lit0
+ i
);
12686 else if (i
<= 0xff)
12687 op
= DW_OP_const1u
;
12688 else if (i
<= 0xffff)
12689 op
= DW_OP_const2u
;
12690 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
12691 || i
<= 0xffffffff)
12692 op
= DW_OP_const4u
;
12699 op
= DW_OP_const1s
;
12700 else if (i
>= -0x8000)
12701 op
= DW_OP_const2s
;
12702 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
12703 || i
>= -0x80000000)
12704 op
= DW_OP_const4s
;
12709 return new_loc_descr (op
, i
, 0);
12713 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
12714 /* Return loc description representing "address" of integer value.
12715 This can appear only as toplevel expression. */
12717 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12718 address_of_int_loc_descriptor (int size
, HOST_WIDE_INT i
)
12721 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
12723 if (!(dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
12730 else if (i
<= 0xff)
12732 else if (i
<= 0xffff)
12734 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
12735 || i
<= 0xffffffff)
12738 litsize
= 1 + size_of_uleb128 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) i
);
12744 else if (i
>= -0x8000)
12746 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
12747 || i
>= -0x80000000)
12750 litsize
= 1 + size_of_sleb128 (i
);
12752 /* Determine if DW_OP_stack_value or DW_OP_implicit_value
12753 is more compact. For DW_OP_stack_value we need:
12754 litsize + 1 (DW_OP_stack_value)
12755 and for DW_OP_implicit_value:
12756 1 (DW_OP_implicit_value) + 1 (length) + size. */
12757 if ((int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
>= size
&& litsize
+ 1 <= 1 + 1 + size
)
12759 loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (i
);
12760 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
,
12761 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
12765 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value
,
12767 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
12768 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
= i
;
12772 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
12774 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12775 based_loc_descr (rtx reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
,
12776 enum var_init_status initialized
)
12778 unsigned int regno
;
12779 dw_loc_descr_ref result
;
12780 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
12782 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
12783 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
12784 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
12785 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's. */
12786 if (reg
== arg_pointer_rtx
|| reg
== frame_pointer_rtx
)
12788 rtx elim
= eliminate_regs (reg
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
);
12792 if (GET_CODE (elim
) == PLUS
)
12794 offset
+= INTVAL (XEXP (elim
, 1));
12795 elim
= XEXP (elim
, 0);
12797 gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
12798 && (elim
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
12799 || elim
== stack_pointer_rtx
))
12800 || elim
== (frame_pointer_needed
12801 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
12802 : stack_pointer_rtx
));
12804 /* If drap register is used to align stack, use frame
12805 pointer + offset to access stack variables. If stack
12806 is aligned without drap, use stack pointer + offset to
12807 access stack variables. */
12808 if (crtl
->stack_realign_tried
12809 && reg
== frame_pointer_rtx
)
12812 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM ((fde
&& fde
->drap_reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
)
12813 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
12814 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
12815 return new_reg_loc_descr (base_reg
, offset
);
12818 offset
+= frame_pointer_fb_offset
;
12819 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, offset
, 0);
12824 && (fde
->drap_reg
== REGNO (reg
)
12825 || fde
->vdrap_reg
== REGNO (reg
)))
12827 /* Use cfa+offset to represent the location of arguments passed
12828 on the stack when drap is used to align stack.
12829 Only do this when not optimizing, for optimized code var-tracking
12830 is supposed to track where the arguments live and the register
12831 used as vdrap or drap in some spot might be used for something
12832 else in other part of the routine. */
12833 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, offset
, 0);
12836 regno
= dbx_reg_number (reg
);
12838 result
= new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_breg0
+ regno
),
12841 result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, regno
, offset
);
12843 if (initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
12844 add_loc_descr (&result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
12849 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
12852 is_based_loc (const_rtx rtl
)
12854 return (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PLUS
12855 && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
12856 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
12857 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))));
12860 /* Try to handle TLS MEMs, for which mem_loc_descriptor on XEXP (mem, 0)
12863 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12864 tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtx mem
)
12867 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
;
12869 if (MEM_EXPR (mem
) == NULL_TREE
|| MEM_OFFSET (mem
) == NULL_RTX
)
12872 base
= get_base_address (MEM_EXPR (mem
));
12874 || TREE_CODE (base
) != VAR_DECL
12875 || !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (base
))
12878 loc_result
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (MEM_EXPR (mem
), 1);
12879 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
12882 if (INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem
)))
12883 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc_result
, INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem
)));
12888 /* Output debug info about reason why we failed to expand expression as dwarf
12892 expansion_failed (tree expr
, rtx rtl
, char const *reason
)
12894 if (dump_file
&& (dump_flags
& TDF_DETAILS
))
12896 fprintf (dump_file
, "Failed to expand as dwarf: ");
12898 print_generic_expr (dump_file
, expr
, dump_flags
);
12901 fprintf (dump_file
, "\n");
12902 print_rtl (dump_file
, rtl
);
12904 fprintf (dump_file
, "\nReason: %s\n", reason
);
12908 /* Helper function for const_ok_for_output, called either directly
12909 or via for_each_rtx. */
12912 const_ok_for_output_1 (rtx
*rtlp
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12916 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == UNSPEC
)
12918 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, assume
12919 we can't express it in the debug info. */
12920 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
12921 inform (current_function_decl
12922 ? DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (current_function_decl
)
12923 : UNKNOWN_LOCATION
,
12924 "non-delegitimized UNSPEC %d found in variable location",
12927 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
12928 "UNSPEC hasn't been delegitimized.\n");
12932 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) != SYMBOL_REF
)
12935 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl
))
12938 get_pool_constant_mark (rtl
, &marked
);
12939 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
12940 it was not output and thus we can't represent it. */
12943 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
12944 "Constant was removed from constant pool.\n");
12949 if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl
) != TLS_MODEL_NONE
)
12952 /* Avoid references to external symbols in debug info, on several targets
12953 the linker might even refuse to link when linking a shared library,
12954 and in many other cases the relocations for .debug_info/.debug_loc are
12955 dropped, so the address becomes zero anyway. Hidden symbols, guaranteed
12956 to be defined within the same shared library or executable are fine. */
12957 if (SYMBOL_REF_EXTERNAL_P (rtl
))
12959 tree decl
= SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
);
12961 if (decl
== NULL
|| !targetm
.binds_local_p (decl
))
12963 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
12964 "Symbol not defined in current TU.\n");
12972 /* Return true if constant RTL can be emitted in DW_OP_addr or
12973 DW_AT_const_value. TLS SYMBOL_REFs, external SYMBOL_REFs or
12974 non-marked constant pool SYMBOL_REFs can't be referenced in it. */
12977 const_ok_for_output (rtx rtl
)
12979 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
12980 return const_ok_for_output_1 (&rtl
, NULL
) == 0;
12982 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST
)
12983 return for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl
, 0), const_ok_for_output_1
, NULL
) == 0;
12988 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
12989 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
12990 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
12991 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
12993 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
12994 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
12995 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
12996 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
12998 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
12999 autoincrement addressing modes.
13001 CAN_USE_FBREG is a flag whether we can use DW_AT_frame_base in the
13002 location list for RTL.
13004 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
13006 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13007 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum machine_mode mode
,
13008 enum var_init_status initialized
)
13010 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result
= NULL
;
13011 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
13012 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
, op1
;
13014 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
13015 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
13016 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
13017 zeroth element of the array. */
13019 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
13021 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
13026 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, initialized
);
13029 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
13030 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
13031 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
13032 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
13033 contains the given subreg. */
13034 if (!subreg_lowpart_p (rtl
))
13036 rtl
= SUBREG_REG (rtl
);
13037 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13039 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (rtl
)) != MODE_INT
)
13041 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, initialized
);
13045 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
13046 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
13047 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
13048 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
13049 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
13050 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
13051 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
13052 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
13053 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
13054 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
13055 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
13056 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
13057 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
13058 if (REGNO (rtl
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
13059 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (rtl
, 0, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13060 else if (stack_realign_drap
13062 && crtl
->args
.internal_arg_pointer
== rtl
13063 && REGNO (crtl
->drap_reg
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
13065 /* If RTL is internal_arg_pointer, which has been optimized
13066 out, use DRAP instead. */
13067 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (crtl
->drap_reg
, 0,
13068 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13074 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13075 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13080 int shift
= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13081 - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)));
13082 shift
*= BITS_PER_UNIT
;
13083 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SIGN_EXTEND
)
13087 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
13088 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
13089 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
13090 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
13091 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
13096 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
),
13097 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13098 if (mem_loc_result
== NULL
)
13099 mem_loc_result
= tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
);
13100 if (mem_loc_result
!= 0)
13102 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13104 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
, "DWARF address size mismatch");
13107 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13108 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0));
13110 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
13111 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size
,
13112 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)), 0));
13116 rtx new_rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
13117 if (new_rtl
!= rtl
)
13118 return mem_loc_descriptor (new_rtl
, mode
, initialized
);
13123 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
13125 /* ... fall through ... */
13128 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
13129 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
13133 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
13134 && SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl
) != TLS_MODEL_NONE
)
13136 dw_loc_descr_ref temp
;
13138 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
13139 if (!targetm
.have_tls
|| !targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
)
13142 temp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
13143 temp
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
13144 temp
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
13145 temp
->dtprel
= true;
13147 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
, 0, 0);
13148 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, temp
);
13153 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl
))
13157 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
13158 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
13159 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
13160 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
13166 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
13167 "CONCAT/CONCATN/VAR_LOCATION is handled only by loc_descriptor");
13171 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
13172 PLUS code below. */
13173 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
13178 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
13180 rtl
= gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode
, XEXP (rtl
, 0),
13181 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PRE_INC
13182 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)
13183 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)));
13185 /* ... fall through ... */
13189 if (is_based_loc (rtl
))
13190 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (XEXP (rtl
, 0),
13191 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)),
13192 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13195 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13196 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13197 if (mem_loc_result
== 0)
13200 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
13201 loc_descr_plus_const (&mem_loc_result
, INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
13204 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result2
13205 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
13206 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13207 if (mem_loc_result2
== 0)
13209 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, mem_loc_result2
);
13210 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
13211 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
13216 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
13217 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply or shift. */
13259 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13260 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13261 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
13262 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13264 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
13267 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
13268 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
13269 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
13273 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13274 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13275 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
13276 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13278 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
13281 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
13282 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
13283 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
13284 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
13285 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div
, 0, 0));
13286 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
13287 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0));
13303 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13304 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13309 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
13310 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
13314 mem_loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl
));
13342 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13343 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13347 enum machine_mode op_mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
13349 if (op_mode
== VOIDmode
)
13350 op_mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
13351 if (op_mode
!= VOIDmode
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode
) != MODE_INT
)
13354 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13355 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13356 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
13357 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13359 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
13362 if (op_mode
!= VOIDmode
13363 && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13365 int shift
= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
- GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
);
13366 shift
*= BITS_PER_UNIT
;
13367 /* For eq/ne, if the operands are known to be zero-extended,
13368 there is no need to do the fancy shifting up. */
13369 if (op
== DW_OP_eq
|| op
== DW_OP_ne
)
13371 dw_loc_descr_ref last0
, last1
;
13373 last0
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
;
13374 last0
= last0
->dw_loc_next
)
13377 last1
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
;
13378 last1
= last1
->dw_loc_next
)
13380 /* deref_size zero extends, and for constants we can check
13381 whether they are zero extended or not. */
13382 if (((last0
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_deref_size
13383 && last0
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
13384 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
))
13385 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
13386 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
13387 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
13388 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode
))))
13389 && ((last1
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_deref_size
13390 && last1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
13391 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
))
13392 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
13393 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
)
13394 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
13395 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
13396 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode
)))))
13399 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
13400 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
13401 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
13402 op1
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) << shift
);
13405 add_loc_descr (&op1
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
13406 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
13412 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
13413 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
13414 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
13415 if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE
!= 1)
13417 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
13418 int_loc_descriptor (STORE_FLAG_VALUE
));
13419 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
13440 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13441 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13445 enum machine_mode op_mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
13447 if (op_mode
== VOIDmode
)
13448 op_mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
13449 if (op_mode
!= VOIDmode
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode
) != MODE_INT
)
13452 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13453 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13454 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
13455 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13457 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
13460 if (op_mode
!= VOIDmode
13461 && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13463 HOST_WIDE_INT mask
= GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode
);
13464 dw_loc_descr_ref last0
, last1
;
13466 last0
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
;
13467 last0
= last0
->dw_loc_next
)
13470 last1
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
;
13471 last1
= last1
->dw_loc_next
)
13473 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
13474 op0
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) & mask
);
13475 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
13476 else if (last0
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_deref_size
13477 || last0
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
13478 > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
))
13480 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (mask
));
13481 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
13483 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
13484 op1
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) & mask
);
13485 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
13486 else if (last1
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_deref_size
13487 || last1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
13488 > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
))
13490 add_loc_descr (&op1
, int_loc_descriptor (mask
));
13491 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
13496 HOST_WIDE_INT bias
= 1;
13497 bias
<<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* BITS_PER_UNIT
- 1);
13498 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bias
, 0));
13499 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
13500 op1
= int_loc_descriptor ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) bias
13501 + INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
13503 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
13513 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) != MODE_INT
13514 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13515 || GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
13518 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13519 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13520 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
13521 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13523 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
13526 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0));
13527 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
13528 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
13529 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == UMIN
|| GET_CODE (rtl
) == UMAX
)
13531 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13533 HOST_WIDE_INT mask
= GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)));
13534 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (mask
));
13535 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
13536 add_loc_descr (&op1
, int_loc_descriptor (mask
));
13537 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
13541 HOST_WIDE_INT bias
= 1;
13542 bias
<<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* BITS_PER_UNIT
- 1);
13543 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bias
, 0));
13544 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bias
, 0));
13547 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13549 int shift
= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13550 - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)));
13551 shift
*= BITS_PER_UNIT
;
13552 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
13553 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
13554 add_loc_descr (&op1
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
13555 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
13558 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SMIN
|| GET_CODE (rtl
) == UMIN
)
13562 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
13563 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
13564 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
13566 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node
, drop_node
;
13568 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
13569 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, bra_node
);
13570 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
13571 drop_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop
, 0, 0);
13572 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, drop_node
);
13573 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
13574 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= drop_node
;
13580 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
13581 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 2))
13582 && ((unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
13583 + (unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 2))
13584 <= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)))
13585 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13586 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13589 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13590 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13593 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SIGN_EXTRACT
)
13597 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
13598 size
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
13599 shift
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 2));
13600 if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
13601 shift
= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
13603 if (shift
+ size
!= (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13605 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
13606 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13608 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
13610 if (size
!= (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13612 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
13613 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
- size
));
13614 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
13624 /* In theory, we could implement the above. */
13625 /* DWARF cannot represent the unsigned compare operations
13652 case FLOAT_TRUNCATE
:
13654 case UNSIGNED_FLOAT
:
13657 case FRACT_CONVERT
:
13658 case UNSIGNED_FRACT_CONVERT
:
13660 case UNSIGNED_SAT_FRACT
:
13672 case VEC_DUPLICATE
:
13675 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, we
13676 can't express it in the debug info. This can happen e.g. with some
13681 resolve_one_addr (&rtl
, NULL
);
13685 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
13686 print_rtl (stderr
, rtl
);
13687 gcc_unreachable ();
13693 if (mem_loc_result
&& initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
13694 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
13696 return mem_loc_result
;
13699 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
13700 This is typically a complex variable. */
13702 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13703 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0
, rtx x1
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
13705 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
13706 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref
13707 = loc_descriptor (x0
, VOIDmode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13708 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref
13709 = loc_descriptor (x1
, VOIDmode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13711 if (x0_ref
== 0 || x1_ref
== 0)
13714 cc_loc_result
= x0_ref
;
13715 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0
)));
13717 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, x1_ref
);
13718 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1
)));
13720 if (initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
13721 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
13723 return cc_loc_result
;
13726 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of N
13729 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13730 concatn_loc_descriptor (rtx concatn
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
13733 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
13734 unsigned int n
= XVECLEN (concatn
, 0);
13736 for (i
= 0; i
< n
; ++i
)
13738 dw_loc_descr_ref ref
;
13739 rtx x
= XVECEXP (concatn
, 0, i
);
13741 ref
= loc_descriptor (x
, VOIDmode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13745 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, ref
);
13746 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x
)));
13749 if (cc_loc_result
&& initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
13750 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
13752 return cc_loc_result
;
13755 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
13756 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
13757 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
13758 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
13759 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
13761 MODE is mode of the decl if this loc_descriptor is going to be used in
13762 .debug_loc section where DW_OP_stack_value and DW_OP_implicit_value are
13763 allowed, VOIDmode otherwise.
13765 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
13767 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13768 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum machine_mode mode
,
13769 enum var_init_status initialized
)
13771 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
13773 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
13776 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
13777 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
13778 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
13779 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
13780 contains the given subreg. */
13781 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (SUBREG_REG (rtl
), mode
, initialized
);
13785 loc_result
= reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
, initialized
);
13790 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, initialized
);
13794 loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
),
13796 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
13797 loc_result
= tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
);
13798 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
13800 rtx new_rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
13801 if (new_rtl
!= rtl
)
13802 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (new_rtl
, mode
, initialized
);
13807 loc_result
= concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), XEXP (rtl
, 1),
13812 loc_result
= concatn_loc_descriptor (rtl
, initialized
);
13817 if (GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (rtl
)) != PARALLEL
)
13819 rtx loc
= PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (rtl
);
13820 if (GET_CODE (loc
) == EXPR_LIST
)
13821 loc
= XEXP (loc
, 0);
13822 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (loc
, mode
, initialized
);
13826 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
13831 rtvec par_elems
= XVEC (rtl
, 0);
13832 int num_elem
= GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems
);
13833 enum machine_mode mode
;
13836 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
13837 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0),
13838 VOIDmode
, initialized
);
13839 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
13841 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0));
13842 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
));
13843 for (i
= 1; i
< num_elem
; i
++)
13845 dw_loc_descr_ref temp
;
13847 temp
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0),
13848 VOIDmode
, initialized
);
13851 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, temp
);
13852 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0));
13853 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
));
13859 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& mode
!= BLKmode
)
13860 loc_result
= address_of_int_loc_descriptor (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
),
13865 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
13866 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
13868 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
13870 gcc_assert (mode
== GET_MODE (rtl
) || VOIDmode
== GET_MODE (rtl
));
13872 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer
13873 or a floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever
13874 the constant requires more than one word in order to be
13875 adequately represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
13876 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value
,
13877 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
), 0);
13878 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode
))
13880 unsigned int length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
13881 unsigned char *array
= GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length
);
13883 insert_float (rtl
, array
);
13884 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
13885 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.length
= length
/ 4;
13886 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= 4;
13887 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
13891 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const_double
;
13892 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_double
13893 = rtx_to_double_int (rtl
);
13899 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
13900 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
13902 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
13904 unsigned int elt_size
= GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
));
13905 unsigned int length
= CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl
);
13906 unsigned char *array
= GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length
* elt_size
);
13910 gcc_assert (mode
== GET_MODE (rtl
) || VOIDmode
== GET_MODE (rtl
));
13911 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
))
13913 case MODE_VECTOR_INT
:
13914 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
13916 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
13917 double_int val
= rtx_to_double_int (elt
);
13919 if (elt_size
<= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
13920 insert_int (double_int_to_shwi (val
), elt_size
, p
);
13923 gcc_assert (elt_size
== 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
));
13924 insert_double (val
, p
);
13929 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT
:
13930 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
13932 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
13933 insert_float (elt
, p
);
13938 gcc_unreachable ();
13941 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value
,
13942 length
* elt_size
, 0);
13943 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
13944 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.length
= length
;
13945 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= elt_size
;
13946 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
13951 if (mode
== VOIDmode
13952 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == CONST_INT
13953 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == CONST_DOUBLE
13954 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == CONST_VECTOR
)
13956 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, initialized
);
13961 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl
))
13964 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13965 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
13967 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
13968 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
13969 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
13970 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
13971 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
13976 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
&& GET_MODE (rtl
) == mode
13977 && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13978 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
13980 /* Value expression. */
13981 loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, VOIDmode
, initialized
);
13983 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
,
13984 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
13992 /* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base for the
13993 address ranges where a given location is valid.
13994 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it, use that.
13995 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use that.
13996 3. Otherwise, use the text section.
13997 XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, we won't notice. */
13999 static const char *
14000 secname_for_decl (const_tree decl
)
14002 const char *secname
;
14004 if (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl
) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
))
14006 tree sectree
= DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
);
14007 secname
= TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree
);
14009 else if (current_function_decl
&& DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
14011 tree sectree
= DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
);
14012 secname
= TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree
);
14014 else if (cfun
&& in_cold_section_p
)
14015 secname
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_label
;
14017 secname
= text_section_label
;
14022 /* Return true when DECL_BY_REFERENCE is defined and set for DECL. */
14025 decl_by_reference_p (tree decl
)
14027 return ((TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == RESULT_DECL
14028 || TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
)
14029 && DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl
));
14032 /* Helper function for dw_loc_list. Compute proper Dwarf location descriptor
14035 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14036 dw_loc_list_1 (tree loc
, rtx varloc
, int want_address
,
14037 enum var_init_status initialized
)
14039 int have_address
= 0;
14040 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
14041 enum machine_mode mode
;
14043 if (want_address
!= 2)
14045 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (varloc
) == VAR_LOCATION
);
14047 if (GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc
)) != PARALLEL
)
14049 varloc
= PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc
);
14050 if (GET_CODE (varloc
) == EXPR_LIST
)
14051 varloc
= XEXP (varloc
, 0);
14052 mode
= GET_MODE (varloc
);
14053 if (MEM_P (varloc
))
14055 rtx addr
= XEXP (varloc
, 0);
14056 descr
= mem_loc_descriptor (addr
, mode
, initialized
);
14061 rtx x
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (varloc
);
14063 descr
= mem_loc_descriptor (x
, mode
, initialized
);
14067 descr
= mem_loc_descriptor (varloc
, mode
, initialized
);
14074 descr
= loc_descriptor (varloc
, DECL_MODE (loc
), initialized
);
14081 if (want_address
== 2 && !have_address
14082 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
14084 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14086 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14087 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14090 add_loc_descr (&descr
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
14093 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
14094 if (want_address
&& !have_address
)
14096 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14097 "Want address and only have value");
14101 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
14102 if (!want_address
&& have_address
)
14104 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
14105 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
14107 if (size
> DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
|| size
== -1)
14109 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14110 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14113 else if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14116 op
= DW_OP_deref_size
;
14118 add_loc_descr (&descr
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
14124 /* Return the dwarf representation of the location list LOC_LIST of
14125 DECL. WANT_ADDRESS has the same meaning as in loc_list_from_tree
14128 static dw_loc_list_ref
14129 dw_loc_list (var_loc_list
*loc_list
, tree decl
, int want_address
)
14131 const char *endname
, *secname
;
14133 enum var_init_status initialized
;
14134 struct var_loc_node
*node
;
14135 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
14136 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
14137 dw_loc_list_ref list
= NULL
;
14138 dw_loc_list_ref
*listp
= &list
;
14140 /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base,
14141 actually construct the list of locations.
14142 The first location information is what is passed to the
14143 function that creates the location list, and the remaining
14144 locations just get added on to that list.
14145 Note that we only know the start address for a location
14146 (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use
14147 the range [current location start, next location start].
14148 This means we have to special case the last node, and generate
14149 a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */
14151 secname
= secname_for_decl (decl
);
14153 for (node
= loc_list
->first
; node
->next
; node
= node
->next
)
14154 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node
->var_loc_note
) != NULL_RTX
)
14156 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
14157 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
14158 initialized
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node
->var_loc_note
);
14159 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->var_loc_note
);
14160 descr
= dw_loc_list_1 (decl
, varloc
, want_address
, initialized
);
14163 *listp
= new_loc_list (descr
, node
->label
, node
->next
->label
,
14165 listp
= &(*listp
)->dw_loc_next
;
14169 /* If the variable has a location at the last label
14170 it keeps its location until the end of function. */
14171 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node
->var_loc_note
) != NULL_RTX
)
14173 initialized
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node
->var_loc_note
);
14174 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->var_loc_note
);
14175 descr
= dw_loc_list_1 (decl
, varloc
, want_address
, initialized
);
14178 if (!current_function_decl
)
14179 endname
= text_end_label
;
14182 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
14183 current_function_funcdef_no
);
14184 endname
= ggc_strdup (label_id
);
14187 *listp
= new_loc_list (descr
, node
->label
, endname
, secname
);
14188 listp
= &(*listp
)->dw_loc_next
;
14192 /* Try to avoid the overhead of a location list emitting a location
14193 expression instead, but only if we didn't have more than one
14194 location entry in the first place. If some entries were not
14195 representable, we don't want to pretend a single entry that was
14196 applies to the entire scope in which the variable is
14198 if (list
&& loc_list
->first
->next
)
14204 /* Return if the loc_list has only single element and thus can be represented
14205 as location description. */
14208 single_element_loc_list_p (dw_loc_list_ref list
)
14210 gcc_assert (!list
->dw_loc_next
|| list
->ll_symbol
);
14211 return !list
->ll_symbol
;
14214 /* To each location in list LIST add loc descr REF. */
14217 add_loc_descr_to_each (dw_loc_list_ref list
, dw_loc_descr_ref ref
)
14219 dw_loc_descr_ref copy
;
14220 add_loc_descr (&list
->expr
, ref
);
14221 list
= list
->dw_loc_next
;
14224 copy
= GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node
);
14225 memcpy (copy
, ref
, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node
));
14226 add_loc_descr (&list
->expr
, copy
);
14227 while (copy
->dw_loc_next
)
14229 dw_loc_descr_ref new_copy
= GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node
);
14230 memcpy (new_copy
, copy
->dw_loc_next
, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node
));
14231 copy
->dw_loc_next
= new_copy
;
14234 list
= list
->dw_loc_next
;
14238 /* Given two lists RET and LIST
14239 produce location list that is result of adding expression in LIST
14240 to expression in RET on each possition in program.
14241 Might be destructive on both RET and LIST.
14243 TODO: We handle only simple cases of RET or LIST having at most one
14244 element. General case would inolve sorting the lists in program order
14245 and merging them that will need some additional work.
14246 Adding that will improve quality of debug info especially for SRA-ed
14250 add_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
*ret
, dw_loc_list_ref list
)
14259 if (!list
->dw_loc_next
)
14261 add_loc_descr_to_each (*ret
, list
->expr
);
14264 if (!(*ret
)->dw_loc_next
)
14266 add_loc_descr_to_each (list
, (*ret
)->expr
);
14270 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, NULL_RTX
,
14271 "Don't know how to merge two non-trivial"
14272 " location lists.\n");
14277 /* LOC is constant expression. Try a luck, look it up in constant
14278 pool and return its loc_descr of its address. */
14280 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14281 cst_pool_loc_descr (tree loc
)
14283 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
14284 rtx rtl
= lookup_constant_def (loc
);
14285 enum machine_mode mode
;
14287 if (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
))
14292 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
);
14294 /* TODO: We might get more coverage if we was actually delaying expansion
14295 of all expressions till end of compilation when constant pools are fully
14297 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl
, 0))))
14299 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14300 "CST value in contant pool but not marked.");
14303 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
14304 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
14305 return mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14308 /* Return dw_loc_list representing address of addr_expr LOC
14309 by looking for innder INDIRECT_REF expression and turing it
14310 into simple arithmetics. */
14312 static dw_loc_list_ref
14313 loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref (tree loc
, bool toplev
)
14316 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
, bytepos
;
14317 enum machine_mode mode
;
14319 int unsignedp
= TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
14320 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret
= NULL
, list_ret1
= NULL
;
14322 obj
= get_inner_reference (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0),
14323 &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
, &mode
,
14324 &unsignedp
, &volatilep
, false);
14326 if (bitpos
% BITS_PER_UNIT
)
14328 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "bitfield access");
14331 if (!INDIRECT_REF_P (obj
))
14333 expansion_failed (obj
,
14334 NULL_RTX
, "no indirect ref in inner refrence");
14337 if (!offset
&& !bitpos
)
14338 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj
, 0), toplev
? 2 : 1);
14340 && int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14341 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
14343 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj
, 0), 0);
14348 /* Variable offset. */
14349 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree (offset
, 0);
14350 if (list_ret1
== 0)
14352 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, list_ret1
);
14355 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
14356 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
14358 bytepos
= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
14360 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
14361 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
14363 else if (bytepos
< 0)
14364 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret
, bytepos
);
14365 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
14366 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
14372 /* Generate Dwarf location list representing LOC.
14373 If WANT_ADDRESS is false, expression computing LOC will be computed
14374 If WANT_ADDRESS is 1, expression computing address of LOC will be returned
14375 if WANT_ADDRESS is 2, expression computing address useable in location
14376 will be returned (i.e. DW_OP_reg can be used
14377 to refer to register values). */
14379 static dw_loc_list_ref
14380 loc_list_from_tree (tree loc
, int want_address
)
14382 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
= NULL
, ret1
= NULL
;
14383 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret
= NULL
, list_ret1
= NULL
;
14384 int have_address
= 0;
14385 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
14387 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
14388 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
14391 switch (TREE_CODE (loc
))
14394 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "ERROR_MARK");
14397 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR
:
14398 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
14399 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
14400 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
14401 the names of types. */
14402 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "PLACEHOLDER_EXPR");
14406 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "CALL_EXPR");
14407 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
14410 case PREINCREMENT_EXPR
:
14411 case PREDECREMENT_EXPR
:
14412 case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR
:
14413 case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR
:
14414 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "PRE/POST INDCREMENT/DECREMENT");
14415 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
14419 /* If we already want an address, see if there is INDIRECT_REF inside
14420 e.g. for &this->field. */
14423 list_ret
= loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref
14424 (loc
, want_address
== 2);
14427 else if (decl_address_ip_invariant_p (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))
14428 && (ret
= cst_pool_loc_descr (loc
)))
14431 /* Otherwise, process the argument and look for the address. */
14432 if (!list_ret
&& !ret
)
14433 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 1);
14437 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "need address of ADDR_EXPR");
14443 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (loc
))
14446 enum dwarf_location_atom first_op
;
14447 enum dwarf_location_atom second_op
;
14448 bool dtprel
= false;
14450 if (targetm
.have_tls
)
14452 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the
14454 if (!targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
)
14457 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we
14458 can only look up addresses of objects in the current
14460 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc
) && !targetm
.binds_local_p (loc
))
14462 first_op
= DW_OP_addr
;
14464 second_op
= DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
;
14468 if (!targetm
.emutls
.debug_form_tls_address
14469 || !(dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
14471 loc
= emutls_decl (loc
);
14472 first_op
= DW_OP_addr
;
14473 second_op
= DW_OP_form_tls_address
;
14476 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
14477 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
14482 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
14483 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
14486 ret
= new_loc_descr (first_op
, 0, 0);
14487 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
14488 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
14489 ret
->dtprel
= dtprel
;
14491 ret1
= new_loc_descr (second_op
, 0, 0);
14492 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
14500 if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (loc
))
14501 return loc_list_from_tree (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc
),
14506 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
14509 var_loc_list
*loc_list
= lookup_decl_loc (loc
);
14511 if (loc_list
&& loc_list
->first
)
14513 list_ret
= dw_loc_list (loc_list
, loc
, want_address
);
14514 have_address
= want_address
!= 0;
14517 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
14518 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
14520 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "DECL has no RTL");
14523 else if (CONST_INT_P (rtl
))
14525 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
14526 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)))
14527 val
&= GET_MODE_MASK (DECL_MODE (loc
));
14528 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (val
);
14530 else if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
14532 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "CONST_STRING");
14535 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl
) && const_ok_for_output (rtl
))
14537 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
14538 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
14539 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
14543 enum machine_mode mode
;
14545 /* Certain constructs can only be represented at top-level. */
14546 if (want_address
== 2)
14548 ret
= loc_descriptor (rtl
, VOIDmode
,
14549 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14554 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
14557 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
14560 ret
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14563 expansion_failed (loc
, rtl
,
14564 "failed to produce loc descriptor for rtl");
14570 case ALIGN_INDIRECT_REF
:
14571 case MISALIGNED_INDIRECT_REF
:
14572 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
14576 case COMPOUND_EXPR
:
14577 return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), want_address
);
14580 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
14583 return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), want_address
);
14585 case COMPONENT_REF
:
14586 case BIT_FIELD_REF
:
14588 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF
:
14589 case REALPART_EXPR
:
14590 case IMAGPART_EXPR
:
14593 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
, bytepos
;
14594 enum machine_mode mode
;
14596 int unsignedp
= TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
14598 obj
= get_inner_reference (loc
, &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
, &mode
,
14599 &unsignedp
, &volatilep
, false);
14601 gcc_assert (obj
!= loc
);
14603 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (obj
,
14605 && !bitpos
&& !offset
? 2 : 1);
14606 /* TODO: We can extract value of the small expression via shifting even
14607 for nonzero bitpos. */
14610 if (bitpos
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0 || bitsize
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0)
14612 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14613 "bitfield access");
14617 if (offset
!= NULL_TREE
)
14619 /* Variable offset. */
14620 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree (offset
, 0);
14621 if (list_ret1
== 0)
14623 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, list_ret1
);
14626 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
14629 bytepos
= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
14631 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bytepos
, 0));
14632 else if (bytepos
< 0)
14633 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret
, bytepos
);
14640 if ((want_address
|| !host_integerp (loc
, 0))
14641 && (ret
= cst_pool_loc_descr (loc
)))
14643 else if (want_address
== 2
14644 && host_integerp (loc
, 0)
14645 && (ret
= address_of_int_loc_descriptor
14646 (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
)),
14647 tree_low_cst (loc
, 0))))
14649 else if (host_integerp (loc
, 0))
14650 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc
, 0));
14653 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14654 "Integer operand is not host integer");
14663 if ((ret
= cst_pool_loc_descr (loc
)))
14666 /* We can construct small constants here using int_loc_descriptor. */
14667 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14668 "constructor or constant not in constant pool");
14671 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR
:
14672 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR
:
14677 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR
:
14682 case TRUTH_OR_EXPR
:
14683 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR
:
14688 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR
:
14689 case CEIL_DIV_EXPR
:
14690 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR
:
14691 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR
:
14692 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)))
14701 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR
:
14702 case CEIL_MOD_EXPR
:
14703 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR
:
14704 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR
:
14705 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)))
14710 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
14711 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
14712 if (list_ret
== 0 || list_ret1
== 0)
14715 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, list_ret1
);
14718 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
14719 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
14720 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div
, 0, 0));
14721 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
14722 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0));
14734 op
= (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) ? DW_OP_shr
: DW_OP_shra
);
14737 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR
:
14739 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
14740 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0))
14742 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
14746 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret
, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0));
14754 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
14761 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
14768 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
14775 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
14790 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
14791 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
14792 if (list_ret
== 0 || list_ret1
== 0)
14795 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, list_ret1
);
14798 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
14801 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR
:
14815 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
14819 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
14825 const enum tree_code code
=
14826 TREE_CODE (loc
) == MIN_EXPR
? GT_EXPR
: LT_EXPR
;
14828 loc
= build3 (COND_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (loc
),
14829 build2 (code
, integer_type_node
,
14830 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)),
14831 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0));
14834 /* ... fall through ... */
14838 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
14839 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
14840 dw_loc_list_ref rhs
14841 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 2), 0);
14842 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node
, jump_node
, tmp
;
14844 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
14845 if (list_ret
== 0 || lhs
== 0 || rhs
== 0)
14848 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
14849 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, bra_node
);
14851 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, rhs
);
14852 jump_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
14853 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, jump_node
);
14855 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, lhs
);
14856 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
14857 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= lhs
;
14859 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
14860 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop
, 0, 0);
14861 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, tmp
);
14862 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
14863 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= tmp
;
14867 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR
:
14871 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
14872 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
14873 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc
)
14874 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE
)
14876 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14877 "language specific tree node");
14881 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
14882 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
14883 these explicitly. We forgot one. */
14884 gcc_unreachable ();
14886 /* In a release build, we want to degrade gracefully: better to
14887 generate incomplete debugging information than to crash. */
14892 if (!ret
&& !list_ret
)
14895 if (want_address
== 2 && !have_address
14896 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
14898 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14900 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14901 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14905 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
14907 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
14908 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
14911 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
14912 if (want_address
&& !have_address
)
14914 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14915 "Want address and only have value");
14919 gcc_assert (!ret
|| !list_ret
);
14921 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
14922 if (!want_address
&& have_address
)
14924 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
14926 if (size
> DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
|| size
== -1)
14928 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14929 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14932 else if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14935 op
= DW_OP_deref_size
;
14938 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
14940 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
14943 list_ret
= new_loc_list (ret
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
14948 /* Same as above but return only single location expression. */
14949 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14950 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc
, int want_address
)
14952 dw_loc_list_ref ret
= loc_list_from_tree (loc
, want_address
);
14955 if (ret
->dw_loc_next
)
14957 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14958 "Location list where only loc descriptor needed");
14964 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
14965 which is not less than the value itself. */
14967 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
14968 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value
, unsigned int boundary
)
14970 return (((value
+ boundary
- 1) / boundary
) * boundary
);
14973 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
14974 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
14975 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
14976 ERROR_MARK node. */
14979 field_type (const_tree decl
)
14983 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
14984 return integer_type_node
;
14986 type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
14987 if (type
== NULL_TREE
)
14988 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
14993 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
14994 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
14995 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
14997 static inline unsigned
14998 simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree type
)
15000 return (TREE_CODE (type
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
15003 static inline unsigned
15004 simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree decl
)
15006 return (TREE_CODE (decl
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
15009 /* Return the result of rounding T up to ALIGN. */
15011 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
15012 round_up_to_align (HOST_WIDE_INT t
, unsigned int align
)
15014 /* We must be careful if T is negative because HOST_WIDE_INT can be
15015 either "above" or "below" unsigned int as per the C promotion
15016 rules, depending on the host, thus making the signedness of the
15017 direct multiplication and division unpredictable. */
15018 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT u
= (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) t
;
15024 return (HOST_WIDE_INT
) u
;
15027 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
15028 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
15029 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
15030 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
15031 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
15034 static HOST_WIDE_INT
15035 field_byte_offset (const_tree decl
)
15037 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits
;
15038 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
15040 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
15043 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
);
15045 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
15046 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
15047 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
15048 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0))
15051 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
15053 #ifdef PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
15054 if (PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
)
15057 tree field_size_tree
;
15058 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos
;
15059 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits
;
15060 unsigned int type_align_in_bits
;
15061 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits
;
15062 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits
;
15064 type
= field_type (decl
);
15065 type_size_in_bits
= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
15066 type_align_in_bits
= simple_type_align_in_bits (type
);
15068 field_size_tree
= DECL_SIZE (decl
);
15070 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
15071 a flexible array member. */
15072 if (!field_size_tree
)
15073 field_size_tree
= bitsize_zero_node
;
15075 /* If the size of the field is not constant, use the type size. */
15076 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree
, 1))
15077 field_size_in_bits
= tree_low_cst (field_size_tree
, 1);
15079 field_size_in_bits
= type_size_in_bits
;
15081 decl_align_in_bits
= simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl
);
15083 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the
15084 starting bit offset (relative to the start of the containing
15085 structure type) of the hypothetical "containing object" for a
15086 bit-field. Thus, when computing the byte offset value for the
15087 start of the "containing object" of a bit-field, we must deduce
15088 this information on our own. This can be rather tricky to do in
15089 some cases. For example, handling the following structure type
15090 definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only
15091 aligns long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
15093 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
15095 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used
15096 in such cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will
15097 allocate 8 bytes for the structure shown above. It decides to
15098 do this based upon one simple rule for bit-field allocation.
15099 GCC allocates each "containing object" for each bit-field at
15100 the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment boundary
15101 (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared
15102 type of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the
15103 condition that there is still enough available space remaining
15104 in the containing object (when allocated at the selected point)
15105 to fully accommodate all of the bits of the bit-field itself.
15107 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for
15108 each object of the structure type shown above. When looking
15109 for a place to allocate the "containing object" for `field2',
15110 the compiler simply tries to allocate a 64-bit "containing
15111 object" at each successive 32-bit boundary (starting at zero)
15112 until it finds a place to allocate that 64- bit field such that
15113 at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated) bits remain
15114 within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
15115 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the
15116 "containing object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the
15119 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts
15120 we're given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC
15121 must have believed that the containing object started (within
15122 the structure type). The value we deduce is then used (by the
15123 callers of this routine) to generate DW_AT_location and
15124 DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields and, in
15125 the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
15127 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to
15128 the "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
15129 deepest_bitpos
= bitpos_int
+ field_size_in_bits
;
15131 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce
15132 where the lowest addressed bit of the containing object must
15134 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
15136 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for
15138 object_offset_in_bits
15139 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits
, type_align_in_bits
);
15141 if (object_offset_in_bits
> bitpos_int
)
15143 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
15145 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
15146 object_offset_in_bits
15147 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits
, decl_align_in_bits
);
15152 object_offset_in_bits
= bitpos_int
;
15154 return object_offset_in_bits
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
15157 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
15158 associated with them. */
15160 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
15162 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
15163 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
15164 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
15167 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
15168 dw_loc_list_ref descr
)
15172 if (single_element_loc_list_p (descr
))
15173 add_AT_loc (die
, attr_kind
, descr
->expr
);
15175 add_AT_loc_list (die
, attr_kind
, descr
);
15178 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
15179 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
15180 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
15181 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
15182 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
15183 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
15186 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
15187 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
15188 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
15189 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
15190 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
15191 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
15192 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
15193 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
15194 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
15195 function below.) */
15198 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
15200 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
15201 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr
= 0;
15203 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TREE_BINFO
)
15205 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
15206 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (decl
) && is_cxx ())
15208 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
15209 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
15210 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
15211 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
15213 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
15215 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
15217 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp
;
15219 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
15220 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0);
15221 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
15223 /* Extract the vtable address. */
15224 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
15225 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
15227 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
15228 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl
), 0);
15229 gcc_assert (offset
< 0);
15231 tmp
= int_loc_descriptor (-offset
);
15232 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
15233 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0);
15234 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
15236 /* Extract the offset. */
15237 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
15238 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
15240 /* Add it to the object address. */
15241 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0);
15242 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
15245 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl
), 0);
15248 offset
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
15252 if (dwarf_version
> 2)
15254 /* Don't need to output a location expression, just the constant. */
15255 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, offset
);
15260 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
15262 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
15263 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure
15264 field address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
15266 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
15267 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
15268 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
15272 op
= DW_OP_plus_uconst
;
15275 loc_descr
= new_loc_descr (op
, offset
, 0);
15279 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, loc_descr
);
15282 /* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */
15285 insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val
, unsigned int size
, unsigned char *dest
)
15289 *dest
++ = val
& 0xff;
15295 /* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */
15297 static HOST_WIDE_INT
15298 extract_int (const unsigned char *src
, unsigned int size
)
15300 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= 0;
15306 val
|= *--src
& 0xff;
15312 /* Writes double_int values to dw_vec_const array. */
15315 insert_double (double_int val
, unsigned char *dest
)
15317 unsigned char *p0
= dest
;
15318 unsigned char *p1
= dest
+ sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
15320 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
15326 insert_int ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
.low
, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
), p0
);
15327 insert_int ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
.high
, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
), p1
);
15330 /* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */
15333 insert_float (const_rtx rtl
, unsigned char *array
)
15335 REAL_VALUE_TYPE rv
;
15339 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv
, rtl
);
15340 real_to_target (val
, &rv
, GET_MODE (rtl
));
15342 /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */
15343 for (i
= 0; i
< GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) / 4; i
++)
15345 insert_int (val
[i
], 4, array
);
15350 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
15351 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
15352 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
15353 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
15354 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
15357 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, rtx rtl
)
15359 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
15363 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
15366 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, val
);
15368 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
);
15373 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
15374 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
15375 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
15378 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
15380 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode
))
15382 unsigned int length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
15383 unsigned char *array
= GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length
);
15385 insert_float (rtl
, array
);
15386 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
/ 4, 4, array
);
15389 add_AT_double (die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
15390 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl
), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl
));
15396 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
15397 unsigned int elt_size
= GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
);
15398 unsigned int length
= CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl
);
15399 unsigned char *array
= GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length
* elt_size
);
15403 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
))
15405 case MODE_VECTOR_INT
:
15406 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
15408 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
15409 double_int val
= rtx_to_double_int (elt
);
15411 if (elt_size
<= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
15412 insert_int (double_int_to_shwi (val
), elt_size
, p
);
15415 gcc_assert (elt_size
== 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
));
15416 insert_double (val
, p
);
15421 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT
:
15422 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
15424 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
15425 insert_float (elt
, p
);
15430 gcc_unreachable ();
15433 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
, elt_size
, array
);
15438 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
15440 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
;
15441 resolve_one_addr (&rtl
, NULL
);
15443 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
15444 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
15445 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
15446 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
15447 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_location
, loc_result
);
15448 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
15454 if (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
15455 return add_const_value_attribute (die
, XEXP (rtl
, 0));
15458 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl
))
15461 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
15466 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
15467 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
15468 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
15469 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
15470 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
15471 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
15472 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
15473 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
15474 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
15475 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
15476 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
15484 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == CONST_STRING
15485 && MEM_READONLY_P (rtl
)
15486 && GET_MODE (rtl
) == BLKmode
)
15488 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, XSTR (XEXP (rtl
, 0), 0));
15494 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
15495 gcc_unreachable ();
15500 /* Determine whether the evaluation of EXPR references any variables
15501 or functions which aren't otherwise used (and therefore may not be
15504 reference_to_unused (tree
* tp
, int * walk_subtrees
,
15505 void * data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
15507 if (! EXPR_P (*tp
) && ! CONSTANT_CLASS_P (*tp
))
15508 *walk_subtrees
= 0;
15510 if (DECL_P (*tp
) && ! TREE_PUBLIC (*tp
) && ! TREE_USED (*tp
)
15511 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp
))
15513 /* ??? The C++ FE emits debug information for using decls, so
15514 putting gcc_unreachable here falls over. See PR31899. For now
15515 be conservative. */
15516 else if (!cgraph_global_info_ready
15517 && (TREE_CODE (*tp
) == VAR_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (*tp
) == FUNCTION_DECL
))
15519 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp
) == VAR_DECL
)
15521 struct varpool_node
*node
= varpool_node (*tp
);
15525 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp
) == FUNCTION_DECL
15526 && (!DECL_EXTERNAL (*tp
) || DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (*tp
)))
15528 /* The call graph machinery must have finished analyzing,
15529 optimizing and gimplifying the CU by now.
15530 So if *TP has no call graph node associated
15531 to it, it means *TP will not be emitted. */
15532 if (!cgraph_get_node (*tp
))
15535 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp
) == STRING_CST
&& !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp
))
15541 /* Generate an RTL constant from a decl initializer INIT with decl type TYPE,
15542 for use in a later add_const_value_attribute call. */
15545 rtl_for_decl_init (tree init
, tree type
)
15547 rtx rtl
= NULL_RTX
;
15549 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
15550 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
15551 if (TREE_CODE (init
) == STRING_CST
&& TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
15553 tree enttype
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
15554 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
15555 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (enttype
);
15557 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == 1
15559 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
))
15560 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
),
15561 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
) - 1) == 0
15562 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
)
15563 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)) + 1))
15565 rtl
= gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode
,
15566 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)));
15567 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode
, rtl
);
15568 MEM_READONLY_P (rtl
) = 1;
15571 /* Other aggregates, and complex values, could be represented using
15573 else if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type
) || TREE_CODE (type
) == COMPLEX_TYPE
)
15575 /* Vectors only work if their mode is supported by the target.
15576 FIXME: generic vectors ought to work too. */
15577 else if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
&& TYPE_MODE (type
) == BLKmode
)
15579 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
15580 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. We must be careful not to
15581 reference variables which won't be output. */
15582 else if (initializer_constant_valid_p (init
, type
)
15583 && ! walk_tree (&init
, reference_to_unused
, NULL
, NULL
))
15585 /* Convert vector CONSTRUCTOR initializers to VECTOR_CST if
15587 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
15588 switch (TREE_CODE (init
))
15593 if (TREE_CONSTANT (init
))
15595 VEC(constructor_elt
,gc
) *elts
= CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init
);
15596 bool constant_p
= true;
15598 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT ix
;
15600 /* Even when ctor is constant, it might contain non-*_CST
15601 elements (e.g. { 1.0/0.0 - 1.0/0.0, 0.0 }) and those don't
15602 belong into VECTOR_CST nodes. */
15603 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (elts
, ix
, value
)
15604 if (!CONSTANT_CLASS_P (value
))
15606 constant_p
= false;
15612 init
= build_vector_from_ctor (type
, elts
);
15622 rtl
= expand_expr (init
, NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
, EXPAND_INITIALIZER
);
15624 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
15625 gcc_assert (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
));
15631 /* Generate RTL for the variable DECL to represent its location. */
15634 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl
)
15638 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
15639 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
15640 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
15642 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
15643 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
15644 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
15645 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
15646 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
15647 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
15648 referenced within the function.
15650 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
15651 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
15652 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
15653 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
15655 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
15656 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
15657 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
15658 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
15659 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
15660 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
15662 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
15663 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
15664 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
15665 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
15666 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
15667 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
15668 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
15669 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
15670 output at debug-time.
15672 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
15673 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
15674 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
15675 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
15676 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
15677 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
15678 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
15679 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
15680 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
15681 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
15682 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
15683 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
15684 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
15686 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
15687 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
15688 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
15689 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
15690 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
15691 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
15692 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
15693 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
15694 I'd like to fix it.
15696 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
15697 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
15698 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
15699 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
15700 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
15701 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
15702 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
15703 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
15704 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
15705 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
15706 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values. FIXME. */
15708 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
15709 rtl
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
15711 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
15712 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
15713 fixed registers. */
15714 if (! reload_completed
)
15717 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl
)
15719 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
15721 && TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
15722 && TREE_STATIC (decl
))))
15724 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
15729 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
)
15731 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
|| is_pseudo_reg (rtl
))
15733 tree declared_type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
15734 tree passed_type
= DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl
);
15735 enum machine_mode dmode
= TYPE_MODE (declared_type
);
15736 enum machine_mode pmode
= TYPE_MODE (passed_type
);
15738 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
15739 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
15740 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
15741 if (dmode
== pmode
)
15742 rtl
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
15743 else if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode
)
15744 && GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode
) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode
)
15745 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))
15747 rtx inc
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
15750 else if (MEM_P (inc
))
15752 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
15753 rtl
= adjust_address_nv (inc
, dmode
,
15754 GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode
)
15755 - GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode
));
15762 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
15763 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
15764 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
15765 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
15766 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
15767 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
15769 else if (MEM_P (rtl
)
15770 && XEXP (rtl
, 0) != const0_rtx
15771 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
15772 /* Not passed in memory. */
15773 && !MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))
15774 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
15775 && (!REG_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
15776 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
15777 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
15778 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
15779 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
15782 /* Big endian correction check. */
15783 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
15784 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) != GET_MODE (rtl
)
15785 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
15788 int offset
= (UNITS_PER_WORD
15789 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))));
15791 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
15792 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl
, 0), offset
));
15795 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
15798 && GET_MODE (rtl
) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))
15799 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
15801 int rsize
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
));
15802 int dsize
= GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)));
15804 /* If a variable is declared "register" yet is smaller than
15805 a register, then if we store the variable to memory, it
15806 looks like we're storing a register-sized value, when in
15807 fact we are not. We need to adjust the offset of the
15808 storage location to reflect the actual value's bytes,
15809 else gdb will not be able to display it. */
15811 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
15812 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl
, 0), rsize
-dsize
));
15815 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
15816 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
15817 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
15818 if (!rtl
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
15819 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_init (DECL_INITIAL (decl
), TREE_TYPE (decl
));
15822 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
15824 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
15825 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
15826 code, and thus is not emitted. */
15828 rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
15830 /* Try harder to get a rtl. If this symbol ends up not being emitted
15831 in the current CU, resolve_addr will remove the expression referencing
15833 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
15834 && TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
15835 && !DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
)
15836 && TREE_STATIC (decl
)
15837 && DECL_NAME (decl
)
15838 && !DECL_HARD_REGISTER (decl
)
15839 && DECL_MODE (decl
) != VOIDmode
)
15841 rtl
= make_decl_rtl_for_debug (decl
);
15843 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != SYMBOL_REF
15844 || SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != decl
)
15851 /* Check whether decl is a Fortran COMMON symbol. If not, NULL_TREE is
15852 returned. If so, the decl for the COMMON block is returned, and the
15853 value is the offset into the common block for the symbol. */
15856 fortran_common (tree decl
, HOST_WIDE_INT
*value
)
15858 tree val_expr
, cvar
;
15859 enum machine_mode mode
;
15860 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
;
15862 int volatilep
= 0, unsignedp
= 0;
15864 /* If the decl isn't a VAR_DECL, or if it isn't static, or if
15865 it does not have a value (the offset into the common area), or if it
15866 is thread local (as opposed to global) then it isn't common, and shouldn't
15867 be handled as such. */
15868 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != VAR_DECL
15869 || !TREE_STATIC (decl
)
15870 || !DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (decl
)
15874 val_expr
= DECL_VALUE_EXPR (decl
);
15875 if (TREE_CODE (val_expr
) != COMPONENT_REF
)
15878 cvar
= get_inner_reference (val_expr
, &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
,
15879 &mode
, &unsignedp
, &volatilep
, true);
15881 if (cvar
== NULL_TREE
15882 || TREE_CODE (cvar
) != VAR_DECL
15883 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (cvar
)
15884 || !TREE_PUBLIC (cvar
))
15888 if (offset
!= NULL
)
15890 if (!host_integerp (offset
, 0))
15892 *value
= tree_low_cst (offset
, 0);
15895 *value
+= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
15900 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
15901 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
15902 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
15903 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
15904 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
15905 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
15906 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
15907 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
15908 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
15909 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
15912 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
,
15913 enum dwarf_attribute attr
)
15916 dw_loc_list_ref list
;
15917 var_loc_list
*loc_list
;
15919 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
15922 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
15923 || TREE_CODE (decl
) == RESULT_DECL
);
15925 /* Try to get some constant RTL for this decl, and use that as the value of
15928 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (decl
);
15929 if (rtl
&& (CONSTANT_P (rtl
) || GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
15930 && add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
))
15933 /* See if we have single element location list that is equivalent to
15934 a constant value. That way we are better to use add_const_value_attribute
15935 rather than expanding constant value equivalent. */
15936 loc_list
= lookup_decl_loc (decl
);
15939 && loc_list
->first
->next
== NULL
15940 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (loc_list
->first
->var_loc_note
)
15941 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_list
->first
->var_loc_note
))
15943 struct var_loc_node
*node
;
15945 node
= loc_list
->first
;
15946 rtl
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node
->var_loc_note
);
15947 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == EXPR_LIST
)
15948 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
15949 if ((CONSTANT_P (rtl
) || GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
15950 && add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
))
15953 list
= loc_list_from_tree (decl
, decl_by_reference_p (decl
) ? 0 : 2);
15956 add_AT_location_description (die
, attr
, list
);
15959 /* None of that worked, so it must not really have a location;
15960 try adding a constant value attribute from the DECL_INITIAL. */
15961 return tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (die
, decl
);
15964 /* Add VARIABLE and DIE into deferred locations list. */
15967 defer_location (tree variable
, dw_die_ref die
)
15969 deferred_locations entry
;
15970 entry
.variable
= variable
;
15972 VEC_safe_push (deferred_locations
, gc
, deferred_locations_list
, &entry
);
15975 /* Helper function for tree_add_const_value_attribute. Natively encode
15976 initializer INIT into an array. Return true if successful. */
15979 native_encode_initializer (tree init
, unsigned char *array
, int size
)
15983 if (init
== NULL_TREE
)
15987 switch (TREE_CODE (init
))
15990 type
= TREE_TYPE (init
);
15991 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
15993 tree enttype
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
15994 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (enttype
);
15996 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) != MODE_INT
|| GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) != 1)
15998 if (int_size_in_bytes (type
) != size
)
16000 if (size
> TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
))
16002 memcpy (array
, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
),
16003 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
));
16004 memset (array
+ TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
),
16005 '\0', size
- TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
));
16008 memcpy (array
, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
), size
);
16013 type
= TREE_TYPE (init
);
16014 if (int_size_in_bytes (type
) != size
)
16016 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
16018 HOST_WIDE_INT min_index
;
16019 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt
;
16020 int curpos
= 0, fieldsize
;
16021 constructor_elt
*ce
;
16023 if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
) == NULL_TREE
16024 || !host_integerp (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)), 0))
16027 fieldsize
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type
));
16028 if (fieldsize
<= 0)
16031 min_index
= tree_low_cst (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)), 0);
16032 memset (array
, '\0', size
);
16034 VEC_iterate (constructor_elt
, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init
), cnt
, ce
);
16037 tree val
= ce
->value
;
16038 tree index
= ce
->index
;
16040 if (index
&& TREE_CODE (index
) == RANGE_EXPR
)
16041 pos
= (tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index
, 0), 0) - min_index
)
16044 pos
= (tree_low_cst (index
, 0) - min_index
) * fieldsize
;
16049 if (!native_encode_initializer (val
, array
+ pos
, fieldsize
))
16052 curpos
= pos
+ fieldsize
;
16053 if (index
&& TREE_CODE (index
) == RANGE_EXPR
)
16055 int count
= tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index
, 1), 0)
16056 - tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index
, 0), 0);
16060 memcpy (array
+ curpos
, array
+ pos
, fieldsize
);
16061 curpos
+= fieldsize
;
16064 gcc_assert (curpos
<= size
);
16068 else if (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
16069 || TREE_CODE (type
) == UNION_TYPE
)
16071 tree field
= NULL_TREE
;
16072 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt
;
16073 constructor_elt
*ce
;
16075 if (int_size_in_bytes (type
) != size
)
16078 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
)
16079 field
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
);
16082 VEC_iterate (constructor_elt
, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init
), cnt
, ce
);
16083 cnt
++, field
= field
? TREE_CHAIN (field
) : 0)
16085 tree val
= ce
->value
;
16086 int pos
, fieldsize
;
16088 if (ce
->index
!= 0)
16094 if (field
== NULL_TREE
|| DECL_BIT_FIELD (field
))
16097 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field
)) == ARRAY_TYPE
16098 && TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field
))
16099 && ! TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field
))))
16101 else if (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field
) == NULL_TREE
16102 || !host_integerp (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field
), 0))
16104 fieldsize
= tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field
), 0);
16105 pos
= int_byte_position (field
);
16106 gcc_assert (pos
+ fieldsize
<= size
);
16108 && !native_encode_initializer (val
, array
+ pos
, fieldsize
))
16114 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
16115 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
16116 return native_encode_initializer (TREE_OPERAND (init
, 0), array
, size
);
16118 return native_encode_expr (init
, array
, size
) == size
;
16122 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE. The value of the
16123 attribute is the const value T. */
16126 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree t
)
16129 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (t
);
16132 if (!t
|| !TREE_TYPE (t
) || TREE_TYPE (t
) == error_mark_node
)
16136 gcc_assert (!DECL_P (init
));
16138 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_init (init
, type
);
16140 return add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
);
16141 /* If the host and target are sane, try harder. */
16142 else if (CHAR_BIT
== 8 && BITS_PER_UNIT
== 8
16143 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init
, type
))
16145 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (init
));
16146 if (size
> 0 && (int) size
== size
)
16148 unsigned char *array
= GGC_CNEWVEC (unsigned char, size
);
16150 if (native_encode_initializer (init
, array
, size
))
16152 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, size
, 1, array
);
16160 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to VAR_DIE. The value of the
16161 attribute is the const value of T, where T is an integral constant
16162 variable with static storage duration
16163 (so it can't be a PARM_DECL or a RESULT_DECL). */
16166 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref var_die
, tree decl
)
16170 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) != VAR_DECL
16171 && TREE_CODE (decl
) != CONST_DECL
))
16174 if (TREE_READONLY (decl
)
16175 && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
)
16176 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
16181 /* Don't add DW_AT_const_value if abstract origin already has one. */
16182 if (get_AT (var_die
, DW_AT_const_value
))
16185 return tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die
, DECL_INITIAL (decl
));
16188 /* Convert the CFI instructions for the current function into a
16189 location list. This is used for DW_AT_frame_base when we targeting
16190 a dwarf2 consumer that does not support the dwarf3
16191 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. OFFSET is a constant to be added to all CFA
16194 static dw_loc_list_ref
16195 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
16198 dw_loc_list_ref list
, *list_tail
;
16200 dw_cfa_location last_cfa
, next_cfa
;
16201 const char *start_label
, *last_label
, *section
;
16202 dw_cfa_location remember
;
16204 fde
= current_fde ();
16205 gcc_assert (fde
!= NULL
);
16207 section
= secname_for_decl (current_function_decl
);
16211 memset (&next_cfa
, 0, sizeof (next_cfa
));
16212 next_cfa
.reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
16213 remember
= next_cfa
;
16215 start_label
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
16217 /* ??? Bald assumption that the CIE opcode list does not contain
16218 advance opcodes. */
16219 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
16220 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, &next_cfa
, &remember
);
16222 last_cfa
= next_cfa
;
16223 last_label
= start_label
;
16225 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
16226 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
16228 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
16229 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
16230 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
16231 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
16232 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa
, &next_cfa
))
16234 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
16235 start_label
, last_label
, section
);
16237 list_tail
= &(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
16238 last_cfa
= next_cfa
;
16239 start_label
= last_label
;
16241 last_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
16244 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
16245 /* The encoding is complex enough that we should never emit this. */
16246 gcc_unreachable ();
16249 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, &next_cfa
, &remember
);
16253 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa
, &next_cfa
))
16255 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
16256 start_label
, last_label
, section
);
16257 list_tail
= &(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
16258 start_label
= last_label
;
16261 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&next_cfa
, offset
),
16262 start_label
, fde
->dw_fde_end
, section
);
16264 if (list
&& list
->dw_loc_next
)
16270 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the
16271 frame base (often the same as the CFA), and store it in
16272 frame_pointer_fb_offset. OFFSET is added to the displacement
16273 before the latter is negated. */
16276 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
16280 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
16281 reg
= frame_pointer_rtx
;
16282 offset
+= FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl
);
16284 reg
= arg_pointer_rtx
;
16285 offset
+= ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl
);
16288 elim
= eliminate_regs (reg
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
);
16289 if (GET_CODE (elim
) == PLUS
)
16291 offset
+= INTVAL (XEXP (elim
, 1));
16292 elim
= XEXP (elim
, 0);
16295 gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
16296 && (elim
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
16297 || elim
== stack_pointer_rtx
))
16298 || elim
== (frame_pointer_needed
16299 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
16300 : stack_pointer_rtx
));
16302 frame_pointer_fb_offset
= -offset
;
16305 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
16306 the value of the attribute. */
16309 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, const char *name_string
)
16311 if (name_string
!= NULL
&& *name_string
!= 0)
16313 if (demangle_name_func
)
16314 name_string
= (*demangle_name_func
) (name_string
);
16316 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
, name_string
);
16320 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
16323 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die
)
16325 const char *wd
= get_src_pwd ();
16331 if (DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR
)
16335 wdlen
= strlen (wd
);
16336 wd1
= GGC_NEWVEC (char, wdlen
+ 2);
16338 wd1
[wdlen
] = DIR_SEPARATOR
;
16339 wd1
[wdlen
+ 1] = 0;
16343 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
, remap_debug_filename (wd
));
16346 /* Return the default for DW_AT_lower_bound, or -1 if there is not any
16350 lower_bound_default (void)
16352 switch (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
))
16357 case DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
:
16359 case DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
:
16362 case DW_LANG_Fortran77
:
16363 case DW_LANG_Fortran90
:
16364 case DW_LANG_Fortran95
:
16368 case DW_LANG_Python
:
16369 return dwarf_version
>= 4 ? 0 : -1;
16370 case DW_LANG_Ada95
:
16371 case DW_LANG_Ada83
:
16372 case DW_LANG_Cobol74
:
16373 case DW_LANG_Cobol85
:
16374 case DW_LANG_Pascal83
:
16375 case DW_LANG_Modula2
:
16377 return dwarf_version
>= 4 ? 1 : -1;
16383 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
16384 a representation for that bound. */
16387 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die
, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr
, tree bound
)
16389 switch (TREE_CODE (bound
))
16394 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
16397 unsigned int prec
= simple_type_size_in_bits (TREE_TYPE (bound
));
16400 /* Use the default if possible. */
16401 if (bound_attr
== DW_AT_lower_bound
16402 && host_integerp (bound
, 0)
16403 && (dflt
= lower_bound_default ()) != -1
16404 && tree_low_cst (bound
, 0) == dflt
)
16407 /* Otherwise represent the bound as an unsigned value with the
16408 precision of its type. The precision and signedness of the
16409 type will be necessary to re-interpret it unambiguously. */
16410 else if (prec
< HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
16412 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT mask
16413 = ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) 1 << prec
) - 1;
16414 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, bound_attr
,
16415 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound
) & mask
);
16417 else if (prec
== HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
16418 || TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound
) == 0)
16419 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, bound_attr
,
16420 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound
));
16422 add_AT_double (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound
),
16423 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound
));
16428 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
16429 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, TREE_OPERAND (bound
, 0));
16439 dw_die_ref decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (bound
);
16441 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
16442 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
16443 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
16444 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
16445 later parameter. */
16446 if (decl_die
!= NULL
)
16448 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
16456 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
16457 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
16459 dw_die_ref ctx
, decl_die
;
16460 dw_loc_list_ref list
;
16462 list
= loc_list_from_tree (bound
, 2);
16463 if (list
== NULL
|| single_element_loc_list_p (list
))
16465 /* If DW_AT_*bound is not a reference nor constant, it is
16466 a DWARF expression rather than location description.
16467 For that loc_list_from_tree (bound, 0) is needed.
16468 If that fails to give a single element list,
16469 fall back to outputting this as a reference anyway. */
16470 dw_loc_list_ref list2
= loc_list_from_tree (bound
, 0);
16471 if (list2
&& single_element_loc_list_p (list2
))
16473 add_AT_loc (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, list2
->expr
);
16480 if (current_function_decl
== 0)
16481 ctx
= comp_unit_die
;
16483 ctx
= lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
);
16485 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, ctx
, bound
);
16486 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
16487 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), 1, 0, ctx
);
16488 add_AT_location_description (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
, list
);
16489 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
16495 /* Add subscript info to TYPE_DIE, describing an array TYPE, collapsing
16496 possibly nested array subscripts in a flat sequence if COLLAPSE_P is true.
16497 Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
16498 includes information about the element type of the given array type. */
16501 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die
, tree type
, bool collapse_p
)
16503 unsigned dimension_number
;
16505 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
16507 for (dimension_number
= 0;
16508 TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
&& (dimension_number
== 0 || collapse_p
);
16509 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), dimension_number
++)
16511 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
16513 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
) && is_fortran () && dimension_number
> 0)
16516 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
16517 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
16519 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, type_die
, NULL
);
16522 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
16523 lower
= TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
);
16524 upper
= TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
);
16526 /* Define the index type. */
16527 if (TREE_TYPE (domain
))
16529 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
16530 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
16531 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
16532 if (TREE_CODE (domain
) == INTEGER_TYPE
16533 && TYPE_NAME (domain
) == NULL_TREE
16534 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == INTEGER_TYPE
16535 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == NULL_TREE
)
16538 add_type_attribute (subrange_die
, TREE_TYPE (domain
), 0, 0,
16542 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
16543 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
16545 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
16546 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
16547 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
16549 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, lower
);
16551 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
, upper
);
16554 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
16555 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
16561 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree tree_node
)
16565 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node
))
16570 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
16573 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
16574 size
= int_size_in_bytes (tree_node
);
16577 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
16578 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
16579 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
16580 even for bit-fields. */
16581 size
= simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node
)) / BITS_PER_UNIT
;
16584 gcc_unreachable ();
16587 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
16588 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
16589 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
16590 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
16591 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
16594 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
16595 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
16596 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
16599 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
16600 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
16601 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
16602 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
16603 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
16604 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
16606 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
16607 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
16608 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
16611 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
16613 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
16614 tree type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
16615 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
16616 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset
;
16617 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset
;
16618 HOST_WIDE_INT
unsigned bit_offset
;
16620 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
16621 gcc_assert (type
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
);
16623 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
16624 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
16625 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
16626 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0)
16627 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
16630 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
16632 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
16633 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
16634 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
16635 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
16636 below must take account of these differences. */
16637 highest_order_object_bit_offset
= object_offset_in_bytes
* BITS_PER_UNIT
;
16638 highest_order_field_bit_offset
= bitpos_int
;
16640 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
16642 highest_order_field_bit_offset
+= tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 0);
16643 highest_order_object_bit_offset
+= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
16647 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
16648 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset
- highest_order_field_bit_offset
16649 : highest_order_field_bit_offset
- highest_order_object_bit_offset
);
16651 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_offset
, bit_offset
);
16654 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
16655 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
16658 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
16660 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
16661 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
16662 && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
));
16664 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
16665 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_size
, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1));
16668 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
16669 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
16672 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_type
)
16674 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
) == DW_LANG_C89
16675 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type
) != NULL
)
16676 add_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_prototyped
, 1);
16679 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
16680 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
16683 static inline dw_die_ref
16684 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree origin
)
16686 dw_die_ref origin_die
= NULL
;
16688 if (TREE_CODE (origin
) != FUNCTION_DECL
)
16690 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
16691 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
16692 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
16694 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
16695 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
16699 fn
= TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn
);
16701 fn
= decl_function_context (fn
);
16703 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn
);
16706 if (DECL_P (origin
))
16707 origin_die
= lookup_decl_die (origin
);
16708 else if (TYPE_P (origin
))
16709 origin_die
= lookup_type_die (origin
);
16711 /* XXX: Functions that are never lowered don't always have correct block
16712 trees (in the case of java, they simply have no block tree, in some other
16713 languages). For these functions, there is nothing we can really do to
16714 output correct debug info for inlined functions in all cases. Rather
16715 than die, we'll just produce deficient debug info now, in that we will
16716 have variables without a proper abstract origin. In the future, when all
16717 functions are lowered, we should re-add a gcc_assert (origin_die)
16721 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
, origin_die
);
16725 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
16728 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_decl
)
16730 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
))
16732 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
16734 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0))
16735 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
,
16736 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu
,
16737 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0),
16740 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
16741 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
16742 && DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl
))
16743 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
16744 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl
)));
16748 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
16751 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
16753 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
16755 add_AT_file (die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, lookup_filename (s
.file
));
16756 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
16759 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
16760 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
16763 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
16767 decl_name
= DECL_NAME (decl
);
16768 if (decl_name
!= NULL
&& IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name
) != NULL
)
16770 const char *name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 0);
16772 add_name_attribute (die
, name
);
16773 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
16774 add_src_coords_attributes (die
, decl
);
16776 if ((TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
)
16777 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
16778 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
)
16779 && !(TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_REGISTER (decl
)))
16781 /* Defer until we have an assembler name set. */
16782 if (!DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME_SET_P (decl
))
16784 limbo_die_node
*asm_name
;
16786 asm_name
= GGC_CNEW (limbo_die_node
);
16787 asm_name
->die
= die
;
16788 asm_name
->created_for
= decl
;
16789 asm_name
->next
= deferred_asm_name
;
16790 deferred_asm_name
= asm_name
;
16792 else if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
) != DECL_NAME (decl
))
16793 add_AT_string (die
, AT_linkage_name
,
16794 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
)));
16798 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
16799 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
16800 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
16801 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
&& TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
16803 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
,
16804 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
16805 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
16810 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
16813 push_decl_scope (tree scope
)
16815 VEC_safe_push (tree
, gc
, decl_scope_table
, scope
);
16818 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
16821 pop_decl_scope (void)
16823 VEC_pop (tree
, decl_scope_table
);
16826 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
16827 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
16828 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
16829 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
16830 the current active scope. */
16833 scope_die_for (tree t
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
16835 dw_die_ref scope_die
= NULL
;
16836 tree containing_scope
;
16839 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
16840 gcc_assert (TYPE_P (t
));
16842 containing_scope
= TYPE_CONTEXT (t
);
16844 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
16845 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
16847 if (context_die
== lookup_decl_die (containing_scope
))
16850 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
16853 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
16854 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
16855 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
16856 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == FUNCTION_TYPE
)
16857 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
16859 if (containing_scope
== NULL_TREE
)
16860 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
16861 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope
))
16863 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
16864 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
16865 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
16866 for (i
= VEC_length (tree
, decl_scope_table
) - 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
16867 if (VEC_index (tree
, decl_scope_table
, i
) == containing_scope
)
16872 gcc_assert (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
16873 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope
));
16875 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
16876 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
16879 scope_die
= lookup_type_die (containing_scope
);
16882 scope_die
= context_die
;
16887 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
16890 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
16892 for (; context_die
; context_die
= context_die
->die_parent
)
16893 if (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
16894 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
16900 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class. */
16903 class_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
16905 return (context_die
16906 && (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_structure_type
16907 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_class_type
16908 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_interface_type
16909 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_union_type
));
16912 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
16913 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
16916 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
16918 return (class_scope_p (context_die
)
16919 || (context_die
&& context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
));
16922 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
16923 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
16924 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
16927 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die
, tree type
, int decl_const
,
16928 int decl_volatile
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
16930 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
16931 dw_die_ref type_die
= NULL
;
16933 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral, floating-point
16934 or fixed-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
16935 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
16936 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
16937 if ((code
== INTEGER_TYPE
|| code
== REAL_TYPE
|| code
== FIXED_POINT_TYPE
)
16938 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type
) == 0)
16939 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
16941 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
16942 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
16943 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
16944 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
16945 || code
== VOID_TYPE
)
16948 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
,
16949 decl_const
|| TYPE_READONLY (type
),
16950 decl_volatile
|| TYPE_VOLATILE (type
),
16953 if (type_die
!= NULL
)
16954 add_AT_die_ref (object_die
, DW_AT_type
, type_die
);
16957 /* Given an object die, add the calling convention attribute for the
16958 function call type. */
16960 add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref subr_die
, tree decl
)
16962 enum dwarf_calling_convention value
= DW_CC_normal
;
16964 value
= ((enum dwarf_calling_convention
)
16965 targetm
.dwarf_calling_convention (TREE_TYPE (decl
)));
16967 /* DWARF doesn't provide a way to identify a program's source-level
16968 entry point. DW_AT_calling_convention attributes are only meant
16969 to describe functions' calling conventions. However, lacking a
16970 better way to signal the Fortran main program, we use this for the
16971 time being, following existing custom. */
16973 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
)), "MAIN__"))
16974 value
= DW_CC_program
;
16976 /* Only add the attribute if the backend requests it, and
16977 is not DW_CC_normal. */
16978 if (value
&& (value
!= DW_CC_normal
))
16979 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_calling_convention
, value
);
16982 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
16983 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
16984 was declared without a tag. */
16986 static const char *
16987 type_tag (const_tree type
)
16989 const char *name
= 0;
16991 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) != 0)
16995 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
16996 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
)
16997 t
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
16999 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
17000 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
17002 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
17003 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
17005 /* We want to be extra verbose. Don't call dwarf_name if
17006 DECL_NAME isn't set. The default hook for decl_printable_name
17007 doesn't like that, and in this context it's correct to return
17008 0, instead of "<anonymous>" or the like. */
17009 if (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
17010 name
= lang_hooks
.dwarf_name (TYPE_NAME (type
), 2);
17013 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
17014 if (!name
&& t
!= 0)
17015 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t
);
17018 return (name
== 0 || *name
== '\0') ? 0 : name
;
17021 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
17022 for bit field types. */
17025 member_declared_type (const_tree member
)
17027 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
)
17028 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
) : TREE_TYPE (member
));
17031 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
17032 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
17035 static const char *
17036 decl_start_label (tree decl
)
17039 const char *fnname
;
17041 x
= DECL_RTL (decl
);
17042 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x
));
17045 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
17047 fnname
= XSTR (x
, 0);
17052 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
17053 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
17054 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
17057 gen_array_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
17059 dw_die_ref scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
17060 dw_die_ref array_die
;
17062 /* GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of one
17063 dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array types.
17064 We sometimes squish that down to a single array_type DIE with multiple
17065 subscripts in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft Dwarf specification
17066 say that we are allowed to do this kind of compression in C, because
17067 there is no difference between an array of arrays and a multidimensional
17068 array. We don't do this for Ada to remain as close as possible to the
17069 actual representation, which is especially important against the language
17070 flexibilty wrt arrays of variable size. */
17072 bool collapse_nested_arrays
= !is_ada ();
17075 /* Emit DW_TAG_string_type for Fortran character types (with kind 1 only, as
17076 DW_TAG_string_type doesn't have DW_AT_type attribute). */
17077 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
)
17078 && TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
17080 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == TYPE_MODE (char_type_node
))
17082 HOST_WIDE_INT size
;
17084 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_string_type
, scope_die
, type
);
17085 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
17086 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
17087 size
= int_size_in_bytes (type
);
17089 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
17090 else if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
) != NULL_TREE
17091 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)) != NULL_TREE
17092 && DECL_P (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
))))
17094 tree szdecl
= TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
));
17095 dw_loc_list_ref loc
= loc_list_from_tree (szdecl
, 2);
17097 size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (szdecl
));
17098 if (loc
&& size
> 0)
17100 add_AT_location_description (array_die
, DW_AT_string_length
, loc
);
17101 if (size
!= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
17102 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
17108 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types
17109 (e.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10]) unless the inner
17110 array type comes before the outer array type. We thus call gen_type_die
17111 before we new_die and must prevent nested array types collapsing for this
17114 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17115 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
17116 collapse_nested_arrays
= false;
17119 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_array_type
, scope_die
, type
);
17120 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
17121 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
17123 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
17125 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
17126 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
17127 type
= TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type
)));
17128 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_GNU_vector
, 1);
17131 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
17133 && TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
17134 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == ARRAY_TYPE
17135 && !TYPE_STRING_FLAG (TREE_TYPE (type
)))
17136 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_col_major
);
17139 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
17140 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
17141 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
17142 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
17143 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
17144 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
17145 for multidimensional arrays. */
17146 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_row_major
);
17149 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17150 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
17151 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
17152 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type
))
17153 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
17156 add_subscript_info (array_die
, type
, collapse_nested_arrays
);
17158 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type and
17159 emit the corresponding DIE if we haven't done it already. */
17160 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
17161 if (collapse_nested_arrays
)
17162 while (TREE_CODE (element_type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
17164 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (element_type
) && is_fortran ())
17166 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (element_type
);
17169 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17170 gen_type_die (element_type
, context_die
);
17173 add_type_attribute (array_die
, element_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
17175 if (get_AT (array_die
, DW_AT_name
))
17176 add_pubtype (type
, array_die
);
17179 static dw_loc_descr_ref
17180 descr_info_loc (tree val
, tree base_decl
)
17182 HOST_WIDE_INT size
;
17183 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, loc2
;
17184 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
17186 if (val
== base_decl
)
17187 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_push_object_address
, 0, 0);
17189 switch (TREE_CODE (val
))
17192 return descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 0), base_decl
);
17194 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (val
, 0);
17196 if (host_integerp (val
, 0))
17197 return int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (val
, 0));
17200 size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (val
));
17203 loc
= descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 0), base_decl
);
17206 if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
17207 add_loc_descr (&loc
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0));
17209 add_loc_descr (&loc
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size
, size
, 0));
17211 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR
:
17213 if (host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 1), 1)
17214 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 1), 1)
17217 loc
= descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 0), base_decl
);
17220 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc
, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 1), 0));
17226 loc
= descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 0), base_decl
);
17229 loc2
= descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 1), base_decl
);
17232 add_loc_descr (&loc
, loc2
);
17233 add_loc_descr (&loc2
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
17255 add_descr_info_field (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr
,
17256 tree val
, tree base_decl
)
17258 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
17260 if (host_integerp (val
, 0))
17262 add_AT_unsigned (die
, attr
, tree_low_cst (val
, 0));
17266 loc
= descr_info_loc (val
, base_decl
);
17270 add_AT_loc (die
, attr
, loc
);
17273 /* This routine generates DIE for array with hidden descriptor, details
17274 are filled into *info by a langhook. */
17277 gen_descr_array_type_die (tree type
, struct array_descr_info
*info
,
17278 dw_die_ref context_die
)
17280 dw_die_ref scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
17281 dw_die_ref array_die
;
17284 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_array_type
, scope_die
, type
);
17285 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
17286 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
17288 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
17290 && info
->ndimensions
>= 2)
17291 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_col_major
);
17293 if (info
->data_location
)
17294 add_descr_info_field (array_die
, DW_AT_data_location
, info
->data_location
,
17296 if (info
->associated
)
17297 add_descr_info_field (array_die
, DW_AT_associated
, info
->associated
,
17299 if (info
->allocated
)
17300 add_descr_info_field (array_die
, DW_AT_allocated
, info
->allocated
,
17303 for (dim
= 0; dim
< info
->ndimensions
; dim
++)
17305 dw_die_ref subrange_die
17306 = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, array_die
, NULL
);
17308 if (info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
)
17310 /* If it is the default value, omit it. */
17313 if (host_integerp (info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
, 0)
17314 && (dflt
= lower_bound_default ()) != -1
17315 && tree_low_cst (info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
, 0) == dflt
)
17318 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
,
17319 info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
,
17322 if (info
->dimen
[dim
].upper_bound
)
17323 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
,
17324 info
->dimen
[dim
].upper_bound
,
17326 if (info
->dimen
[dim
].stride
)
17327 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die
, DW_AT_byte_stride
,
17328 info
->dimen
[dim
].stride
,
17332 gen_type_die (info
->element_type
, context_die
);
17333 add_type_attribute (array_die
, info
->element_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
17335 if (get_AT (array_die
, DW_AT_name
))
17336 add_pubtype (type
, array_die
);
17341 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
17343 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
17344 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point
, context_die
, decl
);
17346 if (origin
!= NULL
)
17347 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die
, origin
);
17350 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
17351 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
17352 0, 0, context_die
);
17355 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
17356 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
17358 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, decl_start_label (decl
));
17362 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
17363 emit full debugging info for them. */
17366 retry_incomplete_types (void)
17370 for (i
= VEC_length (tree
, incomplete_types
) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
17371 if (should_emit_struct_debug (VEC_index (tree
, incomplete_types
, i
),
17372 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
))
17373 gen_type_die (VEC_index (tree
, incomplete_types
, i
), comp_unit_die
);
17376 /* Determine what tag to use for a record type. */
17378 static enum dwarf_tag
17379 record_type_tag (tree type
)
17381 if (! lang_hooks
.types
.classify_record
)
17382 return DW_TAG_structure_type
;
17384 switch (lang_hooks
.types
.classify_record (type
))
17386 case RECORD_IS_STRUCT
:
17387 return DW_TAG_structure_type
;
17389 case RECORD_IS_CLASS
:
17390 return DW_TAG_class_type
;
17392 case RECORD_IS_INTERFACE
:
17393 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
17394 return DW_TAG_interface_type
;
17395 return DW_TAG_structure_type
;
17398 gcc_unreachable ();
17402 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
17403 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
17404 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
17408 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
17410 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
17412 if (type_die
== NULL
)
17414 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
,
17415 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
17416 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
17417 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
17418 if ((dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
17419 && ENUM_IS_SCOPED (type
))
17420 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_enum_class
, 1);
17422 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type
))
17425 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
17427 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
17428 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
17429 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
17430 if (TYPE_SIZE (type
))
17434 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
17435 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
17436 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
17437 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
17439 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
17440 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
17441 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
17442 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type_die
);
17444 for (link
= TYPE_VALUES (type
);
17445 link
!= NULL
; link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
17447 dw_die_ref enum_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator
, type_die
, link
);
17448 tree value
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
17450 add_name_attribute (enum_die
,
17451 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link
)));
17453 if (TREE_CODE (value
) == CONST_DECL
)
17454 value
= DECL_INITIAL (value
);
17456 if (host_integerp (value
, TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value
))))
17457 /* DWARF2 does not provide a way of indicating whether or
17458 not enumeration constants are signed or unsigned. GDB
17459 always assumes the values are signed, so we output all
17460 values as if they were signed. That means that
17461 enumeration constants with very large unsigned values
17462 will appear to have negative values in the debugger. */
17463 add_AT_int (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
17464 tree_low_cst (value
, tree_int_cst_sgn (value
) > 0));
17468 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
17470 if (get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_name
))
17471 add_pubtype (type
, type_die
);
17476 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
17477 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
17480 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
17481 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
17482 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
17483 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
17484 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
17485 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
17486 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
17487 argument type of some subprogram type.
17488 If EMIT_NAME_P is true, name and source coordinate attributes
17492 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node
, tree origin
, bool emit_name_p
,
17493 dw_die_ref context_die
)
17495 tree node_or_origin
= node
? node
: origin
;
17496 tree ultimate_origin
;
17497 dw_die_ref parm_die
17498 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter
, context_die
, node
);
17500 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node_or_origin
)))
17502 case tcc_declaration
:
17503 ultimate_origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (node_or_origin
);
17504 if (node
|| ultimate_origin
)
17505 origin
= ultimate_origin
;
17506 if (origin
!= NULL
)
17507 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die
, origin
);
17510 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (node
);
17512 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die
, node
);
17513 if (decl_by_reference_p (node
))
17514 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0,
17517 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, type
,
17518 TREE_READONLY (node
),
17519 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node
),
17521 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node
))
17522 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
17525 if (node
&& node
!= origin
)
17526 equate_decl_number_to_die (node
, parm_die
);
17527 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node_or_origin
))
17528 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die
, node_or_origin
,
17534 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
17535 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, node_or_origin
, 0, 0, context_die
);
17539 gcc_unreachable ();
17545 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack. Also generate
17546 children DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs representing the arguments of the
17549 PARM_PACK must be a function parameter pack.
17550 PACK_ARG is the first argument of the parameter pack. Its TREE_CHAIN
17551 must point to the subsequent arguments of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
17552 SUBR_DIE is the DIE of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
17553 If NEXT_ARG is non NULL, *NEXT_ARG is set to the function argument
17554 following the last one for which a DIE was generated. */
17557 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack
,
17559 dw_die_ref subr_die
,
17563 dw_die_ref parm_pack_die
;
17565 gcc_assert (parm_pack
17566 && lang_hooks
.function_parameter_pack_p (parm_pack
)
17569 parm_pack_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack
, subr_die
, parm_pack
);
17570 add_src_coords_attributes (parm_pack_die
, parm_pack
);
17572 for (arg
= pack_arg
; arg
; arg
= TREE_CHAIN (arg
))
17574 if (! lang_hooks
.decls
.function_parm_expanded_from_pack_p (arg
,
17577 gen_formal_parameter_die (arg
, NULL
,
17578 false /* Don't emit name attribute. */,
17583 return parm_pack_die
;
17586 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
17587 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
17590 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
17592 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
, context_die
, decl_or_type
);
17595 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
17596 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
17597 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
17598 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
17601 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
17604 tree formal_type
= NULL
;
17605 tree first_parm_type
;
17608 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
17610 arg
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type
);
17611 function_or_method_type
= TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type
);
17616 first_parm_type
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
17618 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
17619 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
17620 for (link
= first_parm_type
; link
; )
17622 dw_die_ref parm_die
;
17624 formal_type
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
17625 if (formal_type
== void_type_node
)
17628 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
17629 parm_die
= gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type
, NULL
,
17630 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
17632 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == METHOD_TYPE
17633 && link
== first_parm_type
)
17634 || (arg
&& DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg
)))
17635 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
17637 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
);
17639 arg
= TREE_CHAIN (arg
);
17642 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
17643 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
17644 if (formal_type
!= void_type_node
)
17645 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type
, context_die
);
17647 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
17648 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
17649 for (link
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
17650 link
&& TREE_VALUE (link
);
17651 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
17652 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link
), context_die
);
17655 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
17656 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
17657 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
17658 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
17659 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
17662 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type
, tree member
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
17664 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
17666 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
17667 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
17668 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
17669 && TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))
17670 && ! lookup_decl_die (member
))
17672 dw_die_ref type_die
;
17673 gcc_assert (!decl_ultimate_origin (member
));
17675 push_decl_scope (type
);
17676 type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
17677 if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
17678 gen_subprogram_die (member
, type_die
);
17679 else if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FIELD_DECL
)
17681 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle
17682 C++ anonymous unions and structs. */
17683 if (DECL_NAME (member
) != NULL_TREE
17684 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member
)) == UNION_TYPE
17685 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member
)) == RECORD_TYPE
)
17687 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (member
), type_die
);
17688 gen_field_die (member
, type_die
);
17692 gen_variable_die (member
, NULL_TREE
, type_die
);
17698 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
17699 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
17702 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl
)
17704 dw_die_ref old_die
;
17708 htab_t old_decl_loc_table
;
17710 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
17711 decl
= DECL_ORIGIN (decl
);
17713 old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
17714 if (old_die
&& get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
17715 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
17718 /* We can be called while recursively when seeing block defining inlined subroutine
17719 DIE. Be sure to not clobber the outer location table nor use it or we would
17720 get locations in abstract instantces. */
17721 old_decl_loc_table
= decl_loc_table
;
17722 decl_loc_table
= NULL
;
17724 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
17725 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
17726 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
17728 context
= decl_class_context (decl
);
17730 gen_type_die_for_member
17731 (context
, decl
, decl_function_context (decl
) ? NULL
: comp_unit_die
);
17734 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
17735 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
17736 current_function_decl
= decl
;
17737 push_cfun (DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (decl
));
17739 was_abstract
= DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
);
17740 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 1);
17741 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
17742 if (! was_abstract
)
17743 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 0);
17745 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
17746 decl_loc_table
= old_decl_loc_table
;
17750 /* Helper function of premark_used_types() which gets called through
17753 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
17754 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. */
17757 premark_used_types_helper (void **slot
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
17762 type
= (tree
) *slot
;
17763 die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
17765 die
->die_perennial_p
= 1;
17769 /* Helper function of premark_types_used_by_global_vars which gets called
17770 through htab_traverse.
17772 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
17773 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. The DIE of the type is marked
17774 only if the global variable using the type will actually be emitted. */
17777 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper (void **slot
,
17778 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
17780 struct types_used_by_vars_entry
*entry
;
17783 entry
= (struct types_used_by_vars_entry
*) *slot
;
17784 gcc_assert (entry
->type
!= NULL
17785 && entry
->var_decl
!= NULL
);
17786 die
= lookup_type_die (entry
->type
);
17789 /* Ask cgraph if the global variable really is to be emitted.
17790 If yes, then we'll keep the DIE of ENTRY->TYPE. */
17791 struct varpool_node
*node
= varpool_node (entry
->var_decl
);
17794 die
->die_perennial_p
= 1;
17795 /* Keep the parent DIEs as well. */
17796 while ((die
= die
->die_parent
) && die
->die_perennial_p
== 0)
17797 die
->die_perennial_p
= 1;
17803 /* Mark all members of used_types_hash as perennial. */
17806 premark_used_types (void)
17808 if (cfun
&& cfun
->used_types_hash
)
17809 htab_traverse (cfun
->used_types_hash
, premark_used_types_helper
, NULL
);
17812 /* Mark all members of types_used_by_vars_entry as perennial. */
17815 premark_types_used_by_global_vars (void)
17817 if (types_used_by_vars_hash
)
17818 htab_traverse (types_used_by_vars_hash
,
17819 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper
, NULL
);
17822 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
17826 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
17828 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
17829 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
17830 dw_die_ref subr_die
;
17833 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
17834 int declaration
= (current_function_decl
!= decl
17835 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
));
17837 premark_used_types ();
17839 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
17840 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
17841 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
17842 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
17843 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
17845 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
17846 if (origin
&& declaration
&& class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
))
17849 gcc_assert (!old_die
);
17852 /* Now that the C++ front end lazily declares artificial member fns, we
17853 might need to retrofit the declaration into its class. */
17854 if (!declaration
&& !origin
&& !old_die
17855 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) && TYPE_P (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
17856 && !class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
)
17857 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
17858 old_die
= force_decl_die (decl
);
17860 if (origin
!= NULL
)
17862 gcc_assert (!declaration
|| local_scope_p (context_die
));
17864 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
17865 inline function. */
17866 if (old_die
&& old_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
17867 add_child_die (context_die
, old_die
);
17869 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
17870 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, origin
);
17874 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
17875 struct dwarf_file_data
* file_index
= lookup_filename (s
.file
);
17877 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
)
17878 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
17879 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
17880 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
17881 && !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
17883 /* Detect and ignore this case, where we are trying to output
17884 something we have already output. */
17888 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
17889 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
17890 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
17891 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
17892 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
17893 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
17894 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
17895 if ((old_die
->die_parent
== comp_unit_die
|| context_die
== NULL
)
17896 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
17897 || (get_AT_file (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) == file_index
17898 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
17899 == (unsigned) s
.line
))))
17901 subr_die
= old_die
;
17903 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters.
17904 Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this
17905 declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such
17906 cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module)
17907 is one of the children that we do not want to remove. */
17908 remove_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
17909 remove_child_TAG (subr_die
, DW_TAG_formal_parameter
);
17913 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
17914 add_AT_specification (subr_die
, old_die
);
17915 if (get_AT_file (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
17916 add_AT_file (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
17917 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
) != (unsigned) s
.line
)
17918 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
17923 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
17925 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
17926 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
17928 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die
, decl
);
17929 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
17931 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
));
17932 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
17933 0, 0, context_die
);
17936 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
17937 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
17938 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
17940 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
17941 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
17942 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
17943 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
17948 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
17950 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
17952 /* If this is an explicit function declaration then generate
17953 a DW_AT_explicit attribute. */
17954 if (lang_hooks
.decls
.function_decl_explicit_p (decl
)
17955 && (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
17956 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_explicit
, 1);
17958 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
17959 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
17960 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
17961 handled above. The two may come from the same source text.
17963 Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is
17964 later reused to represent definition. */
17965 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
17968 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
17970 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl
))
17972 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
))
17973 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_inlined
);
17975 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined
);
17979 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
))
17980 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_inlined
);
17982 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_not_inlined
);
17985 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl
)
17986 && lookup_attribute ("artificial", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl
)))
17987 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
17989 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
17991 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
17993 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_fb_offset
;
17995 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
17996 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
17998 if (!flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
18000 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
18001 current_function_funcdef_no
);
18002 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label_id
);
18003 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
18004 current_function_funcdef_no
);
18005 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label_id
);
18007 add_pubname (decl
, subr_die
);
18008 add_arange (decl
, subr_die
);
18011 { /* Do nothing for now; maybe need to duplicate die, one for
18012 hot section and one for cold section, then use the hot/cold
18013 section begin/end labels to generate the aranges... */
18015 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, hot_section_label);
18016 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, hot_section_end_label);
18017 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_lo_user, unlikely_section_label);
18018 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_hi_user, cold_section_end_label);
18020 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
18021 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
18022 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
18026 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
18027 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
18028 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_fde
, current_funcdef_fde
);
18031 cfa_fb_offset
= CFA_FRAME_BASE_OFFSET (decl
);
18033 /* We define the "frame base" as the function's CFA. This is more
18034 convenient for several reasons: (1) It's stable across the prologue
18035 and epilogue, which makes it better than just a frame pointer,
18036 (2) With dwarf3, there exists a one-byte encoding that allows us
18037 to reference the .debug_frame data by proxy, but failing that,
18038 (3) We can at least reuse the code inspection and interpretation
18039 code that determines the CFA position at various points in the
18041 if (dwarf_version
>= 3)
18043 dw_loc_descr_ref op
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_call_frame_cfa
, 0, 0);
18044 add_AT_loc (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, op
);
18048 dw_loc_list_ref list
= convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (cfa_fb_offset
);
18049 if (list
->dw_loc_next
)
18050 add_AT_loc_list (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, list
);
18052 add_AT_loc (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, list
->expr
);
18055 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to
18056 the CFA. The former is what all stack slots and argument slots
18057 will reference in the rtl; the later is what we've told the
18058 debugger about. We'll need to adjust all frame_base references
18059 by this displacement. */
18060 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (cfa_fb_offset
);
18062 if (cfun
->static_chain_decl
)
18063 add_AT_location_description (subr_die
, DW_AT_static_link
,
18064 loc_list_from_tree (cfun
->static_chain_decl
, 2));
18067 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
18068 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
18069 gen_generic_params_dies (decl
);
18071 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
18072 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
18073 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
18074 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
18075 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
18076 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
18077 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
18078 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
18079 an ellipsis at the end. */
18081 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
18082 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
18083 its formal parameters. */
18084 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
18086 else if (declaration
)
18087 gen_formal_types_die (decl
, subr_die
);
18090 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
18091 tree parm
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl
);
18092 tree generic_decl
= lang_hooks
.decls
.get_generic_function_decl (decl
);
18093 tree generic_decl_parm
= generic_decl
18094 ? DECL_ARGUMENTS (generic_decl
)
18097 /* Now we want to walk the list of parameters of the function and
18098 emit their relevant DIEs.
18100 We consider the case of DECL being an instance of a generic function
18101 as well as it being a normal function.
18103 If DECL is an instance of a generic function we walk the
18104 parameters of the generic function declaration _and_ the parameters of
18105 DECL itself. This is useful because we want to emit specific DIEs for
18106 function parameter packs and those are declared as part of the
18107 generic function declaration. In that particular case,
18108 the parameter pack yields a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE.
18109 That DIE has children DIEs representing the set of arguments
18110 of the pack. Note that the set of pack arguments can be empty.
18111 In that case, the DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE will not have any
18114 Otherwise, we just consider the parameters of DECL. */
18115 while (generic_decl_parm
|| parm
)
18117 if (generic_decl_parm
18118 && lang_hooks
.function_parameter_pack_p (generic_decl_parm
))
18119 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (generic_decl_parm
,
18124 gen_decl_die (parm
, NULL
, subr_die
);
18125 parm
= TREE_CHAIN (parm
);
18128 if (generic_decl_parm
)
18129 generic_decl_parm
= TREE_CHAIN (generic_decl_parm
);
18132 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
18133 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
18134 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
18135 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
18136 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
18137 parameters at all. */
18138 fn_arg_types
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
18139 if (fn_arg_types
!= NULL
)
18141 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
18142 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types
)) != void_type_node
)
18143 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
18145 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
18146 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
18149 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
18150 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
18151 outer_scope
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
18153 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
18154 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
18155 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
18156 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
18157 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
18158 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
18159 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
18161 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
18162 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
18163 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
18164 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
18165 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
18166 constructor function. */
18167 if (! declaration
&& TREE_CODE (outer_scope
) != ERROR_MARK
)
18169 /* Emit a DW_TAG_variable DIE for a named return value. */
18170 if (DECL_NAME (DECL_RESULT (decl
)))
18171 gen_decl_die (DECL_RESULT (decl
), NULL
, subr_die
);
18173 current_function_has_inlines
= 0;
18174 decls_for_scope (outer_scope
, subr_die
, 0);
18176 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
18177 if (current_function_has_inlines
)
18179 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
18180 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines
)
18182 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
18183 comp_unit_has_inlines
= 1;
18188 /* Add the calling convention attribute if requested. */
18189 add_calling_convention_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
18193 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
18196 common_block_die_table_hash (const void *x
)
18198 const_dw_die_ref d
= (const_dw_die_ref
) x
;
18199 return (hashval_t
) d
->decl_id
^ htab_hash_pointer (d
->die_parent
);
18202 /* Return nonzero if decl_id and die_parent of die_struct X is the same
18203 as decl_id and die_parent of die_struct Y. */
18206 common_block_die_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
18208 const_dw_die_ref d
= (const_dw_die_ref
) x
;
18209 const_dw_die_ref e
= (const_dw_die_ref
) y
;
18210 return d
->decl_id
== e
->decl_id
&& d
->die_parent
== e
->die_parent
;
18213 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object.
18214 Either DECL or ORIGIN must be non-null. */
18217 gen_variable_die (tree decl
, tree origin
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18221 tree decl_or_origin
= decl
? decl
: origin
;
18222 tree ultimate_origin
;
18223 dw_die_ref var_die
;
18224 dw_die_ref old_die
= decl
? lookup_decl_die (decl
) : NULL
;
18225 dw_die_ref origin_die
;
18226 int declaration
= (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl_or_origin
)
18227 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
));
18229 ultimate_origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin
);
18230 if (decl
|| ultimate_origin
)
18231 origin
= ultimate_origin
;
18232 com_decl
= fortran_common (decl_or_origin
, &off
);
18234 /* Symbol in common gets emitted as a child of the common block, in the form
18235 of a data member. */
18238 dw_die_ref com_die
;
18239 dw_loc_list_ref loc
;
18240 die_node com_die_arg
;
18242 var_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin
);
18245 if (get_AT (var_die
, DW_AT_location
) == NULL
)
18247 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (com_decl
, off
? 1 : 2);
18252 /* Optimize the common case. */
18253 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc
)
18254 && loc
->expr
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
18255 && loc
->expr
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
18256 && GET_CODE (loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
)
18258 loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
18259 = plus_constant (loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, off
);
18261 loc_list_plus_const (loc
, off
);
18263 add_AT_location_description (var_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
18264 remove_AT (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
18270 if (common_block_die_table
== NULL
)
18271 common_block_die_table
18272 = htab_create_ggc (10, common_block_die_table_hash
,
18273 common_block_die_table_eq
, NULL
);
18275 com_die_arg
.decl_id
= DECL_UID (com_decl
);
18276 com_die_arg
.die_parent
= context_die
;
18277 com_die
= (dw_die_ref
) htab_find (common_block_die_table
, &com_die_arg
);
18278 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (com_decl
, 2);
18279 if (com_die
== NULL
)
18282 = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (com_decl
));
18285 com_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_common_block
, context_die
, decl
);
18286 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (com_die
, com_decl
);
18289 add_AT_location_description (com_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
18290 /* Avoid sharing the same loc descriptor between
18291 DW_TAG_common_block and DW_TAG_variable. */
18292 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (com_decl
, 2);
18294 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
18295 add_AT_flag (com_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
18296 add_pubname_string (cnam
, com_die
); /* ??? needed? */
18297 com_die
->decl_id
= DECL_UID (com_decl
);
18298 slot
= htab_find_slot (common_block_die_table
, com_die
, INSERT
);
18299 *slot
= (void *) com_die
;
18301 else if (get_AT (com_die
, DW_AT_location
) == NULL
&& loc
)
18303 add_AT_location_description (com_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
18304 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (com_decl
, 2);
18305 remove_AT (com_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
18307 var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, com_die
, decl
);
18308 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die
, decl
);
18309 add_type_attribute (var_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
), TREE_READONLY (decl
),
18310 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
18311 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
18316 /* Optimize the common case. */
18317 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc
)
18318 && loc
->expr
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
18319 && loc
->expr
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
18320 && GET_CODE (loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
18321 loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
18322 = plus_constant (loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, off
);
18324 loc_list_plus_const (loc
, off
);
18326 add_AT_location_description (var_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
18328 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
18329 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
18330 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, var_die
);
18334 /* If the compiler emitted a definition for the DECL declaration
18335 and if we already emitted a DIE for it, don't emit a second
18336 DIE for it again. Allow re-declarations of DECLs that are
18337 inside functions, though. */
18338 if (old_die
&& declaration
&& !local_scope_p (context_die
))
18341 /* For static data members, the declaration in the class is supposed
18342 to have DW_TAG_member tag; the specification should still be
18343 DW_TAG_variable referencing the DW_TAG_member DIE. */
18344 if (declaration
&& class_scope_p (context_die
))
18345 var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_member
, context_die
, decl
);
18347 var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, context_die
, decl
);
18350 if (origin
!= NULL
)
18351 origin_die
= add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die
, origin
);
18353 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
18354 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
18356 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
18357 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
18360 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges.
18362 ??? The declare_in_namespace support causes us to get two DIEs for one
18363 variable, both of which are declarations. We want to avoid considering
18364 one to be a specification, so we must test that this DIE is not a
18366 else if (old_die
&& TREE_STATIC (decl
) && ! declaration
18367 && get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
) == 1)
18369 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
18370 add_AT_specification (var_die
, old_die
);
18371 if (DECL_NAME (decl
))
18373 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
18374 struct dwarf_file_data
* file_index
= lookup_filename (s
.file
);
18376 if (get_AT_file (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
18377 add_AT_file (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
18379 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
) != (unsigned) s
.line
)
18380 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
18385 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
18387 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die
, decl
);
18388 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl
))
18389 add_type_attribute (var_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
18391 add_type_attribute (var_die
, type
, TREE_READONLY (decl
),
18392 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
18394 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
18395 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
18397 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
18398 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
18400 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
18401 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
18402 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
18403 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
18407 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
18409 if (decl
&& (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
) || declaration
))
18410 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, var_die
);
18413 && (! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl_or_origin
)
18414 /* Local static vars are shared between all clones/inlines,
18415 so emit DW_AT_location on the abstract DIE if DECL_RTL is
18417 || (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == VAR_DECL
18418 && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin
)
18419 && DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl_or_origin
)))
18420 /* When abstract origin already has DW_AT_location attribute, no need
18421 to add it again. */
18422 && (origin_die
== NULL
|| get_AT (origin_die
, DW_AT_location
) == NULL
))
18424 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == VAR_DECL
&& TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin
)
18425 && !TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl_or_origin
)))
18426 defer_location (decl_or_origin
, var_die
);
18428 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die
,
18431 add_pubname (decl_or_origin
, var_die
);
18434 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (var_die
, decl_or_origin
);
18437 /* Generate a DIE to represent a named constant. */
18440 gen_const_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18442 dw_die_ref const_die
;
18443 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
18445 const_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_constant
, context_die
, decl
);
18446 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (const_die
, decl
);
18447 add_type_attribute (const_die
, type
, 1, 0, context_die
);
18448 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
18449 add_AT_flag (const_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
18450 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
18451 add_AT_flag (const_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
18452 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (const_die
, decl
);
18455 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
18458 gen_label_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18460 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
18461 dw_die_ref lbl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_label
, context_die
, decl
);
18463 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
18465 if (origin
!= NULL
)
18466 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die
, origin
);
18468 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die
, decl
);
18470 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
18471 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, lbl_die
);
18474 insn
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
18476 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
18477 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
18478 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
18482 && NOTE_KIND (insn
) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL
))))
18484 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
18485 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
18486 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
18487 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
18488 it if it ever does happen. */
18489 gcc_assert (!INSN_DELETED_P (insn
));
18491 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn
));
18492 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
18497 /* A helper function for gen_inlined_subroutine_die. Add source coordinate
18498 attributes to the DIE for a block STMT, to describe where the inlined
18499 function was called from. This is similar to add_src_coords_attributes. */
18502 add_call_src_coords_attributes (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref die
)
18504 expanded_location s
= expand_location (BLOCK_SOURCE_LOCATION (stmt
));
18506 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
18508 add_AT_file (die
, DW_AT_call_file
, lookup_filename (s
.file
));
18509 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_call_line
, s
.line
);
18514 /* A helper function for gen_lexical_block_die and gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
18515 Add low_pc and high_pc attributes to the DIE for a block STMT. */
18518 add_high_low_attributes (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref die
)
18520 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
18522 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
)
18523 && (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
18527 if (inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt
))
18529 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
18530 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
18531 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, label
);
18534 add_AT_range_list (die
, DW_AT_ranges
, add_ranges (stmt
));
18536 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
);
18539 add_ranges (chain
);
18540 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain
);
18547 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
18548 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
18549 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
18550 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
,
18551 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
18552 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label
);
18556 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
18559 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
18561 dw_die_ref stmt_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block
, context_die
, stmt
);
18563 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
) && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
))
18564 add_high_low_attributes (stmt
, stmt_die
);
18566 decls_for_scope (stmt
, stmt_die
, depth
);
18569 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
18572 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
18576 /* The instance of function that is effectively being inlined shall not
18578 gcc_assert (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
));
18580 decl
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
18582 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
18583 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
18584 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
18585 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
18586 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
18588 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
18590 dw_die_ref subr_die
18591 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
, context_die
, stmt
);
18593 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
18594 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
))
18595 add_high_low_attributes (stmt
, subr_die
);
18596 add_call_src_coords_attributes (stmt
, subr_die
);
18598 decls_for_scope (stmt
, subr_die
, depth
);
18599 current_function_has_inlines
= 1;
18603 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
18606 gen_field_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18608 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
18610 if (TREE_TYPE (decl
) == error_mark_node
)
18613 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_member
, context_die
, decl
);
18614 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
18615 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, member_declared_type (decl
),
18616 TREE_READONLY (decl
), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
),
18619 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
18621 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
18622 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
18623 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
18626 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl
)) != UNION_TYPE
)
18627 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
18629 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
18630 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
18632 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
18633 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
18634 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
18635 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
18637 /* Equate decl number to die, so that we can look up this decl later on. */
18638 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
18642 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
18643 Use modified_type_die instead.
18644 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
18645 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
18648 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18651 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
18653 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
18654 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
18655 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
18658 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
18659 Use modified_type_die instead.
18660 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
18661 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
18664 gen_reference_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18666 dw_die_ref ref_die
, scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
18668 if (TYPE_REF_IS_RVALUE (type
) && dwarf_version
>= 4)
18669 ref_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
, scope_die
, type
);
18671 ref_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, scope_die
, type
);
18673 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ref_die
);
18674 add_type_attribute (ref_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
18675 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
18679 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
18682 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18685 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
,
18686 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
18688 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
18689 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
18690 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
)));
18691 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
18694 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
18697 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename
)
18700 char producer
[250];
18701 const char *language_string
= lang_hooks
.name
;
18704 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit
, NULL
, NULL
);
18708 add_name_attribute (die
, filename
);
18709 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
18710 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename
) && filename
[0] != '<')
18711 add_comp_dir_attribute (die
);
18714 sprintf (producer
, "%s %s", language_string
, version_string
);
18716 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
18717 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
18718 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
18719 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
18720 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
18721 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
18722 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
18723 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
18724 strcat (producer
, " -g");
18727 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_producer
, producer
);
18729 language
= DW_LANG_C89
;
18730 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C++") == 0)
18731 language
= DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
;
18732 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU F77") == 0)
18733 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran77
;
18734 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
18735 language
= DW_LANG_Pascal83
;
18736 else if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
18738 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Ada") == 0)
18739 language
= DW_LANG_Ada95
;
18740 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Fortran") == 0)
18741 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran95
;
18742 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Java") == 0)
18743 language
= DW_LANG_Java
;
18744 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Objective-C") == 0)
18745 language
= DW_LANG_ObjC
;
18746 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Objective-C++") == 0)
18747 language
= DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
;
18750 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_language
, language
);
18754 case DW_LANG_Fortran77
:
18755 case DW_LANG_Fortran90
:
18756 case DW_LANG_Fortran95
:
18757 /* Fortran has case insensitive identifiers and the front-end
18758 lowercases everything. */
18759 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_identifier_case
, DW_ID_down_case
);
18762 /* The default DW_ID_case_sensitive doesn't need to be specified. */
18768 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
18771 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo
, tree access
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18773 dw_die_ref die
= new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance
, context_die
, binfo
);
18775 add_type_attribute (die
, BINFO_TYPE (binfo
), 0, 0, context_die
);
18776 add_data_member_location_attribute (die
, binfo
);
18778 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (binfo
))
18779 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
18781 if (access
== access_public_node
)
18782 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_public
);
18783 else if (access
== access_protected_node
)
18784 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
18787 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
18790 gen_member_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18793 tree binfo
= TYPE_BINFO (type
);
18796 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
18797 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
18798 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
18799 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
18800 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
18801 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
18802 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
18803 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
18804 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
18805 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
18806 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
18808 /* First output info about the base classes. */
18811 VEC(tree
,gc
) *accesses
= BINFO_BASE_ACCESSES (binfo
);
18815 for (i
= 0; BINFO_BASE_ITERATE (binfo
, i
, base
); i
++)
18816 gen_inheritance_die (base
,
18817 (accesses
? VEC_index (tree
, accesses
, i
)
18818 : access_public_node
), context_die
);
18821 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
18822 for (member
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
18824 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
18825 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
18826 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
18827 do put them in the right order. */
18829 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
18831 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
18833 gen_decl_die (member
, NULL
, context_die
);
18836 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
18837 for (member
= TYPE_METHODS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
18839 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
18840 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member
))
18843 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
18845 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
18847 gen_decl_die (member
, NULL
, context_die
);
18851 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
18852 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
18853 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
18856 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
,
18857 enum debug_info_usage usage
)
18859 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
18860 dw_die_ref scope_die
= 0;
18862 int complete
= (TYPE_SIZE (type
)
18863 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
18864 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))));
18865 int ns_decl
= (context_die
&& context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
);
18866 complete
= complete
&& should_emit_struct_debug (type
, usage
);
18868 if (type_die
&& ! complete
)
18871 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
) != NULL_TREE
18872 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
18873 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)) == NAMESPACE_DECL
))
18876 scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
18878 if (! type_die
|| (nested
&& scope_die
== comp_unit_die
))
18879 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
18881 dw_die_ref old_die
= type_die
;
18883 type_die
= new_die (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
18884 ? record_type_tag (type
) : DW_TAG_union_type
,
18886 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
18888 add_AT_specification (type_die
, old_die
);
18890 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
18893 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
18895 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
18896 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
18897 && COMPLETE_TYPE_P (type
))
18898 gen_generic_params_dies (type
);
18900 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
18901 then give a list of members. */
18902 if (complete
&& !ns_decl
)
18904 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
18905 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
18906 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
18907 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
18908 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
18909 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
18911 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
18912 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
18913 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
18914 add_child_die (scope_die
, type_die
);
18916 push_decl_scope (type
);
18917 gen_member_die (type
, type_die
);
18920 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
18921 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type
))
18923 tree vtype
= DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type
));
18925 gen_type_die (vtype
, context_die
);
18926 add_AT_die_ref (type_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
18927 lookup_type_die (vtype
));
18932 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
18934 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
18935 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
18936 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)))
18937 VEC_safe_push (tree
, gc
, incomplete_types
, type
);
18940 if (get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_name
))
18941 add_pubtype (type
, type_die
);
18944 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
18947 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18949 tree return_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
18950 dw_die_ref subr_die
18951 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type
,
18952 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
18954 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, subr_die
);
18955 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, type
);
18956 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, return_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
18957 gen_formal_types_die (type
, subr_die
);
18959 if (get_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_name
))
18960 add_pubtype (type
, subr_die
);
18963 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
18966 gen_typedef_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18968 dw_die_ref type_die
;
18971 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
18974 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
) = 1;
18975 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_typedef
, context_die
, decl
);
18976 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
18977 if (origin
!= NULL
)
18978 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, origin
);
18983 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, decl
);
18984 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
))
18986 type
= DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
);
18988 gcc_assert (type
!= TREE_TYPE (decl
));
18989 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), type_die
);
18992 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
18994 add_type_attribute (type_die
, type
, TREE_READONLY (decl
),
18995 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
18998 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
18999 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, type_die
);
19001 if (get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_name
))
19002 add_pubtype (decl
, type_die
);
19005 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
19008 gen_type_die_with_usage (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
,
19009 enum debug_info_usage usage
)
19012 struct array_descr_info info
;
19014 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
19017 /* If TYPE is a typedef type variant, let's generate debug info
19018 for the parent typedef which TYPE is a type of. */
19019 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
19020 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
19022 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
19025 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
19026 gcc_assert (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) != type
);
19028 /* Use the DIE of the containing namespace as the parent DIE of
19029 the type description DIE we want to generate. */
19030 if (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type
))
19031 && TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type
))) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
19032 context_die
= get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type
)));
19034 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
19035 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type
), NULL
, context_die
);
19039 /* If this is an array type with hidden descriptor, handle it first. */
19040 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
)
19041 && lang_hooks
.types
.get_array_descr_info
19042 && lang_hooks
.types
.get_array_descr_info (type
, &info
)
19043 && (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
19045 gen_descr_array_type_die (type
, &info
, context_die
);
19046 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
19050 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
19051 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
19052 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
19053 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
19054 cloned type itself). */
19055 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
19056 type
= type_main_variant (type
);
19058 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
19061 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
19067 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
19068 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
19069 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
19070 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
19071 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
19073 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
19075 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
19076 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
19077 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
19078 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE
);
19082 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
19083 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
19084 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
), context_die
,
19085 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE
);
19087 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
19088 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
19089 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE
);
19091 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
19093 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type
, context_die
);
19096 case FUNCTION_TYPE
:
19097 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
19098 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
19099 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
19100 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
19104 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
19105 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
19106 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
19107 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
19111 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
19115 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
19118 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
19121 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
19122 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
19123 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
19124 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
19125 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
19126 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
19127 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
19128 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)
19129 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
19130 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
19132 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
), context_die
, usage
);
19134 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
19137 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
19138 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
19139 context_die
= lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
19142 else if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
) != NULL_TREE
19143 && (TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)) == FUNCTION_DECL
))
19145 /* If this type is local to a function that hasn't been written
19146 out yet, use a NULL context for now; it will be fixed up in
19147 decls_for_scope. */
19148 context_die
= lookup_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
19153 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (type
, context_die
);
19157 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
)
19159 /* This might have been written out by the call to
19160 declare_in_namespace. */
19161 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
19162 gen_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
19165 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type
, context_die
, usage
);
19170 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
19171 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
19172 when appropriate. */
19177 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
19178 if (type_die
== NULL
)
19180 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
19181 add_name_attribute (type_die
, "decltype(nullptr)");
19182 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
19190 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE
:
19193 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
19197 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
19201 gcc_unreachable ();
19204 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
19208 gen_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19210 gen_type_die_with_usage (type
, context_die
, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
19213 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
19214 things which are local to the given block. */
19217 gen_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
19219 int must_output_die
= 0;
19222 /* Ignore blocks that are NULL. */
19223 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
)
19226 inlined_func
= inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt
);
19228 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
19229 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
19230 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
19231 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt
))
19235 for (sub
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
); sub
; sub
= BLOCK_CHAIN (sub
))
19236 gen_block_die (sub
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
19241 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
19244 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
19245 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
19246 must_output_die
= 1;
19249 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
19250 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
19251 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19252 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
19253 as being a "significant" one. */
19254 must_output_die
= ((BLOCK_VARS (stmt
) != NULL
19255 || BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt
))
19256 && (TREE_USED (stmt
)
19257 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
)
19258 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
)));
19259 else if ((TREE_USED (stmt
)
19260 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
)
19261 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
19262 && !dwarf2out_ignore_block (stmt
))
19263 must_output_die
= 1;
19266 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
19267 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
19268 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
19269 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
19270 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
19271 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
19272 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
19273 if (must_output_die
)
19277 /* If STMT block is abstract, that means we have been called
19278 indirectly from dwarf2out_abstract_function.
19279 That function rightfully marks the descendent blocks (of
19280 the abstract function it is dealing with) as being abstract,
19281 precisely to prevent us from emitting any
19282 DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE as a descendent
19283 of an abstract function instance. So in that case, we should
19284 not call gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
19286 Later though, when cgraph asks dwarf2out to emit info
19287 for the concrete instance of the function decl into which
19288 the concrete instance of STMT got inlined, the later will lead
19289 to the generation of a DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE. */
19290 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
19291 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
19294 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
19297 decls_for_scope (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
19300 /* Process variable DECL (or variable with origin ORIGIN) within
19301 block STMT and add it to CONTEXT_DIE. */
19303 process_scope_var (tree stmt
, tree decl
, tree origin
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19306 tree decl_or_origin
= decl
? decl
: origin
;
19308 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
19309 die
= lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin
);
19310 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == TYPE_DECL
19311 && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl_or_origin
))
19312 die
= lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
));
19316 if (die
!= NULL
&& die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
19317 add_child_die (context_die
, die
);
19318 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == IMPORTED_DECL
)
19319 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl_or_origin
, DECL_NAME (decl_or_origin
),
19320 stmt
, context_die
);
19322 gen_decl_die (decl
, origin
, context_die
);
19325 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
19326 all of its sub-blocks. */
19329 decls_for_scope (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
19335 /* Ignore NULL blocks. */
19336 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
)
19339 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
19340 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
19341 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
19342 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
19343 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
); decl
!= NULL
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
19344 process_scope_var (stmt
, decl
, NULL_TREE
, context_die
);
19345 for (i
= 0; i
< BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt
); i
++)
19346 process_scope_var (stmt
, NULL
, BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (stmt
, i
),
19349 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
19350 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19353 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
19354 therein) of this block. */
19355 for (subblocks
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
);
19357 subblocks
= BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks
))
19358 gen_block_die (subblocks
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
19361 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
19364 is_redundant_typedef (const_tree decl
)
19366 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
19369 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
19370 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)
19371 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
19372 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))) == TYPE_DECL
19373 && DECL_NAME (decl
) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))))
19374 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
19380 /* Returns the DIE for a context. */
19382 static inline dw_die_ref
19383 get_context_die (tree context
)
19387 /* Find die that represents this context. */
19388 if (TYPE_P (context
))
19389 return force_type_die (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (context
));
19391 return force_decl_die (context
);
19393 return comp_unit_die
;
19396 /* Returns the DIE for decl. A DIE will always be returned. */
19399 force_decl_die (tree decl
)
19401 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
19402 unsigned saved_external_flag
;
19403 tree save_fn
= NULL_TREE
;
19404 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
19407 dw_die_ref context_die
= get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
19409 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
19413 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
19415 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
19416 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
19417 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
19418 declaration die. */
19419 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
19420 current_function_decl
= NULL_TREE
;
19421 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
19422 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
19426 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
19427 gen_decl_die() call. */
19428 saved_external_flag
= DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
);
19429 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) = 1;
19430 gen_decl_die (decl
, NULL
, context_die
);
19431 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) = saved_external_flag
;
19434 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
19435 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
19436 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
19438 /* DWARF2 has neither DW_TAG_module, nor DW_TAG_namespace. */
19439 decl_die
= comp_unit_die
;
19443 gcc_unreachable ();
19446 /* We should be able to find the DIE now. */
19448 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
19449 gcc_assert (decl_die
);
19455 /* Returns the DIE for TYPE, that must not be a base type. A DIE is
19456 always returned. */
19459 force_type_die (tree type
)
19461 dw_die_ref type_die
;
19463 type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
19466 dw_die_ref context_die
= get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
19468 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
, TYPE_READONLY (type
),
19469 TYPE_VOLATILE (type
), context_die
);
19470 gcc_assert (type_die
);
19475 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
19476 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
19479 setup_namespace_context (tree thing
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19481 tree context
= (DECL_P (thing
)
19482 ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing
) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing
));
19483 if (context
&& TREE_CODE (context
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
19484 /* Force out the namespace. */
19485 context_die
= force_decl_die (context
);
19487 return context_die
;
19490 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
19491 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
19493 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
19494 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
19497 declare_in_namespace (tree thing
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19499 dw_die_ref ns_context
;
19501 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19502 return context_die
;
19504 /* If this decl is from an inlined function, then don't try to emit it in its
19505 namespace, as we will get confused. It would have already been emitted
19506 when the abstract instance of the inline function was emitted anyways. */
19507 if (DECL_P (thing
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (thing
))
19508 return context_die
;
19510 ns_context
= setup_namespace_context (thing
, context_die
);
19512 if (ns_context
!= context_die
)
19516 if (DECL_P (thing
))
19517 gen_decl_die (thing
, NULL
, ns_context
);
19519 gen_type_die (thing
, ns_context
);
19521 return context_die
;
19524 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
19527 gen_namespace_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19529 dw_die_ref namespace_die
;
19531 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
19532 they are an alias of. */
19533 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == NULL
)
19535 /* Output a real namespace or module. */
19536 context_die
= setup_namespace_context (decl
, comp_unit_die
);
19537 namespace_die
= new_die (is_fortran ()
19538 ? DW_TAG_module
: DW_TAG_namespace
,
19539 context_die
, decl
);
19540 /* For Fortran modules defined in different CU don't add src coords. */
19541 if (namespace_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_module
&& DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
19543 const char *name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 0);
19545 add_name_attribute (namespace_die
, name
);
19548 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die
, decl
);
19549 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
19550 add_AT_flag (namespace_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
19551 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, namespace_die
);
19555 /* Output a namespace alias. */
19557 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
19558 dw_die_ref origin_die
19559 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
19561 if (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) == NULL_TREE
19562 || TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
19563 context_die
= setup_namespace_context (decl
, comp_unit_die
);
19564 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
19565 namespace_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration
, context_die
, decl
);
19566 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die
, decl
);
19567 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die
, DW_AT_import
, origin_die
);
19568 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, namespace_die
);
19572 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
19575 gen_decl_die (tree decl
, tree origin
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19577 tree decl_or_origin
= decl
? decl
: origin
;
19578 tree class_origin
= NULL
, ultimate_origin
;
19580 if (DECL_P (decl_or_origin
) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl_or_origin
))
19583 switch (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
))
19589 if (!is_fortran ())
19591 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
19592 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
19596 /* Emit its type. */
19597 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
19599 /* And its containing namespace. */
19600 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (decl
, context_die
);
19602 gen_const_die (decl
, context_die
);
19605 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
19606 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
19607 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
19608 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl_or_origin
) == NULL_TREE
19609 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl_or_origin
) == NULL_TREE
19610 && (current_function_decl
== NULL_TREE
19611 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl_or_origin
)))
19616 /* This doesn't work because the C frontend sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
19617 on local redeclarations of global functions. That seems broken. */
19618 if (current_function_decl
!= decl
)
19619 /* This is only a declaration. */;
19622 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
19623 if (origin
|| DECL_ORIGIN (decl
) != decl
)
19624 dwarf2out_abstract_function (origin
19625 ? DECL_ORIGIN (origin
)
19626 : DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
19628 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
19629 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
19630 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
)
19631 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
)
19632 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
)
19633 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
19634 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
19635 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
19636 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
19638 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
19639 set_decl_origin_self (decl
);
19642 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
19643 else if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19645 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
19646 have described its return type. */
19647 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)), context_die
);
19649 /* And its virtual context. */
19650 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
19651 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
), context_die
);
19653 /* And its containing type. */
19655 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
19656 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
19657 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
19659 /* And its containing namespace. */
19660 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (decl
, context_die
);
19663 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
19665 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
19669 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
19670 actual typedefs. */
19671 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19674 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
19675 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
19676 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
19677 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
19678 used to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
19679 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. But nothing
19680 should be actually referencing those DIEs, as variable DIEs with that
19681 type would be emitted already in the abstract origin, so it was always
19682 removed during unused type prunning. Don't add anything in this
19684 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
19687 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl
))
19688 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
19690 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
19691 gen_typedef_die (decl
, context_die
);
19695 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
19696 gen_label_die (decl
, context_die
);
19701 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
19702 variable declarations or definitions. */
19703 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19706 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
19708 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl_or_origin
))
19709 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
)), context_die
);
19711 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
), context_die
);
19713 /* And its containing type. */
19714 class_origin
= decl_class_context (decl_or_origin
);
19715 if (class_origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
19716 gen_type_die_for_member (class_origin
, decl_or_origin
, context_die
);
19718 /* And its containing namespace. */
19719 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (decl_or_origin
, context_die
);
19721 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
19722 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
19723 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
19725 ultimate_origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin
);
19726 if (ultimate_origin
!= NULL_TREE
19727 && TREE_CODE (ultimate_origin
) == PARM_DECL
)
19728 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, origin
,
19729 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
19732 gen_variable_die (decl
, origin
, context_die
);
19736 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
19737 anonymous unions and structs. */
19738 if (DECL_NAME (decl
) != NULL_TREE
19739 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == UNION_TYPE
19740 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == RECORD_TYPE
)
19742 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl
), context_die
);
19743 gen_field_die (decl
, context_die
);
19748 if (DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl_or_origin
))
19749 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
)), context_die
);
19751 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
), context_die
);
19752 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, origin
,
19753 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
19757 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
19758 case IMPORTED_DECL
:
19759 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
19760 gen_namespace_die (decl
, context_die
);
19764 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
19765 gcc_assert ((int)TREE_CODE (decl
) > NUM_TREE_CODES
);
19770 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
19771 compilation proper has finished. */
19774 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl
)
19776 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
19777 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which
19778 had no corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations
19779 and definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
19780 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| !DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
19781 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
19784 /* Output debug information for type decl DECL. Called from toplev.c
19785 and from language front ends (to record built-in types). */
19787 dwarf2out_type_decl (tree decl
, int local
)
19790 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
19793 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
19794 NAME is non-NULL name in the lexical block if the decl has been renamed.
19795 LEXICAL_BLOCK is the lexical block (which TREE_CODE is a BLOCK)
19796 that DECL belongs to.
19797 LEXICAL_BLOCK_DIE is the DIE of LEXICAL_BLOCK. */
19799 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree decl
,
19801 tree lexical_block
,
19802 dw_die_ref lexical_block_die
)
19804 expanded_location xloc
;
19805 dw_die_ref imported_die
= NULL
;
19806 dw_die_ref at_import_die
;
19808 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == IMPORTED_DECL
)
19810 xloc
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
19811 decl
= IMPORTED_DECL_ASSOCIATED_DECL (decl
);
19815 xloc
= expand_location (input_location
);
19817 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == CONST_DECL
)
19819 if (is_base_type (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
19820 at_import_die
= base_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
19822 at_import_die
= force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
19823 /* For namespace N { typedef void T; } using N::T; base_type_die
19824 returns NULL, but DW_TAG_imported_declaration requires
19825 the DW_AT_import tag. Force creation of DW_TAG_typedef. */
19826 if (!at_import_die
)
19828 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
);
19829 gen_typedef_die (decl
, get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)));
19830 at_import_die
= lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
19831 gcc_assert (at_import_die
);
19836 at_import_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
19837 if (!at_import_die
)
19839 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
19840 emitted the member decl for this field. Emit it now. */
19841 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
)
19843 tree type
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
19845 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)
19846 && TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
19847 && !should_emit_struct_debug (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
),
19848 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
))
19850 gen_type_die_for_member (type
, decl
,
19851 get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)));
19853 at_import_die
= force_decl_die (decl
);
19857 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
19859 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
19860 imported_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module
,
19867 imported_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration
,
19871 add_AT_file (imported_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, lookup_filename (xloc
.file
));
19872 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, xloc
.line
);
19874 add_AT_string (imported_die
, DW_AT_name
,
19875 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
19876 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die
, DW_AT_import
, at_import_die
);
19879 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
19880 NAME is non-NULL name in context if the decl has been renamed.
19881 CHILD is true if decl is one of the renamed decls as part of
19882 importing whole module. */
19885 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl
, tree name
, tree context
,
19888 /* dw_die_ref at_import_die; */
19889 dw_die_ref scope_die
;
19891 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19896 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
19897 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
19900 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
19901 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
19903 && TYPE_P (context
)
19904 && !should_emit_struct_debug (context
, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
))
19907 if (!(dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
19910 scope_die
= get_context_die (context
);
19914 gcc_assert (scope_die
->die_child
);
19915 gcc_assert (scope_die
->die_child
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_imported_module
);
19916 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) != NAMESPACE_DECL
);
19917 scope_die
= scope_die
->die_child
;
19920 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
19921 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl
, name
, context
, scope_die
);
19925 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
19928 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl
)
19930 dw_die_ref context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
19932 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
19937 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
19938 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
19939 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
19940 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
19941 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
19942 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
19943 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
19944 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
19945 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
19946 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
19947 with the definition of the function.
19949 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
19950 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
19951 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
19952 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
19953 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
19954 translation unit (and thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
19955 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
19956 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
19957 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
19958 that they *are* definitions).
19960 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
19961 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
19962 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
19963 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
19964 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
19965 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
19968 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
19969 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
19970 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
19971 if (decl_function_context (decl
)
19972 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
19973 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19974 context_die
= NULL
;
19978 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
19979 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
19980 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
19981 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
19982 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
19983 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
19984 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
19985 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
19986 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) && !TREE_USED (decl
))
19989 /* For local statics lookup proper context die. */
19990 if (TREE_STATIC (decl
) && decl_function_context (decl
))
19991 context_die
= lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
19993 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
19994 variable declarations or definitions. */
19995 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
20000 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
20002 if (!is_fortran ())
20004 if (TREE_STATIC (decl
) && decl_function_context (decl
))
20005 context_die
= lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
20008 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
20009 case IMPORTED_DECL
:
20010 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
20012 if (lookup_decl_die (decl
) != NULL
)
20017 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
20018 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl
))
20021 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
20022 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
20023 if (DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl
))
20025 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
20026 comparisons have. */
20028 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
20029 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl
))
20030 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), 0, 0, NULL
);
20035 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
20036 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
20039 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
20040 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
20041 if (decl_function_context (decl
))
20042 context_die
= NULL
;
20050 gen_decl_die (decl
, NULL
, context_die
);
20053 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
20056 dwarf2out_function_decl (tree decl
)
20058 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
20060 htab_empty (decl_loc_table
);
20063 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
20064 a lexical block. */
20067 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
20068 unsigned int blocknum
)
20070 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
20071 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, blocknum
);
20074 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
20078 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int blocknum
)
20080 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
20081 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, blocknum
);
20084 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
20085 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
20087 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
20088 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
20089 we may end up calling them anyway. */
20092 dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree block
)
20097 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (block
); decl
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
20098 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
20099 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
)))
20101 for (i
= 0; i
< BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (block
); i
++)
20103 decl
= BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (block
, i
);
20104 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
20105 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
)))
20112 /* Hash table routines for file_hash. */
20115 file_table_eq (const void *p1_p
, const void *p2_p
)
20117 const struct dwarf_file_data
*const p1
=
20118 (const struct dwarf_file_data
*) p1_p
;
20119 const char *const p2
= (const char *) p2_p
;
20120 return strcmp (p1
->filename
, p2
) == 0;
20124 file_table_hash (const void *p_p
)
20126 const struct dwarf_file_data
*const p
= (const struct dwarf_file_data
*) p_p
;
20127 return htab_hash_string (p
->filename
);
20130 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
20131 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
20132 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
20133 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
20134 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
20135 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
20136 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
20137 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
20138 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
20141 static struct dwarf_file_data
*
20142 lookup_filename (const char *file_name
)
20145 struct dwarf_file_data
* created
;
20147 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
20148 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
20149 if (file_table_last_lookup
20150 && (file_name
== file_table_last_lookup
->filename
20151 || strcmp (file_table_last_lookup
->filename
, file_name
) == 0))
20152 return file_table_last_lookup
;
20154 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table. */
20155 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (file_table
, file_name
,
20156 htab_hash_string (file_name
), INSERT
);
20158 return (struct dwarf_file_data
*) *slot
;
20160 created
= GGC_NEW (struct dwarf_file_data
);
20161 created
->filename
= file_name
;
20162 created
->emitted_number
= 0;
20167 /* If the assembler will construct the file table, then translate the compiler
20168 internal file table number into the assembler file table number, and emit
20169 a .file directive if we haven't already emitted one yet. The file table
20170 numbers are different because we prune debug info for unused variables and
20171 types, which may include filenames. */
20174 maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data
* fd
)
20176 if (! fd
->emitted_number
)
20178 if (last_emitted_file
)
20179 fd
->emitted_number
= last_emitted_file
->emitted_number
+ 1;
20181 fd
->emitted_number
= 1;
20182 last_emitted_file
= fd
;
20184 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
20186 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.file %u ", fd
->emitted_number
);
20187 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file
,
20188 remap_debug_filename (fd
->filename
));
20189 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
20193 return fd
->emitted_number
;
20196 /* Schedule generation of a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE.
20197 That generation should happen after function debug info has been
20198 generated. The value of the attribute is the constant value of ARG. */
20201 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref die
, tree arg
)
20203 die_arg_entry entry
;
20208 if (!tmpl_value_parm_die_table
)
20209 tmpl_value_parm_die_table
20210 = VEC_alloc (die_arg_entry
, gc
, 32);
20214 VEC_safe_push (die_arg_entry
, gc
,
20215 tmpl_value_parm_die_table
,
20219 /* Add a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIEs that were scheduled
20220 by append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table. This function must
20221 be called after function DIEs have been generated. */
20224 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void)
20226 if (tmpl_value_parm_die_table
)
20232 VEC_iterate (die_arg_entry
, tmpl_value_parm_die_table
, i
, e
);
20234 tree_add_const_value_attribute (e
->die
, e
->arg
);
20239 /* Replace DW_AT_name for the decl with name. */
20242 dwarf2out_set_name (tree decl
, tree name
)
20248 die
= TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (decl
);
20252 dname
= dwarf2_name (name
, 0);
20256 attr
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_name
);
20259 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
20261 node
= find_AT_string (dname
);
20262 /* replace the string. */
20263 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
20267 add_name_attribute (die
, dname
);
20270 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a direct function call.
20271 Make an entry into the direct call table, recording the point of call
20272 and a reference to the target function's debug entry. */
20275 dwarf2out_direct_call (tree targ
)
20278 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (targ
);
20280 /* If this is a clone, use the abstract origin as the target. */
20284 e
.poc_label_num
= poc_label_num
++;
20285 e
.poc_decl
= current_function_decl
;
20286 e
.targ_die
= force_decl_die (targ
);
20287 VEC_safe_push (dcall_entry
, gc
, dcall_table
, &e
);
20289 /* Drop a label at the return point to mark the point of call. */
20290 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, "LPOC", e
.poc_label_num
);
20293 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a struct vcall_insn). */
20296 vcall_insn_table_hash (const void *x
)
20298 return (hashval_t
) ((const struct vcall_insn
*) x
)->insn_uid
;
20301 /* Return nonzero if insn_uid of struct vcall_insn *X is the same as
20302 insnd_uid of *Y. */
20305 vcall_insn_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
20307 return (((const struct vcall_insn
*) x
)->insn_uid
20308 == ((const struct vcall_insn
*) y
)->insn_uid
);
20311 /* Associate VTABLE_SLOT with INSN_UID in the VCALL_INSN_TABLE. */
20314 store_vcall_insn (unsigned int vtable_slot
, int insn_uid
)
20316 struct vcall_insn
*item
= GGC_NEW (struct vcall_insn
);
20317 struct vcall_insn
**slot
;
20320 item
->insn_uid
= insn_uid
;
20321 item
->vtable_slot
= vtable_slot
;
20322 slot
= (struct vcall_insn
**)
20323 htab_find_slot_with_hash (vcall_insn_table
, &item
,
20324 (hashval_t
) insn_uid
, INSERT
);
20328 /* Return the VTABLE_SLOT associated with INSN_UID. */
20330 static unsigned int
20331 lookup_vcall_insn (unsigned int insn_uid
)
20333 struct vcall_insn item
;
20334 struct vcall_insn
*p
;
20336 item
.insn_uid
= insn_uid
;
20337 item
.vtable_slot
= 0;
20338 p
= (struct vcall_insn
*) htab_find_with_hash (vcall_insn_table
,
20340 (hashval_t
) insn_uid
);
20342 return (unsigned int) -1;
20343 return p
->vtable_slot
;
20347 /* Called when lowering indirect calls to RTL. We make a note of INSN_UID
20348 and the OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN from ADDR. For C++ virtual calls, the token
20349 is the vtable slot index that we will need to put in the virtual call
20353 dwarf2out_virtual_call_token (tree addr
, int insn_uid
)
20355 if (is_cxx() && TREE_CODE (addr
) == OBJ_TYPE_REF
)
20357 tree token
= OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN (addr
);
20358 if (TREE_CODE (token
) == INTEGER_CST
)
20359 store_vcall_insn (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (token
), insn_uid
);
20363 /* Called when scheduling RTL, when a CALL_INSN is split. Copies the
20364 OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN previously associated with OLD_INSN and associates it
20368 dwarf2out_copy_call_info (rtx old_insn
, rtx new_insn
)
20370 unsigned int vtable_slot
= lookup_vcall_insn (INSN_UID (old_insn
));
20372 if (vtable_slot
!= (unsigned int) -1)
20373 store_vcall_insn (vtable_slot
, INSN_UID (new_insn
));
20376 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a virtual function call.
20377 Make an entry into the virtual call table, recording the point of call
20378 and the slot index of the vtable entry used to call the virtual member
20379 function. The slot index was associated with the INSN_UID during the
20380 lowering to RTL. */
20383 dwarf2out_virtual_call (int insn_uid
)
20385 unsigned int vtable_slot
= lookup_vcall_insn (insn_uid
);
20388 if (vtable_slot
== (unsigned int) -1)
20391 e
.poc_label_num
= poc_label_num
++;
20392 e
.vtable_slot
= vtable_slot
;
20393 VEC_safe_push (vcall_entry
, gc
, vcall_table
, &e
);
20395 /* Drop a label at the return point to mark the point of call. */
20396 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, "LPOC", e
.poc_label_num
);
20399 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We
20400 use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
20401 our lookup table. */
20404 dwarf2out_var_location (rtx loc_note
)
20406 char loclabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
+ 2];
20407 struct var_loc_node
*newloc
;
20409 static const char *last_label
;
20410 static const char *last_postcall_label
;
20411 static bool last_in_cold_section_p
;
20414 if (!DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note
)))
20417 next_real
= next_real_insn (loc_note
);
20418 /* If there are no instructions which would be affected by this note,
20419 don't do anything. */
20420 if (next_real
== NULL_RTX
)
20423 /* If there were any real insns between note we processed last time
20424 and this note (or if it is the first note), clear
20425 last_{,postcall_}label so that they are not reused this time. */
20426 if (last_var_location_insn
== NULL_RTX
20427 || last_var_location_insn
!= next_real
20428 || last_in_cold_section_p
!= in_cold_section_p
)
20431 last_postcall_label
= NULL
;
20434 decl
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note
);
20435 newloc
= add_var_loc_to_decl (decl
, loc_note
,
20436 NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note
)
20437 ? last_postcall_label
: last_label
);
20438 if (newloc
== NULL
)
20441 /* If there were no real insns between note we processed last time
20442 and this note, use the label we emitted last time. Otherwise
20443 create a new label and emit it. */
20444 if (last_label
== NULL
)
20446 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel
, "LVL", loclabel_num
);
20447 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, "LVL", loclabel_num
);
20449 last_label
= ggc_strdup (loclabel
);
20451 newloc
->var_loc_note
= loc_note
;
20452 newloc
->next
= NULL
;
20454 if (!NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note
))
20455 newloc
->label
= last_label
;
20458 if (!last_postcall_label
)
20460 sprintf (loclabel
, "%s-1", last_label
);
20461 last_postcall_label
= ggc_strdup (loclabel
);
20463 newloc
->label
= last_postcall_label
;
20466 last_var_location_insn
= next_real
;
20467 last_in_cold_section_p
= in_cold_section_p
;
20470 /* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
20471 function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
20472 declarations that use the locations won't have been output when
20473 that hook is called. Also compute have_multiple_function_sections here. */
20476 dwarf2out_begin_function (tree fun
)
20478 if (function_section (fun
) != text_section
)
20479 have_multiple_function_sections
= true;
20481 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
20484 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
20485 and record information relating to this source line, in
20486 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
20489 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line
, const char *filename
,
20490 int discriminator
, bool is_stmt
)
20492 static bool last_is_stmt
= true;
20494 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
20497 int file_num
= maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename
));
20499 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
20501 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
20502 if (flag_debug_asm
)
20503 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START
,
20506 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
20508 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
20509 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.loc %d %d 0", file_num
, line
);
20510 if (is_stmt
!= last_is_stmt
)
20512 fprintf (asm_out_file
, " is_stmt %d", is_stmt
? 1 : 0);
20513 last_is_stmt
= is_stmt
;
20515 if (SUPPORTS_DISCRIMINATOR
&& discriminator
!= 0)
20516 fprintf (asm_out_file
, " discriminator %d", discriminator
);
20517 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
20519 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
20520 line_info_table_in_use
++;
20522 else if (function_section (current_function_decl
) != text_section
)
20524 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
;
20525 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
,
20526 SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
20527 separate_line_info_table_in_use
);
20529 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
20530 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
20531 == separate_line_info_table_allocated
)
20533 separate_line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
20534 separate_line_info_table
20535 = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_separate_line_info_entry
,
20536 separate_line_info_table
,
20537 separate_line_info_table_allocated
);
20538 memset (separate_line_info_table
20539 + separate_line_info_table_in_use
,
20541 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
20542 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry
)));
20545 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
20547 = &separate_line_info_table
[separate_line_info_table_in_use
++];
20548 line_info
->dw_file_num
= file_num
;
20549 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
20550 line_info
->function
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
20554 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
20556 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
20557 line_info_table_in_use
);
20559 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
20560 if (line_info_table_in_use
== line_info_table_allocated
)
20562 line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
20564 = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_line_info_entry
, line_info_table
,
20565 line_info_table_allocated
);
20566 memset (line_info_table
+ line_info_table_in_use
, 0,
20567 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
));
20570 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
20571 line_info
= &line_info_table
[line_info_table_in_use
++];
20572 line_info
->dw_file_num
= file_num
;
20573 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
20578 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
20581 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno
, const char *filename
)
20583 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
&& dwarf_version
< 4)
20585 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
20586 dw_die_ref bincl_die
;
20588 bincl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
20589 add_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
, remap_debug_filename (filename
));
20592 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
20594 int file_num
= maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename
));
20596 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
20597 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file
, "Start new file");
20598 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "Included from line number %d",
20601 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (file_num
, "file %s", filename
);
20605 /* Record the end of a source file. */
20608 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
20610 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
&& dwarf_version
< 4)
20611 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
20612 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
20614 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
20616 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
20617 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file
, "End file");
20621 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
20622 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
20623 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
20626 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
20627 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
20629 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
20631 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
20632 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define
, "Define macro");
20633 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
20634 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
20638 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
20639 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
20640 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
20643 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
20644 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
20646 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
20648 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
20649 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef
, "Undefine macro");
20650 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
20651 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
20655 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
20658 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
20660 /* Allocate the file_table. */
20661 file_table
= htab_create_ggc (50, file_table_hash
,
20662 file_table_eq
, NULL
);
20664 /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */
20665 decl_die_table
= htab_create_ggc (10, decl_die_table_hash
,
20666 decl_die_table_eq
, NULL
);
20668 /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */
20669 decl_loc_table
= htab_create_ggc (10, decl_loc_table_hash
,
20670 decl_loc_table_eq
, NULL
);
20672 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
20673 decl_scope_table
= VEC_alloc (tree
, gc
, 256);
20675 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
20676 abbrev_die_table
= GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_die_ref
, ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
);
20677 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
20678 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
20679 abbrev_die_table_in_use
= 1;
20681 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
20682 line_info_table
= GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_line_info_entry
, LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
);
20683 line_info_table_allocated
= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
20685 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
20686 line_info_table_in_use
= 1;
20688 /* Allocate the pubtypes and pubnames vectors. */
20689 pubname_table
= VEC_alloc (pubname_entry
, gc
, 32);
20690 pubtype_table
= VEC_alloc (pubname_entry
, gc
, 32);
20692 /* Allocate the table that maps insn UIDs to vtable slot indexes. */
20693 vcall_insn_table
= htab_create_ggc (10, vcall_insn_table_hash
,
20694 vcall_insn_table_eq
, NULL
);
20696 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
20697 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
20698 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
20699 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
20700 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
20701 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
20702 comp_unit_die
= gen_compile_unit_die (NULL
);
20704 incomplete_types
= VEC_alloc (tree
, gc
, 64);
20706 used_rtx_array
= VEC_alloc (rtx
, gc
, 32);
20708 debug_info_section
= get_section (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
,
20709 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20710 debug_abbrev_section
= get_section (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
,
20711 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20712 debug_aranges_section
= get_section (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
,
20713 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20714 debug_macinfo_section
= get_section (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
,
20715 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20716 debug_line_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
,
20717 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20718 debug_loc_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
,
20719 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20720 debug_pubnames_section
= get_section (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
,
20721 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20722 debug_pubtypes_section
= get_section (DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
,
20723 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20724 debug_dcall_section
= get_section (DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION
,
20725 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20726 debug_vcall_section
= get_section (DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION
,
20727 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20728 debug_str_section
= get_section (DEBUG_STR_SECTION
,
20729 DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
, NULL
);
20730 debug_ranges_section
= get_section (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
,
20731 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20732 debug_frame_section
= get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
,
20733 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20735 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
20736 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label
,
20737 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
20738 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label
, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
20739 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_text_section_label
,
20740 COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
20741 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_end_label
, COLD_END_LABEL
, 0);
20743 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label
,
20744 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
20745 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label
,
20746 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
20747 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label
,
20748 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
20749 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section
);
20750 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, abbrev_section_label
);
20751 switch_to_section (debug_info_section
);
20752 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_info_section_label
);
20753 switch_to_section (debug_line_section
);
20754 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_line_section_label
);
20756 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
20758 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
20759 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label
,
20760 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
20761 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, macinfo_section_label
);
20764 switch_to_section (text_section
);
20765 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, text_section_label
);
20766 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
20768 cold_text_section
= unlikely_text_section ();
20769 switch_to_section (cold_text_section
);
20770 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, cold_text_section_label
);
20775 /* Called before cgraph_optimize starts outputtting functions, variables
20776 and toplevel asms into assembly. */
20779 dwarf2out_assembly_start (void)
20781 if (HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE
&& dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
20783 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
20784 if (USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
|| (!flag_unwind_tables
&& !flag_exceptions
))
20786 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_sections\t.debug_frame\n");
20790 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
20791 htab_traverse. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
20794 output_indirect_string (void **h
, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
20796 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *h
;
20798 if (node
->label
&& node
->refcount
)
20800 switch_to_section (debug_str_section
);
20801 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, node
->label
);
20802 assemble_string (node
->str
, strlen (node
->str
) + 1);
20808 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
20809 /* Verify that all marks are clear. */
20812 verify_marks_clear (dw_die_ref die
)
20816 gcc_assert (! die
->die_mark
);
20817 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, verify_marks_clear (c
));
20819 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
20821 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
20822 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
20825 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
20831 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unmark_dies (c
));
20834 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
20835 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
20838 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die
)
20843 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
20845 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
)
20847 /* A reference to another DIE.
20848 Make sure that it will get emitted.
20849 If it was broken out into a comdat group, don't follow it. */
20850 if (dwarf_version
< 4
20851 || a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_specification
20852 || a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
->die_id
.die_type_node
== NULL
)
20853 prune_unused_types_mark (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
, 1);
20855 /* Set the string's refcount to 0 so that prune_unused_types_mark
20856 accounts properly for it. */
20857 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
20858 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
= 0;
20863 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
20864 to DIE's children. */
20867 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die
, int dokids
)
20871 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
20873 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
20876 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
20877 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
20878 if (die
->die_parent
)
20879 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_parent
, 0);
20881 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
20882 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
20884 /* If this node is a specification,
20885 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
20886 if (get_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_declaration
) && die
->die_definition
)
20887 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_definition
, 1);
20890 if (dokids
&& die
->die_mark
!= 2)
20892 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
20893 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
20896 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
20897 kids get marked, even if they're types. If we're
20898 breaking out types into comdat sections, do this
20899 for all type definitions. */
20900 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_array_type
20901 || (dwarf_version
>= 4
20902 && is_type_die (die
) && ! is_declaration_die (die
)))
20903 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_mark (c
, 1));
20905 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_walk (c
));
20909 /* For local classes, look if any static member functions were emitted
20910 and if so, mark them. */
20913 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (dw_die_ref die
)
20917 if (die
->die_mark
== 2)
20920 switch (die
->die_tag
)
20922 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
20923 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
20924 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
20927 case DW_TAG_subprogram
:
20928 if (!get_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_declaration
)
20929 || die
->die_definition
!= NULL
)
20930 prune_unused_types_mark (die
, 1);
20937 /* Mark children. */
20938 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (c
));
20941 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
20944 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die
)
20948 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked and
20949 children have been marked as well. */
20950 if (die
->die_mark
== 2)
20953 switch (die
->die_tag
)
20955 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
20956 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
20957 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
20958 if (die
->die_perennial_p
)
20961 for (c
= die
->die_parent
; c
; c
= c
->die_parent
)
20962 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
20965 /* Finding used static member functions inside of classes
20966 is needed just for local classes, because for other classes
20967 static member function DIEs with DW_AT_specification
20968 are emitted outside of the DW_TAG_*_type. If we ever change
20969 it, we'd need to call this even for non-local classes. */
20971 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (die
);
20973 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
20976 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
20977 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
20978 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
20979 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
20980 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
:
20981 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
20982 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
20983 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
20984 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
20985 case DW_TAG_friend
:
20986 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
20987 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
20988 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
20989 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
20990 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
20991 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
20992 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
20993 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
20994 if (die
->die_perennial_p
)
20997 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
21001 /* Mark everything else. */
21005 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
21009 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
21010 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
21015 /* Mark children. */
21016 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_walk (c
));
21019 /* Increment the string counts on strings referred to from DIE's
21023 prune_unused_types_update_strings (dw_die_ref die
)
21028 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
21029 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
21031 struct indirect_string_node
*s
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
;
21033 /* Avoid unnecessarily putting strings that are used less than
21034 twice in the hash table. */
21036 == ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
& SECTION_MERGE
) ? 1 : 2))
21039 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash
, s
->str
,
21040 htab_hash_string (s
->str
),
21042 gcc_assert (*slot
== NULL
);
21048 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
21051 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die
)
21055 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
21056 prune_unused_types_update_strings (die
);
21058 if (! die
->die_child
)
21061 c
= die
->die_child
;
21063 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
21064 for (c
= c
->die_sib
; ! c
->die_mark
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
21065 if (c
== die
->die_child
)
21067 /* No marked children between 'prev' and the end of the list. */
21069 /* No marked children at all. */
21070 die
->die_child
= NULL
;
21073 prev
->die_sib
= c
->die_sib
;
21074 die
->die_child
= prev
;
21079 if (c
!= prev
->die_sib
)
21081 prune_unused_types_prune (c
);
21082 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
21085 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
21086 htab_traverse. Clear .debug_str strings that we haven't already
21087 decided to emit. */
21090 prune_indirect_string (void **h
, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
21092 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *h
;
21094 if (!node
->label
|| !node
->refcount
)
21095 htab_clear_slot (debug_str_hash
, h
);
21100 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
21103 prune_unused_types (void)
21106 limbo_die_node
*node
;
21107 comdat_type_node
*ctnode
;
21109 dcall_entry
*dcall
;
21111 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
21112 /* All the marks should already be clear. */
21113 verify_marks_clear (comp_unit_die
);
21114 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
21115 verify_marks_clear (node
->die
);
21116 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
21117 verify_marks_clear (ctnode
->root_die
);
21118 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
21120 /* Mark types that are used in global variables. */
21121 premark_types_used_by_global_vars ();
21123 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
21124 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die
);
21125 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
21126 prune_unused_types_walk (node
->die
);
21127 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
21129 prune_unused_types_walk (ctnode
->root_die
);
21130 prune_unused_types_mark (ctnode
->type_die
, 1);
21133 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
21134 pubname_table or arange_table. */
21135 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry
, pubname_table
, i
, pub
); i
++)
21136 prune_unused_types_mark (pub
->die
, 1);
21137 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
21138 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table
[i
], 1);
21140 /* Mark nodes referenced from the direct call table. */
21141 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry
, dcall_table
, i
, dcall
); i
++)
21142 prune_unused_types_mark (dcall
->targ_die
, 1);
21144 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked; and update the string counts. */
21145 if (debug_str_hash
&& debug_str_hash_forced
)
21146 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash
, prune_indirect_string
, NULL
);
21147 else if (debug_str_hash
)
21148 htab_empty (debug_str_hash
);
21149 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die
);
21150 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
21151 prune_unused_types_prune (node
->die
);
21152 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
21153 prune_unused_types_prune (ctnode
->root_die
);
21155 /* Leave the marks clear. */
21156 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die
);
21157 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
21158 prune_unmark_dies (node
->die
);
21159 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
21160 prune_unmark_dies (ctnode
->root_die
);
21163 /* Set the parameter to true if there are any relative pathnames in
21166 file_table_relative_p (void ** slot
, void *param
)
21168 bool *p
= (bool *) param
;
21169 struct dwarf_file_data
*d
= (struct dwarf_file_data
*) *slot
;
21170 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (d
->filename
))
21178 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of comdat type units. */
21181 htab_ct_hash (const void *of
)
21184 const comdat_type_node
*const type_node
= (const comdat_type_node
*) of
;
21186 memcpy (&h
, type_node
->signature
, sizeof (h
));
21191 htab_ct_eq (const void *of1
, const void *of2
)
21193 const comdat_type_node
*const type_node_1
= (const comdat_type_node
*) of1
;
21194 const comdat_type_node
*const type_node_2
= (const comdat_type_node
*) of2
;
21196 return (! memcmp (type_node_1
->signature
, type_node_2
->signature
,
21197 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
));
21200 /* Move a DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name attribute just added to dw_die_ref
21201 to the location it would have been added, should we know its
21202 DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME when we added other attributes. This will
21203 probably improve compactness of debug info, removing equivalent
21204 abbrevs, and hide any differences caused by deferring the
21205 computation of the assembler name, triggered by e.g. PCH. */
21208 move_linkage_attr (dw_die_ref die
)
21210 unsigned ix
= VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
);
21211 dw_attr_node linkage
= *VEC_index (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
- 1);
21213 gcc_assert (linkage
.dw_attr
== AT_linkage_name
);
21217 dw_attr_node
*prev
= VEC_index (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
- 1);
21219 if (prev
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_line
|| prev
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_name
)
21223 if (ix
!= VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
) - 1)
21225 VEC_pop (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
);
21226 VEC_quick_insert (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, &linkage
);
21230 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, attempt to resolve
21231 one CONST_STRING, return non-zero if not successful. Similarly verify that
21232 SYMBOL_REFs refer to variables emitted in the current CU. */
21235 resolve_one_addr (rtx
*addr
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
21239 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
21241 size_t len
= strlen (XSTR (rtl
, 0)) + 1;
21242 tree t
= build_string (len
, XSTR (rtl
, 0));
21243 tree tlen
= build_int_cst (NULL_TREE
, len
- 1);
21245 = build_array_type (char_type_node
, build_index_type (tlen
));
21246 rtl
= lookup_constant_def (t
);
21247 if (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
))
21249 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
21250 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
21255 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
21256 && SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
)
21257 && TREE_CODE (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
)) == VAR_DECL
21258 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
)))
21261 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST
21262 && for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl
, 0), resolve_one_addr
, NULL
))
21268 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, handle one location
21269 expression, return false if at least one CONST_STRING or SYMBOL_REF in
21270 the location list couldn't be resolved. */
21273 resolve_addr_in_expr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
21275 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
21276 if ((loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
21277 && resolve_one_addr (&loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, NULL
))
21278 || (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_implicit_value
21279 && loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
== dw_val_class_addr
21280 && resolve_one_addr (&loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_addr
, NULL
)))
21285 /* Resolve DW_OP_addr and DW_AT_const_value CONST_STRING arguments to
21286 an address in .rodata section if the string literal is emitted there,
21287 or remove the containing location list or replace DW_AT_const_value
21288 with DW_AT_location and empty location expression, if it isn't found
21289 in .rodata. Similarly for SYMBOL_REFs, keep only those that refer
21290 to something that has been emitted in the current CU. */
21293 resolve_addr (dw_die_ref die
)
21297 dw_loc_list_ref
*curr
;
21300 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
21301 switch (AT_class (a
))
21303 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
21304 curr
= AT_loc_list_ptr (a
);
21307 if (!resolve_addr_in_expr ((*curr
)->expr
))
21309 dw_loc_list_ref next
= (*curr
)->dw_loc_next
;
21310 if (next
&& (*curr
)->ll_symbol
)
21312 gcc_assert (!next
->ll_symbol
);
21313 next
->ll_symbol
= (*curr
)->ll_symbol
;
21318 curr
= &(*curr
)->dw_loc_next
;
21320 if (!AT_loc_list (a
))
21322 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
21326 case dw_val_class_loc
:
21327 if (!resolve_addr_in_expr (AT_loc (a
)))
21329 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
21333 case dw_val_class_addr
:
21334 if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_const_value
21335 && resolve_one_addr (&a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
, NULL
))
21337 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
21345 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, resolve_addr (c
));
21348 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
21349 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
21352 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename
)
21354 limbo_die_node
*node
, *next_node
;
21355 comdat_type_node
*ctnode
;
21356 htab_t comdat_type_table
;
21357 dw_die_ref die
= 0;
21360 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute ();
21362 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
21363 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
21364 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die
, remap_debug_filename (filename
));
21365 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename
))
21366 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die
);
21367 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
) == NULL
)
21370 htab_traverse (file_table
, file_table_relative_p
, &p
);
21372 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die
);
21375 for (i
= 0; i
< VEC_length (deferred_locations
, deferred_locations_list
); i
++)
21377 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (
21378 VEC_index (deferred_locations
, deferred_locations_list
, i
)->die
,
21379 VEC_index (deferred_locations
, deferred_locations_list
, i
)->variable
,
21383 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
21384 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
21385 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
21386 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
21388 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= next_node
)
21390 next_node
= node
->next
;
21393 if (die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
21395 dw_die_ref origin
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
);
21398 add_child_die (origin
->die_parent
, die
);
21399 else if (die
== comp_unit_die
)
21401 else if (errorcount
> 0 || sorrycount
> 0)
21402 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
21403 add_child_die (comp_unit_die
, die
);
21406 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
21407 nested function can be optimized away, which results
21408 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
21409 with the return type of that nested function. Force
21410 this to be a child of the containing function.
21412 It may happen that even the containing function got fully
21413 inlined and optimized out. In that case we are lost and
21414 assign the empty child. This should not be big issue as
21415 the function is likely unreachable too. */
21416 tree context
= NULL_TREE
;
21418 gcc_assert (node
->created_for
);
21420 if (DECL_P (node
->created_for
))
21421 context
= DECL_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
);
21422 else if (TYPE_P (node
->created_for
))
21423 context
= TYPE_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
);
21425 gcc_assert (context
21426 && (TREE_CODE (context
) == FUNCTION_DECL
21427 || TREE_CODE (context
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
));
21429 origin
= lookup_decl_die (context
);
21431 add_child_die (origin
, die
);
21433 add_child_die (comp_unit_die
, die
);
21438 limbo_die_list
= NULL
;
21440 resolve_addr (comp_unit_die
);
21442 for (node
= deferred_asm_name
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
21444 tree decl
= node
->created_for
;
21445 if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
) != DECL_NAME (decl
))
21447 add_AT_string (node
->die
, AT_linkage_name
,
21448 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
)));
21449 move_linkage_attr (node
->die
);
21453 deferred_asm_name
= NULL
;
21455 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
21456 emit full debugging info for them. */
21457 retry_incomplete_types ();
21459 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
21460 prune_unused_types ();
21462 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
21463 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
21464 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
&& dwarf_version
< 4)
21465 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die
);
21467 /* Generate separate COMDAT sections for type DIEs. */
21468 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
21470 break_out_comdat_types (comp_unit_die
);
21472 /* Each new type_unit DIE was added to the limbo die list when created.
21473 Since these have all been added to comdat_type_list, clear the
21475 limbo_die_list
= NULL
;
21477 /* For each new comdat type unit, copy declarations for incomplete
21478 types to make the new unit self-contained (i.e., no direct
21479 references to the main compile unit). */
21480 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
!= NULL
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
21481 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (ctnode
->root_die
);
21482 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (comp_unit_die
);
21484 /* In the process of copying declarations from one unit to another,
21485 we may have left some declarations behind that are no longer
21486 referenced. Prune them. */
21487 prune_unused_types ();
21490 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
21491 that have children. */
21492 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die
);
21493 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
21494 add_sibling_attributes (node
->die
);
21495 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
!= NULL
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
21496 add_sibling_attributes (ctnode
->root_die
);
21498 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
21499 switch_to_section (text_section
);
21500 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
21501 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
21503 switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
21504 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, COLD_END_LABEL
, 0);
21507 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
21509 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
21510 || !(dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
21512 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, text_section_label
);
21513 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, text_end_label
);
21518 unsigned fde_idx
= 0;
21519 bool range_list_added
= false;
21521 /* We need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
21522 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become
21523 absolute. Historically, we've emitted the unexpected
21524 DW_AT_entry_pc instead of DW_AT_low_pc for this purpose.
21525 Emit both to give time for other tools to adapt. */
21526 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, const0_rtx
);
21527 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, const0_rtx
);
21529 if (text_section_used
)
21530 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die
, text_section_label
,
21531 text_end_label
, &range_list_added
);
21532 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
&& cold_text_section_used
)
21533 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die
, cold_text_section_label
,
21534 cold_end_label
, &range_list_added
);
21536 for (fde_idx
= 0; fde_idx
< fde_table_in_use
; fde_idx
++)
21538 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_idx
];
21540 if (fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
)
21542 if (!fde
->in_std_section
)
21543 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die
,
21544 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
,
21545 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
,
21546 &range_list_added
);
21547 if (!fde
->cold_in_std_section
)
21548 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die
,
21549 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
,
21550 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
,
21551 &range_list_added
);
21553 else if (!fde
->in_std_section
)
21554 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
21555 fde
->dw_fde_end
, &range_list_added
);
21558 if (range_list_added
)
21562 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
21563 if (have_location_lists
)
21565 /* Output the location lists info. */
21566 switch_to_section (debug_loc_section
);
21567 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label
,
21568 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
21569 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, loc_section_label
);
21570 output_location_lists (die
);
21573 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
21574 add_AT_lineptr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_stmt_list
,
21575 debug_line_section_label
);
21577 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
21578 add_AT_macptr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_macro_info
, macinfo_section_label
);
21580 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
21581 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
21582 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
21583 output_comp_unit (node
->die
, 0);
21585 comdat_type_table
= htab_create (100, htab_ct_hash
, htab_ct_eq
, NULL
);
21586 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
!= NULL
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
21588 void **slot
= htab_find_slot (comdat_type_table
, ctnode
, INSERT
);
21590 /* Don't output duplicate types. */
21591 if (*slot
!= HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
)
21594 /* Add a pointer to the line table for the main compilation unit
21595 so that the debugger can make sense of DW_AT_decl_file
21597 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
21598 add_AT_lineptr (ctnode
->root_die
, DW_AT_stmt_list
,
21599 debug_line_section_label
);
21601 output_comdat_type_unit (ctnode
);
21604 htab_delete (comdat_type_table
);
21606 /* Output the main compilation unit if non-empty or if .debug_macinfo
21607 has been emitted. */
21608 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die
, debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
);
21610 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
21611 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section
);
21612 output_abbrev_section ();
21614 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
21615 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry
, pubname_table
))
21617 switch_to_section (debug_pubnames_section
);
21618 output_pubnames (pubname_table
);
21621 /* Output public types table if necessary. */
21622 /* ??? Only defined by DWARF3, but emitted by Darwin for DWARF2.
21623 It shouldn't hurt to emit it always, since pure DWARF2 consumers
21624 simply won't look for the section. */
21625 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry
, pubtype_table
))
21627 switch_to_section (debug_pubtypes_section
);
21628 output_pubnames (pubtype_table
);
21631 /* Output direct and virtual call tables if necessary. */
21632 if (!VEC_empty (dcall_entry
, dcall_table
))
21634 switch_to_section (debug_dcall_section
);
21635 output_dcall_table ();
21637 if (!VEC_empty (vcall_entry
, vcall_table
))
21639 switch_to_section (debug_vcall_section
);
21640 output_vcall_table ();
21643 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
21644 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
21645 if (fde_table_in_use
)
21647 switch_to_section (debug_aranges_section
);
21651 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
21652 if (ranges_table_in_use
)
21654 switch_to_section (debug_ranges_section
);
21655 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, ranges_section_label
);
21659 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
21660 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
21661 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
21662 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
21663 examining the file. This is done late so that any filenames
21664 used by the debug_info section are marked as 'used'. */
21665 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
21667 switch_to_section (debug_line_section
);
21668 output_line_info ();
21671 /* Have to end the macro section. */
21672 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
21674 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
21675 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
21678 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
21680 if (debug_str_hash
)
21681 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash
, output_indirect_string
, NULL
);
21685 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
21686 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
=
21690 0, /* assembly_start */
21693 0, /* start_source_file */
21694 0, /* end_source_file */
21695 0, /* begin_block */
21697 0, /* ignore_block */
21698 0, /* source_line */
21699 0, /* begin_prologue */
21700 0, /* end_prologue */
21701 0, /* end_epilogue */
21702 0, /* begin_function */
21703 0, /* end_function */
21704 0, /* function_decl */
21705 0, /* global_decl */
21707 0, /* imported_module_or_decl */
21708 0, /* deferred_inline_function */
21709 0, /* outlining_inline_function */
21711 0, /* handle_pch */
21712 0, /* var_location */
21713 0, /* switch_text_section */
21714 0, /* direct_call */
21715 0, /* virtual_call_token */
21716 0, /* copy_call_info */
21717 0, /* virtual_call */
21719 0 /* start_end_main_source_file */
21722 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
21724 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"